Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
USING THE UNIT SAFELY
About WARNING and CAUTION Notices
About the Symbols
The symbol alerts the user to important instructions or
Used for instructions intended to alert the
user to the risk of death or severe injury
should the unit be used improperly.
warnings.The specific meaning of the symbol is
determined by the design contained within the triangle. In
the case of the symbol at left, it is used for general
cautions, warnings, or alerts to danger.
Used for instructions intended to alert the
user to the risk of injury or material
damage should the unit be used
improperly.
The symbol alerts the user to items that must never be
carried out (are forbidden).The specific thing that must
not be done is indicated by the design contained within
the circle. In the case of the symbol at left, it means that
the unit must never be disassembled.
* Material damage refers to damage or
other adverse effects caused with
respect to the home and all its
furnishings, as well to domestic animals
or pets.
The symbol alerts the user to things that must be
carried out.The specific thing that must be done is
indicated by the design contained within the circle. In the
case of the symbol at left, it means that the power-cord
plug must be unplugged from the outlet.
ALWAYS OBSERVE THE FOLLOWING
002c
•
008c
•
Do not open (or modify in any way) the unit or its AC
adaptor.
Be sure to use only the AC adaptor supplied with the
unit. Also, make sure the line voltage at the
installation matches the input voltage specified on
the AC adaptor’s body. Other AC adaptors may use a
different polarity, or be designed for a different
voltage, so their use could result in damage,
malfunction, or electric shock.
..................................................................................................................................
003
•
Do not attempt to repair the unit, or replace parts
within it (except when this manual provides specific
instructions directing you to do so). Refer all servicing
to your retailer, the nearest Roland Service Center, or
an authorized Roland distributor, as listed on the
“Information” page.
..................................................................................................................................
008e
•
Use only the attached power-supply cord. Also, the
supplied power cord must not be used with any other
device.
..................................................................................................................................
004
•
..................................................................................................................................
Never install the unit in any of the following locations.
009
•
Subject to temperature extremes (e.g., direct
sunlight in an enclosed vehicle, near a heating
duct, on top of heat-generating equipment); or are
•
Do not excessively twist or bend the power cord, nor
place heavy objects on it. Doing so can damage the
cord, producing severed elements and short circuits.
Damaged cords are fire and shock hazards!
•
Damp (e.g., baths, washrooms, on wet floors); or
are
..................................................................................................................................
010
•
•
•
•
•
•
Exposed to steam or smoke; or are
Subject to salt exposure; or are
Humid; or are
•
This unit, either alone or in combination with an
amplifier and headphones or speakers, may be
capable of producing sound levels that could cause
permanent hearing loss. Do not operate for a long
period of time at a high volume level, or at a level that
is uncomfortable. If you experience any hearing loss
or ringing in the ears, you should immediately stop
using the unit, and consult an audiologist.
Exposed to rain; or are
Dusty or sandy; or are
Subject to high levels of vibration and shakiness.
..................................................................................................................................
005
•
..................................................................................................................................
011
This unit should be used only with a rack or stand
that is recommended by Roland.
•
Do not allow any objects (e.g., flammable material,
coins, pins); or liquids of any kind (water, soft drinks,
etc.) to penetrate the unit.
..................................................................................................................................
006
•
When using the unit with a rack or stand
recommended by Roland, the rack or stand must be
carefully placed so it is level and sure to remain stable.
If not using a rack or stand, you still need to make sure
that any location you choose for placing the unit
provides a level surface that will properly support the
unit, and keep it from wobbling.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
USING THE UNIT SAFELY
012b
101b
•
•
Immediately turn the power off, remove the AC
adaptor from the outlet, and request servicing by
your retailer, the nearest Roland Service Center, or an
authorized Roland distributor, as listed on the
“Information” page when:
The unit and the AC adaptor should be located so
their location or position does not interfere with their
proper ventilation.
..................................................................................................................................
101c
•
The AC adaptor, the power-supply cord, or the
plug has been damaged; or
•
This (JUNO-Di) for use only with Roland stand KS-8/
12. Use with other stands is capable of resulting in
instability causing possible injury.
•
•
If smoke or unusual odor occurs
Objects have fallen into, or liquid has been spilled
onto the unit; or
..................................................................................................................................
101f
•
•
The unit has been exposed to rain (or otherwise
has become wet); or
•
Please be sure to read and adhere to the cautionary
notices contained in the instructions that came with
this product.
The unit does not appear to operate normally or
exhibits a marked change in performance.
Please note that, depending on the manner in which
keyboard performances are carried out, you may
encounter situations where the keyboard falls off the
stand or the stand topples over, even though you
have followed all of the instructions and advice
contained within the product’s manual. For this
reason, you should always perform a safety check
each time you use the stand.
..................................................................................................................................
013
•
In households with small children, an adult should
provide supervision until the child is capable of
following all the rules essential for the safe operation
of the unit.
..................................................................................................................................
014
•
Protect the unit from strong impact.
(Do not drop it!)
..................................................................................................................................
102c
•
Always grasp only the plug on the AC adaptor cord
when plugging into, or unplugging from, an outlet or
this unit.
..................................................................................................................................
015
•
Do not force the unit’s power-supply cord to share an
outlet with an unreasonable number of other devices.
Be especially careful when using extension cords—
the total power used by all devices you have
connected to the extension cord’s outlet must never
exceed the power rating (watts/amperes) for the
extension cord. Excessive loads can cause the
insulation on the cord to heat up and eventually melt
through.
..................................................................................................................................
103b
•
At regular intervals, you should unplug the AC
adaptor and clean it by using a dry cloth to wipe all
dust and other accumulations away from its prongs.
Also, disconnect the power plug from the power
outlet whenever the unit is to remain unused for an
extended period of time. Any accumulation of dust
between the power plug and the power outlet can
result in poor insulation and lead to fire.
..................................................................................................................................
016
•
..................................................................................................................................
104
Before using the unit in a foreign country, consult
with your retailer, the nearest Roland Service Center,
or an authorized Roland distributor, as listed on the
“Information” page.
•
Try to prevent cords and cables from becoming
entangled. Also, all cords and cables should be
placed so they are out of the reach of children.
..................................................................................................................................
019
•
..................................................................................................................................
Batteries must never be recharged, heated, taken
apart, or thrown into fire or water.
106
•
Never climb on top of, nor place heavy objects on the
unit.
..................................................................................................................................
107c
•
Never handle the AC adaptor or its plugs with wet
hands when plugging into, or unplugging from, an
outlet or this unit.
..................................................................................................................................
023
•
DO NOT play a CD-ROM disc on a conventional audio
CD player. The resulting sound may be of a level that
could cause permanent hearing loss. Damage to
speakers or other system components may result.
..................................................................................................................................
108b
•
Before moving the unit, disconnect the AC adaptor
and all cords coming from external devices.
..................................................................................................................................
027
•
Never expose nickel-metal hydride (NiMH) batteries
to excessive heat such as sunshine, fire or the like.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
4
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
USING THE UNIT SAFELY
109b
•
Before cleaning the unit, turn off the power and
unplug the AC adaptor from the outlet (p. 17).
..................................................................................................................................
110b
•
your area, disconnect the AC adaptor from the outlet.
..................................................................................................................................
111: Selection
•
If used improperly, batteries may explode or leak and
cause damage or injury. In the interest of safety,
please read and observe the following precautions
(p. 17).
1
2
•
Carefully follow the installation instructions for
batteries, and make sure you observe the correct
polarity.
•
Avoid using new batteries together with used
ones. In addition, avoid mixing different types of
batteries.
3
4
•
•
Remove the batteries whenever the unit is to
remain unused for an extended period of time.
Whenever the unit is to remain unused for an
extended period of time, save any important data
on a USB memory, and then remove the batteries.
5
•
If a battery has leaked, use a soft piece of cloth or
paper towel to wipe all remnants of the discharge
from the battery compartment. Then install new
batteries. To avoid inflammation of the skin, make
sure that none of the battery discharge gets onto
your hands or skin. Exercise the utmost caution so
that none of the discharge gets near your eyes.
Immediately rinse the affected area with running
water if any of the discharge has entered the eyes.
6
•
Never keep batteries together with metallic
objects such as ballpoint pens, necklaces, hairpins,
etc.
..................................................................................................................................
112
•
Used batteries must be disposed of in compliance
with whatever regulations for their safe disposal that
may be observed in the region in which you live.
..................................................................................................................................
118c
•
Keep any screws you may remove and the included
hexagon wrench in a safe place out of children’s
reach, so there is no chance of them being swallowed
accidentally.
..................................................................................................................................
5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
IMPORTANT NOTES
Power Supply: Use of Batteries
301
Maintenance
401a
•
Do not connect this unit to same electrical outlet that is being used
by an electrical appliance that is controlled by an inverter (such as a
refrigerator, washing machine, microwave oven, or air conditioner),
or that contains a motor. Depending on the way in which the
electrical appliance is used, power supply noise may cause this unit
to malfunction or may produce audible noise. If it is not practical to
use a separate electrical outlet, connect a power supply noise filter
between this unit and the electrical outlet.
•
For everyday cleaning wipe the unit with a soft, dry cloth or one that
has been slightly dampened with water. To remove stubborn dirt,
use a cloth impregnated with a mild, non-abrasive detergent.
Afterwards, be sure to wipe the unit thoroughly with a soft, dry cloth.
402
•
Never use benzine, thinners, alcohol or solvents of any kind, to avoid
the possibility of discoloration and/or deformation.
Repairs and Data
302
•
The AC adaptor will begin to generate heat after long hours of
consecutive use. This is normal, and is not a cause for concern.
452
•
Please be aware that all data contained in the unit’s memory may be
lost when the unit is sent for repairs. Important data should always
be backed up on a USB memory, or written down on paper (when
possible). During repairs, due care is taken to avoid the loss of data.
However, in certain cases (such as when circuitry related to memory
itself is out of order), we regret that it may not be possible to restore
the data, and Roland assumes no liability concerning such loss of
data.
303a
•
The use of an AC adaptor is recommended as the unit’s power
consumption is relatively high. Should you prefer to use batteries,
please use the nickel-metal hydride type.
304a
•
When installing or replacing batteries, always turn off the power on
this unit and disconnect any other devices you may have connected.
This way, you can prevent malfunction and/or damage to speakers or
other devices.
Additional Precautions
307
•
Before connecting this unit to other devices, turn off the power to all
units. This will help prevent malfunctions and/or damage to speakers
or other devices.
551
•
Please be aware that the contents of memory can be irretrievably lost
as a result of a malfunction, or the improper operation of the unit. To
protect yourself against the risk of loosing important data, we
recommend that you periodically save a backup copy of important
data you have stored in the unit’s memory on a USB memory.
Add
•
Add
•
If you’re using batteries, disconnect the AC adaptor from this unit.
If batteries are installed, disconnecting or reconnecting the power
cord at the AC outlet or disconnecting the DC plug from the unit’s
rear panel while the power is on will cause the power to turn off. You
must turn off the power before you connect or disconnect the power
cord or AC adaptor.
552
•
Unfortunately, it may be impossible to restore the contents of data
that was stored in the unit’s memory or on a USB memory once it has
been lost. Roland Corporation assumes no liability concerning such
loss of data.
553
•
Use a reasonable amount of care when using the unit’s buttons,
sliders, or other controls; and when using its jacks and connectors.
Rough handling can lead to malfunctions.
Placement
351
•
Using the unit near power amplifiers (or other equipment containing
554
•
556
•
large power transformers) may induce hum. To alleviate the
problem, change the orientation of this unit; or move it farther away
from the source of interference.
Never strike or apply strong pressure to the display.
When connecting / disconnecting all cables, grasp the connector
itself—never pull on the cable. This way you will avoid causing
shorts, or damage to the cable’s internal elements.
352a
•
This device may interfere with radio and television reception. Do not
use this device in the vicinity of such receivers.
558a
•
352b
•
To avoid disturbing your neighbors, try to keep the unit’s volume at
reasonable levels. You may prefer to use headphones, so you do not
need to be concerned about those around you (especially when it is
late at night).
Noise may be produced if wireless communications devices, such as
cell phones, are operated in the vicinity of this unit. Such noise could
occur when receiving or initiating a call, or while conversing. Should
you experience such problems, you should relocate such wireless
devices so they are at a greater distance from this unit, or switch
them off.
559a
•
When you need to transport the unit, package it in the box (including
padding) that it came in, if possible. Otherwise, you will need to use
equivalent packaging materials.
354a
•
Do not expose the unit to direct sunlight, place it near devices that
radiate heat, leave it inside an enclosed vehicle, or otherwise subject
it to temperature extremes. Excessive heat can deform or discolor the
unit.
561
•
Use only the specified expression pedal (EV-5; sold separately). By
connecting any other expression pedals, you risk causing
malfunction and/or damage to the unit.
355b
•
562
•
When moved from one location to another where the temperature
and/or humidity is very different, water droplets (condensation) may
form inside the unit. Damage or malfunction may result if you
attempt to use the unit in this condition. Therefore, before using the
unit, you must allow it to stand for several hours, until the
condensation has completely evaporated.
Some connection cables contain resistors. Do not use cables that
incorporate resistors for connecting to this unit. The use of such
cables can cause the sound level to be extremely low, or impossible
to hear. For information on cable specifications, contact the
manufacturer of the cable.
566a
•
358
•
The usable range of D Beam controller will become extremely small
when used under strong direct sunlight. Please be aware of this
when using the D Beam controller outside.
Do not allow objects to remain on top of the keyboard. This can be
the cause of malfunction, such as keys ceasing to produce sound.
360
•
566b
•
Depending on the material and temperature of the surface on which
you place the unit, its rubber feet may discolor or mar the surface.
You can place a piece of felt or cloth under the rubber feet to prevent
this from happening. If you do so, please make sure that the unit will
not slip or move accidentally.
The sensitivity of the D Beam controller will change depending on
the amount of light in the vicinity of the unit. If it does not function as
you expect, adjust the sensitivity as appropriate for the brightness of
your location.
6
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
IMPORTANT NOTES
204
Using USB Memories
704
*
Microsoft and Windows are registered trademarks of Microsoft
Corporation.
•
Carefully insert the USB memory all the way in—until it is firmly in
place.
206j
705
•
*
Windows® is known officially as: “Microsoft® Windows® operating
Never touch the terminals of the USB memory. Also, avoid getting
the terminals dirty.
system.”
207
708
•
USB memories are constructed using precision components; handle
the USB memories carefully, paying particular note to the following.
*
209
Apple and Macintosh are registered trademarks of Apple Inc.
•
To prevent damage to the USB memories from static electricity, be
sure to discharge any static electricity from your own body before
handling the USB memories.
*
220
Mac OS is a trademark of Apple Inc.
*
All product names mentioned in this document are trademarks or
registered trademarks of their respective owners.
•
•
•
Do not touch or allow metal to come into contact with the contact
portion of the USB memories.
238
Do not bend, drop, or subject USB memories to strong shock or
vibration.
*
MPEG Layer-3 audio compression technology is licensed from
Fraunhofer IIS Corporation and THOMSON Multimedia Corporation.
Do not keep USB memories in direct sunlight, in closed vehicles,
or other such locations (storage temperature: -25 to 85C).
Add
*
MatrixQuest™ 2009 TEPCO UQUEST, LTD. All rights
•
•
Do not allow USB memories to become wet.
reserved.
Do not disassemble or modify the USB memories.
The JUNO-Di’s USB functionality uses MatrixQuest
middleware technology from TEPCO UQUEST, LTD.
Handling CD-ROMs
Add
801
*
MMP (Moore Microprocessor Portfolio) refers to a patent portfolio
•
Avoid touching or scratching the shiny underside (encoded surface)
of the disc. Damaged or dirty CD-ROM discs may not be read
properly. Keep your discs clean using a commercially available CD
cleaner.
concerned with microprocessor architecture, which was developed by
Technology Properties Limited (TPL). Roland has licensed this
technology from the TPL Group.
7
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Main Features
Professional Synthesizer, Portable Package
Professional synthesizer with over 1,000 instruments
•
More than one thousand sounds, with an emphasis on the piano, organ, strings, brass, and synth sounds that are crucial to live performance.
Easy-to-use, intuitive user interface
•
•
You can use the sound buttons to directly select a variety of sounds.
It’s easy to make “split” settings, which, for example, let you play piano with your right hand and bass with your left; or “dual” settings, which
allow you to layer sounds such as piano and strings.
•
The large-character display ensures excellent visibility, and is ideal for live performances.
Battery operation for mobile use (Support Ni-MH AA SIZE Rechargeable Battery)
•
•
A light-weight compact body, plus the ability to run on batteries.
You can use the JUNO-Di with a battery-powered amp for live, street performances.
MP3, WAV, AIFF and SMF playback capability via optional USB-Memory—perfect for backing tracks when performing live
•
•
You can play back MP3, WAV, AIFF, or SMF files saved in USB memory—a great feature for playing backing tracks during live performances.
Use the included “Playlist Editor” (Win/Mac) application software to easily place songs in the desired order for your live performances.
Microphone input with dedicated Reverb and Vocoder for sing-along
•
•
The microphone jack is ideal for the keyboard player who also sings. With the dedicated reverb, it’s easy to get the exact sound you want.
A vocoder effect is also built in, giving you exciting possibilities for live performance.
PC/Mac Editor software included
•
By using the included “JUNO-Di Editor” application software you can perform the same detailed sound editing as on professional synthesizers.
8
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Contents
USING THE UNIT SAFELY......................................................................................................................................................... 3
Panel Descriptions....................................................................................... 14
Rear Panel.....................................................................................................................................................................16
Removing Batteries...................................................................................................................................................18
When to Replace the Batteries (BATTERY Indicator).....................................................................................18
Turning On/Off the Power....................................................................................................................................................20
Turning Off the Power..............................................................................................................................................20
Adjusting the Display Contrast ([LCD CONTRAST] Knob).........................................................................................20
Turning the Display Backlight On/Off..............................................................................................................................21
Using the Included USB Memory Protector...................................................................................................................21
Pedal—HOLD PEDAL ............................................................................................................................................................ 24
Adding Reverb—[REVERB] Knob ...................................................................................................................................... 25
Playing Rock Organ ..................................................................................... 28
Rotary Effect + Modulation Lever..................................................................................................................................... 29
Pitch Bend/Modulation Lever............................................................................................................................................ 29
Playing with multiple tones—[PERFORM (Performance)] button........................................................................ 31
Playing R&B.................................................................................................. 32
Playing with a Different Tone for Each Hand—[SPLIT] Button .............................................................................. 33
Changing the point where the keyboard is divided (the split point).................................................................. 33
Changing the Pitch in One Octave Steps—OCTAVE [DOWN]/[UP] Buttons..................................................... 34
Playing Rhythm Patterns—[RHYTHM PATTERN] Button.......................................................................................... 35
Switching rhythm styles (rhythm pattern group)....................................................................................................... 35
9
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Contents
Playing Bossa Nova ..................................................................................... 36
Playing a Chord with a Single Key—[CHORD MEMORY] Button........................................................................... 37
Playing Arpeggios—[ARPEGGIO] Button....................................................................................................................... 37
Varying the Tone—[CUTOFF]/[RESONANCE] Knobs ................................................................................................. 39
Varying the Tone—D Beam Controller/[SOLO SYNTH] Button ............................................................................. 39
Singing Along While You Play .................................................................... 42
Using the vocoder.................................................................................................................................................................. 42
Changing vocoder settings................................................................................................................................................. 43
Transposing .............................................................................................................................................................................. 44
Playing Live .................................................................................................. 45
Registering and Switching to Frequently Used Tones or Settings
—FAVORITE [ON/OFF] Button/[BANK] Button .............................................................................................................46
Switching Favorite Banks..................................................................................................................................................... 46
Selecting tones by numbers—[NUMERIC] button ..................................................................................................... 49
Connecting portable audio players and playing back.............................................................................................. 49
Rhythm Sets.................................................................................................................................................................55
Basic Operation of the JUNO-Di.........................................................................................................................................57
The [SHIFT] Button’s Function...............................................................................................................................57
Assigning a Name......................................................................................................................................................58
Detailed Tone Settings................................................................................ 59
Tone Settings ............................................................................................................................................................................59
Editing a Tone’s Volume, Portamento, Mono/Poly, or Bend Range (Patch Edit)................................59
Editing a Rhythm Set’s Volume (Rhythm Edit)................................................................................................60
Editing the Volume of Each Part in a Split, Dual, or Super Layer (Part Edit) .........................................60
Editing the Effects (MFX/Chorus/Reverb) (Effect Edit)...............................................................................................61
Specifying the Tone that will be First Selected by a Tone Button .........................................................................62
Saving Your Settings ..............................................................................................................................................................62
10
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Using the Knobs to Modify the Sound (SOUND MODIFY)........................................................................................65
Changing the Split Point.........................................................................................................................................66
Making the Selected Tone the Lower Tone of a Split...................................................................................66
Octave Shift Settings..............................................................................................................................................................67
Chord Memory Settings........................................................................................................................................................69
Favorite Settings......................................................................................................................................................................69
Viewing or Removing a Favorite ..........................................................................................................................69
What is V-LINK?...........................................................................................................................................................70
Selecting and Playing a Playlist ............................................................................................................................73
Other Settings.............................................................................................. 75
Making Settings that are Common to the Entire JUNO-Di (SYSTEM)...................................................................75
Types of Data that can be Saved..........................................................................................................................77
Saving Data to USB Memory (BACKUP) .............................................................................................................77
Restoring Saved Data from USB Memory Back into the JUNO-Di (RESTORE)......................................77
Initializing USB Memory (USB MEMORY FORMAT)........................................................................................78
Using the JUNO-Di as a Master Keyboard (MIDI Controller Mode) .......................................................................81
Specifying the Transmit Channel.........................................................................................................................81
Detailed Settings in MIDI Controller Mode ......................................................................................................81
Using the JUNO-Di as a MIDI Sound Module.................................................................................................................82
Playing the JUNO-Di from an External MIDI Device....................................................................................................82
Setting the Receive Channel..................................................................................................................................82
Soft Through On/Off.................................................................................................................................................83
11
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Contents
Using Your Computer for Music Production .................................................................................................................83
Specifying the USB Driver.......................................................................................................................................84
Connecting the JUNO-Di to Your Computer ...................................................................................................84
Installing JUNO-Di Editor/Librarian/Playlist Editor in Your Computer ...................................................85
Troubleshooting .......................................................................................... 88
Error Messages............................................................................................. 92
Effects List .................................................................................................... 93
Tone List ..................................................................................................... 105
Rhythm Set List .......................................................................................... 116
Performance List........................................................................................ 123
Rhythm Pattern Group List ....................................................................... 124
Chord Memory List .................................................................................... 125
MIDI Implementation Chart...................................................................... 127
Specifications............................................................................................. 128
Index ........................................................................................................... 129
Shortcut List ............................................................................................... 131
12
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Panel Descriptions
Front Panel
fig.Front.eps_70
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
MIC IN [VOLUME] Knob
Adjusts the volume of the input from MIC INPUT jack (p. 43).
USB MEMORY Connector
You can connect USB memory (sold separately) to this connector.
931
MIC IN [REVERB] Button
This button applies reverb to the sound that’s being input via the MIC
INPUT jack (p. 43).
*
*
Carefully insert the USB memory all the way in-until it is firmly in place.
Connect the USB memory after you turn on the JUNO-Di’s power.
Never disconnect the USB memory while the JUNO-Di is powered up.
5
KEYBOARD
2
D BEAM Controller
[SPLIT] Button
This button turns on “Split,” which lets you play two different tones with
the left and right hands (p. 33).
You can apply various effects to the sound by moving your hand above
the D Beam controller.
A setting screen will appear when you press this button to turn it on.
[DUAL] Button
[SOLO SYNTH] Button
monophonic synthesizer (p. 63).
[SUPER LAYER] Button
This button turns on “Super Layer,” which makes a single tone richer or
more spacious (p. 41).
[EXPRESSION] Button
This button lets you use the D Beam controller to create expressive
changes in the volume (p. 63).
Turns the arpeggio on/off.
A setting screen will appear when you press this button to turn it on
(p. 37, p. 67).
[ASSIGNABLE] Button
This button lets you assign various functions to the D Beam controller
(p. 63).
Turns the chord memory function on/off.
*
By holding down the [SHIFT] button and pressing one of these
buttons, you can access the corresponding edit screen without turning
the button on/off.
A setting screen will appear when you press this button to turn it on
(p. 37, p. 69).
[V-LINK] Button
3
Turns the V-LINK on/off.
[VOLUME] Knob
A setting screen will appear when you press this button to turn it on
(p. 70).
Adjusts the overall volume that is output from the rear panel OUTPUT
jacks and PHONES jack (p. 20).
[TRANSPOSE] Button
4
By holding down the [TRANSPOSE] button and using the [-] [+] buttons,
you can raise or lower the key range in semitone steps (p. 44).
MODE/MIC
[MENU] Button
These buttons raise or lower the key range in steps of an octave (p. 34).
This button displays a menu from which you can choose system settings
or utility functions. This button is also used when you want to edit sounds
or other settings in detail.
[MIDI CONTROLLER] Button
Selects MIDI Controller mode, allowing you to control an external MIDI
sound generator (p. 81).
[PREVIEW] Button
Hold down this button to audition the currently selected sound (p. 25).
14
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Panel Descriptions
fig.Front.eps_70
7
8
6
7
SONG PLAYER
BATTERY Indicator
[RHYTHM PATTERN] Button
When you’re operating the JUNO-Di on batteries, this indicates the
amount remaining in the batteries (p. 18).
Turns the rhythm pattern on/off (p. 35, p. 74).
[C. CANCEL/MINUS ONE] Button
Normally, the indicator will be extinguished.
This indicator will light when the batteries run low.
If you continue using the JUNO-Di, the indicator will blink; please
recharge the batteries.
[SONG LIST] Button
Displays the song list if USB memory is connected (p. 72).
*
If you continue use even though the indicator is blinking, the display
will indicate “Battery Low!” and further operation will be impossible.
[
] [
] Buttons
Use these buttons to select songs or to change the playback location
within a song (p. 72).
[NUMERIC] Button
When this button is on, you can use the [RHYTHM (0)]–[PERFORM (9)]
buttons to enter numeric values (p. 57).
When [RHYTHM PATTERN] is on, these buttons switch rhythm patterns
(p. 74).
FAVORITE [ON/OFF] Button
Turns the Favorite function on/off (p. 46).
[LEVEL] Button
(p. 72, p. 74).
FAVORITE [BANK] Button
When this button is on, you can use the [RHYTHM (0)]–[PERFORM (9)]
buttons to select Favorite banks (p. 46).
[PLAY/STOP] / [DEMO] Button
This button starts/stops the rhythm pattern or song (p. 72, p. 74).
Display
If USB memory is not connected and the [RHYTHM PATTERN] button is off
(unlit), pressing this button will start/stop the demo playback (p. 21).
This shows information about the operation you’re performing.
Dial
[TAP TEMPO] Button
Used to specify the tempo (p. 58).
Use this to modify values. The value will change faster if you turn the dial
while holding down the [SHIFT] button (p. 57).
[RHYTHM]–[PERFORM] / [0]–[9] Buttons (Tone Buttons)
Use these buttons to select tones (p. 25). You can also use the dial to
select other tones in the same category.
8
SOUND MODIFY
ENVELOPE [ATTACK] [RELEASE] Knobs
When the [NUMERIC] button is on, you can use these buttons to enter a
numeric value.
Use these knobs to modify the sound in real time (p. 65).
Use these knobs to modify the sound in real time (p. 66).
[WRITE] Button
Saves the modified settings in internal memory (p. 52, p. 62).
[REVERB] Knob
Adjusts the amount of reverb applied to the overall sound (p. 66).
[
] [ ] [ ] [
] Buttons (Cursor Buttons)
These buttons move the cursor position up/down/left/right (p. 57).
[SHIFT] Button
This button is used in conjunction with other buttons to access the
setting screens for various functions.
9
Pitch Bend/Modulation Lever
This allows you to control pitch bend or apply
vibrato (p. 29).
[EXIT] Button
This button returns you to the previous screen or to the main screen.
9
In some screens, this button is used to cancel the current operation.
[ENTER] Button
Use this button to finalize a setting or to execute an operation.
15
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Panel Descriptions
Rear Panel
fig.Rear.eps_70
8
1
2
3 4 5
6
7
1
8
[LCD CONTRAST] Knob
USB COMPUTER Connector
This knob adjusts the contrast of the display (p. 20).
cable (p. 84).
2
MIDI Connectors (OUT, IN)
9
Cord Hook
These connectors can be connected to other MIDI devices to receive and
transmit MIDI messages (p. 80).
Use this to secure the cord from the AC adaptor (p. 17).
3
10
DC IN Jack
HOLD PEDAL Jack
You can connect a pedal switch (such as one from the DP series; sold
separately) here, and use it as a hold pedal (p. 19).
Connect the AC adaptor here (p. 17).
You must use only the included AC adaptor.
Since this jack can be enabled to support half-pedaling, you can connect
a damper pedal (DP-10; sold separately) here and use it to control subtle
nuances of pedaling when you’re playing piano sounds.
11
[POWER] Switch
This turns the power on/off (p. 20).
4
MIC INPUT Jack
12
Ground Terminal
You can connect a microphone (-50 dBu) here (p. 19).
Depending on the circumstances of a particular setup, you may
experience a discomforting sensation, or perceive that the surface feels
granular when you touch this device, microphones connected to it, or the
metal portions of other objects, such as guitars. This is due to an
infinitesimal electrical charge, which is absolutely harmless. However, if
you are concerned about this, connect the ground terminal with an
external ground. When the unit is grounded, a slight hum may occur,
depending on the particulars of your installation. If you are unsure of the
connection method, contact the nearest Roland Service Center.
This jack supports dynamic microphones. It is an unbalanced 1/4” phone
jack.
5
EXT INPUT Jack
You can connect your portable audio player or similar device here (p. 19).
926a
*
When connection cables with resistors are used, the volume level of
equipment connected to the inputs (EXT INPUT) may be low. If this
happens, use connection cables that do not contain resistors.
•
•
•
Water pipes (may result in shock or electrocution)
Gas pipes (may result in fire or explosion)
6
OUTPUT Jacks (R, L /MONO)
Telephone-line ground or lightning rod (may be dangerous in the
event of lightning)
These output the audio signal in stereo to your amp or mixer. If you’re
outputting in mono, connect only the L/MONO jack (p. 18).
7
PHONES Jack
You can connect a set of headphones (sold separately) here (p. 18).
16
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Getting Ready
Connecting the AC Adaptor
Installing Batteries (Sold Separately)
If eight commercially available AA nickel-metal hydride batteries are
installed, you’ll be able to play the JUNO-Di without connecting the AC
adaptor.
1. Make sure that the [POWER] switch is off.
fig.power-onoff.eps
Upper position
Types of batteries that can be used
Off
●
Using nickel-metal hydride batteries will allow
approximately five hours of continuous operation at room
temperature. (However, the duration will be approximately
four hours if USB memory is connected. The duration of
continuous operation may differ depending on the
conditions of use.)
Do not use alkaline batteries or zinc-carbon batteries.
2. Connect the included power cord to the included AC
adaptor.
Battery handling
●
If you connect the AC adaptor and turn on the power when
batteries are installed, the AC adaptor will be used
preferentially.
3. Connect the AC adaptor to the JUNO-Di’s DC IN jack, and
plug the power cord into an AC outlet.
fig.ACcord-e.eps_97
●
●
If you’re using batteries, disconnect the AC adaptor from this
unit.
If batteries are installed, disconnecting or reconnecting the
power cord at the AC outlet or disconnecting the DC plug
from the JUNO-Di’s rear panel while the power is on will cause
the power to turn off. You must turn off the power before you
connect or disconnect the power cord or AC adaptor.
●
●
The BATTERY indicator is only an approximation.
DC IN
Avoid using new batteries together with used ones. In
addition, avoid mixing different types of batteries.
DC Plug
Indicator
AC Outlet
●
●
Whenever the unit is to remain unused for an extended
period of time, save any important data on a USB memory,
and then remove the batteries.
AC Cord
Improper handling of a battery, rechargeable battery, or
charger can cause leakage, overheating, fire, or bursting.
Before use, you must read all of the safety instructions for
your battery, rechargeable battery, and charger, and use
these items safely in accordance with the safety instructions.
AC Adaptor
(included)
•
Place the AC adaptor so the side with the indicator (see
illustration) faces upwards and the side with textual
information faces downwards.
●
You must use the combination of rechargeable battery and
charger specified by the battery manufacturer.
•
•
The indicator will light when you plug the AC adaptor into
an AC outlet.
To prevent the inadvertent disruption of power to your unit
(should the plug be pulled out accidentally), and to avoid
applying undue stress to the DC IN jack, anchor the power
cord using the cord hook, as shown in the illustration.
1. While pressing the tabs of the battery compartment
cover on the JUNO-Di’s bottom panel, remove the cover.
fig.BattCase-1.eps
fig.cordhook-e.eps
DC IN Jack
Cord Hook
The cord of
the supplied AC Adaptor
•
•
When opening the battery compartment cover, make sure
that no foreign objects (flammable items, coins, pins, etc.) or
liquids (water, juice, etc.) enter the compartment.
To the AC Adapter
When turning the unit upside-down, get a bunch of
newspapers or magazines, and place them under the four
corners or at both ends to prevent damage to the buttons
and controls. Also, you should try to orient the unit so no
buttons or controls get damaged.
•
When turning the unit upside-down, handle with care to
avoid dropping it, or allowing it to fall or tip over.
17
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Getting Ready
2. Insert the batteries into the battery compartment, taking
care to observe the correct polarity (+/- orientation).
fig.BattCase-2.eps
Connecting the External Equipment
Connecting Speakers or Headphones
Since JUNO-Di contains no amplifier or speakers, you’ll need to connect it
to audio equipment such as a keyboard amplifier, monitor speaker
system or home stereo, or use headphones to hear its sound.
In order to fully experience the JUNO-Di’s sound, we recommend using a
stereo amp/speaker system. If you’re using a mono system, however,
make your connections to the JUNO-Di’s OUTPUT L/MONO jack.
Carefully follow the installation instructions for batteries, and
make sure you observe the correct polarity.
3. Securely close the battery compartment cover.
Audio cables are not included with the JUNO-Di. You’ll need to
provide them.
921
Removing Batteries
To prevent malfunction and/or damage to speakers or other
devices, always turn down the volume, and turn off the power
To remove the batteries, power off the JUNO-Di, open the battery
compartment cover, and remove the batteries.
on all devices before making any connections.
fig.connect-output_e.eps
When to Replace the Batteries
(BATTERY Indicator)
When the batteries run down, the BATTERY indicator located at the left of
the display will light or blink.
• The BATTERY indicator will light when the batteries run low.
• If you continue using the JUNO-Di, the indicator will blink;
please recharge the batteries.
Stereo
headphones
•
•
If you continue use even though the indicator is blinking,
The BATTERY indicator is only an approximation.
To reduce battery consumption, you can turn off the display’s
backlight when it is not required. Refer to “Turning the Display
Backlight On/Off” (p. 21).
You can also set the system setting “POWER SAVE MODE” to
save power. For details, refer to “Making Settings that are
Common to the Entire JUNO-Di (SYSTEM)” (p. 75).
Monitor speakers
(powered)
Mixer etc.
Power amp
18
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Getting Ready
Connecting Pedal
Connecting a Microphone
Connect a pedal switch (DP series; sold separately) to the rear panel
HOLD PEDAL jack.
You can use a microphone by connecting it to the rear panel MIC INPUT
jack.
While you hold down the pedal, the notes will be sustained (held) even if
You can apply an effect to the sound from the microphone. For
you take your fingers off the keyboard.
fig.connect-pedal.eps
details, refer to “Using the vocoder” (p. 42).
fig.connect-audio.eps_e
Dynamic
Microphone
You can also use the pedal switch to control functions other
than Hold. For details, refer to “Making Settings that are
Common to the Entire JUNO-Di (SYSTEM)” in the section
“HOLD PEDAL” (p. 75).
Howling could be produced depending on the location of
microphones relative to speakers. This can be remedied by:
1. Changing the orientation of the microphone.
2. Relocating microphone at a greater distance from speakers.
3. Lowering volume levels.
As an alternative to a pedal switch (DP series), you can also
connect a damper pedal (DP-10) or expression pedal (EV-5).
Use only the specified expression pedal (EV-5; sold separately).
By connecting any other expression pedals, you risk causing
malfunction and/or damage to the unit.
Connecting a Portable Audio Device
You can connect an MP3 player or other audio device to the EXT INPUT
jack on the rear panel and listen to the playback.
Audio cables are not included with the JUNO-Di. You’ll need to
provide them.
fig.connect-audio.eps_e
Portable Audio
Device
EXT INPUT
jack
19
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Getting Ready
Turning Off the Power
Turning On/Off the Power
941
1. Before turning off the power, consider these two
questions:
Once the connections have been completed, turn on power to
your various devices in the order specified. By turning on
devices in the wrong order, you risk causing malfunction and/
or damage to speakers and other devices.
•
Have the volume controls of the JUNO-Di and all connected audio
devices been turned to their lowest settings?
•
Have you saved your JUNO-Di sounds or other data you’ve created?
1. Before turning on the JUNO-Di’s power, consider these
two questions:
2. Turn off the power for all connected audio devices.
3. Turn off the [POWER] switch of the JUNO-Di.
•
•
Is the AC adaptor and any other equipment connected correctly?
fig.power-onoff.eps
Have the volume controls of the JUNO-Di and all connected audio
devices been turned to their lowest settings?
Upper position
Off
2. Turn on the [POWER] switch located on the rear panel of
the JUNO-Di.
fig.power-onoff.eps
Lower position
On
Adjusting the Volume Level
([VOLUME] Knob)
1. Use the [VOLUME] knob to adjust the volume.
Always make sure to have the volume level turned down
before switching on power. Even with the volume all the way
down, you may still hear some sound when the power is
switched on, but this is normal, and does not indicate a
malfunction.
Turning the knob toward the left will decrease the volume, and
turning it toward the right will increase the volume.
Also adjust the connected device to an appropriate volume.
fig.volume2.eps
To ensure proper operation of the pitch bend lever, make sure
not to touch the lever when turning the JUNO-Di’s power on.
fig.Bender2-e.eps
Adjusting the Display Contrast
([LCD CONTRAST] Knob)
3. Turn on the power for any connected audio devices.
4. While playing the keyboard and listening to the sound,
slowly increase the volume of the JUNO-Di and the
volume of the connected equipment until you obtain the
desired volume.
fig.volume1.eps
The characters in the display may be difficult to read immediately after
the power is turned on, or after you have been using the JUNO-Di for an
extended time, or due to the conditions in which it’s being used. If this
occurs, turn the rear panel [LCD CONTRAST] knob to make the display
legible.
fig.LCDcontrast.eps
20
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Getting Ready
Turning the Display Backlight
On/Off
Listening to the Demo Songs
Here’s how to listen to the demo songs that are built into the JUNO-Di.
To reduce battery consumption, you can turn off the display backlight
when it’s not required.
1. Power up the JUNO-Di as described in “Turning On/Off
the Power” (p. 20).
1. Hold down the [SHIFT] button and press the [EXIT]
button.
2. Press the [PLAY/STOP] button.
The “DEMO” screen will appear.
The display backlight will turn off.
The demo song will begin playing.
button.
1. Hold down the [SHIFT] button and press the [ENTER]
The “DEMO MENU” screen will appear.
button.
The display backlight will turn on.
You can also select a demo song by using the cursor buttons to
move the cursor.
You can set the system setting “POWER SAVE MODE” to specify
the power conservation setting. For details, refer to “Making
Settings that are Common to the Entire JUNO-Di (SYSTEM)” (p.
75).
4. Press the [EXIT] button to exit the “DEMO MENU” screen.
No.
1
Title
Composer
Copyright
Have you met?
Di Groove
JUNO Pops
Takedown
Mitsuru Sakaue
Adrian Scott
Mitsuru Sakaue
Scott Tibbs
©2009 Roland Corporation
©2009 Roland Corporation
©2009 Roland Corporation
©2009 Roland Corporation
2
Using the Included USB Memory
Protector
3
4
You can use the included USB memory protector to prevent theft of the
USB memory connected to the JUNO-Di.
fig.CoverLock.eps
All rights reserved. Unauthorized use of this material for
of applicable laws.
No data for the music that is played will be output from MIDI
OUT connector.
If USB memory is connected, you can play the demo songs by
choosing “Demo Play” from the “MENU” screen. For details,
refer to “Playing the Demo Songs (DEMO PLAY)” (p. 79).
Caution
●
You must use the included screws.
●
You must use the included Allen wrench to tighten or remove the
screws. Using a tool that does not match the screw heads will damage
them.
●
●
Be careful not to over-tighten the screws. Doing so may damage the
screw’s head, causing the wrench to rotate uselessly.
To tighten the screws, turn the Allen wrench clockwise. To loosen the
screws, turn the Allen wrench counter-clockwise.
fig.screw-e.eps
loosen
tighten
●
Keep the removed screws out of the reach of small children to ensure
they are not swallowed accidentally.
21
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
MEMO
22
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Application Guide
This Application Guide presents the functions that are available when you are playing music on
the JUNO-Di.
This guide contains sample scores for a wide variety of musical styles.
Choose the section that you want to play from these scores.
Audio data on the supplied CD-ROM
File Name
01_Piano_Ballad.wav
02_Jazz_EP.wav
Page
p. 24
“Playing Pops”
p. 26
p. 28
p. 30
p. 32
p. 36
p. 38
p. 40
03_Rock_Organ.wav
04_PianoString_Dual.wav
05_R&B_Split.wav
“Playing R&B”
06_Ac_Guitar.wav
“Playing Bossa Nova”
“Playing Techno Sounds”
“Playing Drums”
07_Techno_Arp.wav
08_Drum_Kit.wav
JUNO-Di_Song.wav
JUNO-Di_Song_Backing.wav
“Playing Live”
p. 45
There may be some differences between the audio data on the CD-ROM and the sound you
play with the JUNO-Di.
23
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Playing Ballads
This section explains how to select the piano tone for playing ballads. If use a pedal (sold separately), you can make
reverberate in the same way as if you were using the damper pedal on a piano. Use the “reverb” effect to add some
reverberation to your tone, as if you are playing in a concert hall.
Playing Ballads
[REVERB] Knob
[PIANO] Button
Tone Buttons
[PREVIEW] Button
Selecting a Tone
Press the [PIANO] Button.
1
The piano tone is selected.
˚
Playing
Play the sample score.
Pedal—HOLD PEDAL
Important
Function
Try plugging a separately available pedal (DP series) into the HOLD PEDAL
jack on the back of JUNO-Di.
as the pedal is pressed (the same effect as the damper pedal on a piano).
Try using the pedal when you play.
The pedal can be assigned to other functions besides the
damper pedal. Refer to “Making Settings that are Common to
Memo
the Entire JUNO-Di (SYSTEM)” in the section “HOLD PEDAL”
(p. 75).
24
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Playing Ballads
=120
Piano Ballad
Adding Reverb—[REVERB] Knob
Important
Function
“Reverb” is an effect that adds reverberation to the tone, like the
effect of playing in a concert hall.
With the JUNO-Di, you can use the [REVERB] knob to adjust how the
tone reverberates. Turn the [REVERB] knob to find the reverb that
tones good to you.
Operation
Selecting a Tone
Follow these steps to select a tone:
1. Use the tone buttons to select the category of the tone you want to
play.
2. Turn the dial to select the tone.
When you play the keys, you can hear the tone that is displayed on
the screen.
Effect
Term
“Effect” is a function that adds various effects to alter the tone.
Listening to the tone—[PREVIEW] button
Tip
The [PREVIEW] button is useful when you select a tone.
Press and hold the [PREVIEW] button to hear a phrase played using the tone that is displayed on the screen.
When you release the button, the phrase stops.
Phrases are provided for each category of tone.
25
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Playing Jazz Electric Piano
This section explains how to select the electric piano tone for playing jazzy phrases.
You can change the mood of your playing by changing the effects added to the tone.
Playing Jazz Electric Piano
Dial
Cursor Buttons
[PIANO] Button
[SHIFT] Button
Selecting a Tone
Press the [PIANO] Button.
1
Press the [
] cursor button.
2
The electric piano tone is selected.
Use the dial to select “046: Stage Phazer.”
3
Playing
Play the sample score.
26
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Playing Jazz Electric Piano
Jazz EP
=120
Adding an Effect
When you select the “Stage Phazer” effect, a phasing effect is applied to the sound.
In this section, you turn on the “Tremolo” effect while you play.
Hold down the [SHIFT] button and press the [PIANO] button.
1
The “MFX” screen is displayed.
Switch the effect on/off
In the “MFX” screen, you can set the effect that you add to the
currently selected tone.
Effect type
You can also use the [MENU] button to display the “MFX”
screen. For more information, see page “Editing the Effects
(MFX/Chorus/Reverb) (Effect Edit)” (p. 61).
Memo
Detailed settings of the effect type
Use the dial to select “17: TREMOLO.”
“Tremolo” is selected for the effect type.
Play the sample score.
2
3
Experiment with the different moods different effects can add to
your playing.
Tremolo/Phaser
Term
“Tremolo” vibrates the volume to add its unique effect to the tone. With “Phaser,” the tone swells.
Both of these effects were often used on some legendary electric pianos in the 70s.
27
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Playing Rock Organ
This section explains how to play rock organ with the classic seventies rock tone.
Here, we will select the organ tone and add the “Rotary” effect.
Use the Pitch Bend/Modulation lever on the left of the keyboard to make the tone vary while you play.
Playing Rock Organ
Dial
[KEYBOARD/ORGAN] Button
Pitch Bend/
Modulation Lever
Selecting a Tone
Press the [KEYBOARD/ORGAN] button.
1
The “001: HardRockORG1” sound is selected.
˚
Playing
Play the sample score.
28
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Playing Rock Organ
Rock Organ
=104
Rotary Effect + Modulation Lever
When you play with the “Rotary” effect, you can tilt the Modulation lever forward to change the effect’s speed.
Important
Function
At the “ ” mark in the sample score, press the Hold Pedal (see page 24) and tilt the lever forward with
your left hand.
also returns.
Using the Pitch Bend/Modulation lever with your left hand, you can add effects to the tone while playing
with your right hand.
When you’re playing a tone that uses “Rotary” or “VK Rotary” as the effect (MFX), the speed of
Memo the rotary effect will be switched each time you tilt the modulation lever. For details on effect
settings, refer to p. 61.
Pitch Bend/Modulation Lever
When you play with another tone that does not have the rotary effect, the
Important
Function
Pitch Bend/Modulation lever has the following effects:
While you play the keyboard, you can tilt the lever to the left to lower the
pitch, and to the right to raise the pitch. This is called the “Pitch Bend Effect.”
Pitch Bend Effect
You can also tilt the lever forward to add a vibrato effect to the tone. This is
called the “Modulation Effect.”
By tilting and holding the lever forward and to the left or right at the same
time, you can attain both effects together.
Modulation Effect
Rotary/Rotary Speaker
Term
The “Rotary” effect reproduces the effect of rotary speakers, which tend to be used with organs. Rotary
speakers were often used in 60s jazz and 70s hard rock.
29
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Playing Pops
This section explains how to play pops with a variety of tones.
By using the “Dual” function, you can layer two different tones together.
For this example, we’ll layer Piano and Strings.
Playing Pops
[PIANO] Button
[DUAL] Button
[ORCHESTRA] Button
Selecting a Tone
Press the [PIANO] button.
1
Use the dial to select “001: 88StageGrand.”
The piano tone is selected.
2
Turning on Dual
Press the [DUAL] button to switch the light on.
1
2
Dual is turned on.
Press the [ORCHESTRA] button.
Performance name
Use the dial to select “0c010: X Hall Str.”
3
Name of the tone you
select first
The strings tone is selected.
When you play the keyboard, the Piano and Strings sound at the
same time.
Name of the tone to overlay
30
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Playing Pops
=110
Piano/String Dual
˚
Playing
Play the sample score.
You can also follow the steps described in pages 34–35 to play back the Pops rhythm pattern. In this
case, select “002: Pop 2” as the rhythm pattern group.
Turning off Dual
Press the [DUAL] button to switch the light off.
1
The Dual function switches off.
Layering Different Tones—[DUAL] Button
Important
Function
With the “Dual” function, you layer two different tones together.
After selecting a tone that you want to play, press the [DUAL] button and choose a second tone to layer
over the top.
When you press the [DUAL] button once, it is lit that Dual is turned on.
When you press the [DUAL] button again, the light turns off to show that the Dual is turned off.
Playing with multiple tones—[PERFORM (Performance)] button
Tip
When you turn on functions that enable you to play with multiple tones, for example, Dual, Split (see page 33),
and Super Layer (see page 41), the [PERFORM] button is lit.
When you change the settings (i.e. the tone you use) of Dual, Split, or Super Layer, you can use numbers 501
to 564 on the [PERFORM] button to save the settings (see page 52).
The [PERFORM] button also has some presets for playing with multiple tones. (A collection of settings that
specify how a multiple number of tones are to be played is known as a “Performance.”)
When you press the [PERFORM] button, the name of the performance is displayed at the top of the screen.
31
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Playing R&B
This section explains how to play R&B, using the “Split” function to play bass with your left hand and piano with your
right hand.
If desired, you can use the “Octave Shift” function to lower the right-hand tone by an octave.
JUNO-Di’s “Rhythm Pattern” function enables you to easily play rhythm patterns such as drums.
Use rhythm patterns to enjoy playing like in a jam session.
Playing R&B
[PIANO] Button
[SPLIT] Button
[GUITAR/BASS] Button
Selecting a Tone
Press the [PIANO] button.
1
2
Use the dial to select “063: EP Trem 1.“
The electric piano tone is selected.
Turning on Split
Press the [SPLIT] button to switch the light on.
1
The Split is turned on.
Press the [GUITAR/BASS] button.
2
3
Use the dial to select “Gt056: Finger Bs 1.”
Performance name
UPPER tone name
The bass tone is selected.
You can divide the keyboard at the key shown in the illustration
below to play with a different tone for each hand.
The tone for the left hand is called “LOWER,” while the tone for the
right hand is called “UPPER.”
LOWER tone name
Split Point (C4)
LOWER
UPPER
32
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Playing R&B
R&B Split
=92
Playing
Play the sample score.
Playing with a Different Tone for Each Hand—[SPLIT] Button
Important
Function
The “Split” function enables you to play with a different tone for each hand.
After selecting a tone for the right hand, press the [SPLIT] button to divide the keyboard into two sections.
Next, select a tone for the left hand.
When you press the [SPLIT] button once, it lit to show that Split is turned on.
When you press the [SPLIT] button again, the light turns off to show that Split is turned off.
Operation
Changing the point where the keyboard is divided (the split point)
When you are using the Split function, follow these steps to change the split point:
1. When the [SPLIT] button is lit, hold down the [SPLIT] button and press the key where you want to
set the split point.
The pressed key becomes the split point.
The UPPER section starts from the split point.
2. When you have finished making settings, press the [EXIT] button.
33
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Playing R&B
Dial
[RHYTHM PATTERN] Button
OCTAVE [DOWN]/[UP] Buttons
[PLAY/STOP] Button
Shifting the Right Hand down One Octave
Lower the pitch of the Upper tone, which you play with your right hand, by an octave.
Press the [
] button to move the cursor to the number of
1
2
the upper tone.
The Upper tone is selected.
Press the OCTAVE [DOWN] button.
The UPPER pitch is shifted down one octave.
Changing the Pitch in One Octave Steps—OCTAVE [DOWN]/[UP] Buttons
Important
Function
You can change the pitch in steps of one octave. This is called the “Octave Shift” function.
If you are playing a low part such as a bass line with your right hand, you will find it easier if you shift the
keyboard down one or two octaves.
Use the OCTAVE [DOWN] or [UP] buttons to adjust the Octave Shift.
Press the [DOWN] button to shift the pitch of the currently selected tone down an octave, or press the
[UP] button to shift it up at an octave.
You can shift the pitch as much as three octaves down (-3) or three octaves up (+3).
For further information about the octave shift function, see “Octave Shift Settings” (p. 67).
Memo
Playing Rhythm Patterns
Press the [RHYTHM PATTERN] button. The button is lit.
1
The Rhythm Pattern is turned on and the “RHYTHM PATTERN” screen is
displayed.
Use the dial to select “017: R&B.”
2
34
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Playing R&B
R&B Split
=92
Press the [PLAY/STOP] button.
3
4
The R&B rhythm pattern is played back.
Try playing the sample score along with the rhythm pattern.
Press the [PLAY/STOP] button to stop the rhythm pattern.
Turning off each function
If you press the [SPLIT] button and the button’s light goes out, the Split function is switched off.
If you press the OCTAVE [DOWN] and [UP] buttons together, the value of the Octave Shift is reset to “0”
and the pitch of the keyboard is restored.
If you press the [RHYTHM PATTERN] button and the button’s goes out, the Rhythm Pattern is turned off.
Playing Rhythm Patterns—[RHYTHM PATTERN] Button
Important
Function
Some rhythm patterns are simple ones with only a few tones, while others are more extravagant, with
many tones. You can use a more extravagant pattern for a refrain part, change patterns between different
verses, or simply jam along to the groove.
For further information about the Rhythm Pattern function, see “Playing Rhythm Patterns ([RHYTHM
PATTERN] Button)” (p. 74).
Memo
Operation
Switching rhythm styles (rhythm pattern group)
Follow the steps below to change the rhythm pattern’s style:
Rhythm pattern group name
2. Use the dial to select a rhythm pattern group.
The rhythm pattern changes.
For a list of rhythm pattern groups, see “Rhythm Pattern Group
List” (p. 124).
Memo
Rhythm set name
35
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Playing Bossa Nova
This section explains how to play a Bossa Nova pattern using just your left hand. Use the JUNO-Di’s “Chord Memory”
function to play complex chords with a single key. You also use the “Arpeggio” function, which allows you to create
arpeggios simply by playing chords.
Playing Bossa Nova
[CHORD MEMORY] Button
[GUITAR/BASS] Button
Dial
[ARPEGGIO] Button
Selecting a Tone
Press the [GUITAR/BASS] button.
1
Use the dial to select “009: Bright Nylon.”
2
The guitar tone is selected.
Turning on the Chord Memory Function
Press the [CHORD MEMORY] button. The button is lit.
1
The Chord Memory function switches on.
The “CHORD MEMORY” screen is displayed.
Chord set name
Use the dial to select “005: Jazz 3” for the chord set.
2
A chord is assigned to each key. Play the C (Do) key. This single key
will play the CM9 chord C-E-G-B-D (do-mi-so-ti-re.)
Detailed settings for Chord Memory (p. 69)
Turning on the Arpeggio Function
Press the [ARPEGGIO] button. The button is lit.
1
The Arpeggio function switches on.
36
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Playing Bossa Nova
Ac. Guitar (Bossa Nova)
=102
˚
The “ARPEGGIO” screen is displayed.
Arpeggio style name
Use the dial to select “123: Key Bckng1(a)” as the arpeggio
style.
2
Detailed setting for Arpeggio (p. 67)
˚
Playing
Try playing the sample score.
Turn on the Chord Memory and Arpeggio functions and play the staff labeled “PLAY” on the sample
score. You can use simple fingerings to play the “CM/ARP” staff.
You can also follow the steps described in pages 34–35 to play back the Bossa Nova rhythm pattern.
In this case, select “015: Bossa” as the rhythm pattern group.
Turning off each function
If you press the [CHORD MEMORY] button and the button’s light goes out, the Chord Memory
function is switched off.
If you press the [ARPEGGIO] button and the button’s goes out, the Arpeggio function is turned off.
Important
With the “Chord Memory” function, you can press a single key to play a chord that you have set in advance.
Press the [CHORD MEMORY] button. The button is lit and Chord Memory turns on.
Function
To turn off Chord Memory, press the [CHORD MEMORY] button again. The button’s light switches off.
For more detailed information about Chord Memory function settings, see “Chord Memory
Memo
Settings” (p. 69).
Playing Arpeggios—[ARPEGGIO] Button
Important
Function
When you press the [APPEGGIO] button once, it is lit to show that Arpeggio is turned on.
“Arpeggio” is a playing style where you play the individual notes of a chord separately. If you use JUNO-Di’s
Arpeggio function, you just have to play the chords to play arpeggios according to their component notes.
For more detailed information about Arpeggio function settings, see “Arpeggio Settings” (p. 67).
Memo
37
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Playing Techno Sounds
This section explains how to select a tone that was a standard in the Techno boom of the early 80s and use knobs to
adjust the tone in real time. You can use the JUNO-Di’s Arpeggio function and the D Beam controller to give the tone
more of a techno feel.
Playing Techno Sounds
[CUTOFF] Knob
[RESONANCE] Knob
D Beam Controller
Dial
[SYNTH] Button
[SOLO SYNTH] Button
[ARPEGGIO] Button
Selecting a Tone
Press the [SYNTH] button.
1
Use the dial to select “188: BPF Saw.”
2
˚
Turning on the Arpeggio Function
Press the [ARPEGGIO] button. The button is lit.
1
The Arpeggio function switches on and the “ARPEGGIO” screen is displayed.
Use the dial to select “116: Sliced 9 (a)” as the arpeggio style.
2
Shifting the Keyboard Down an Octave
The JUNO-Di’s keyboard is not wide enough to play the staff labeled “Play” on the sample score.
So in this section, you use the “Octave Shift” function to shift the key range down an octave and play
the keys an octave higher than the pitches shown on the sample score.
Press the OCTAVE [DOWN] button.
1
The keyboard’s range is lowered by one octave.
38
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Playing Techno Sounds
Techno Arp
=126
Playing
Play the sample score.
Turn on the Arpeggio function and play the staff labeled “Play” on the sample score.
Play the keys at an octave higher than the pitches shown on the sample score. This allows you to play
the “Arp Rhy” staff.
Turning off each function
If you press the [ARPEGGIO] button and the button’s light goes out, the Arpeggio is switched off.
If you press the OCTAVE [DOWN] and [UP] buttons together, the value of the Octave Shift is reset to
“0” and the pitch of the keyboard is restored.
Varying the Tone—[CUTOFF]/[RESONANCE] Knobs
Important
Both of these knobs are used for adjusting the elements of the tones
to change them.
Function
Turning the [CUTOFF] knob to the right makes the tone brighter,
while turning it to the left makes it darker.
Turning the [RESONANCE] knob to the right strengthens the tone’s
distinctive character, while turning it to the left reduces it.
For further information about the SOUND MODIFY, see “Using the Knobs to Modify the
Memo
Sound (SOUND MODIFY)” (p. 65).
Varying the Tone—D Beam Controller/[SOLO SYNTH] Button
The D Beam controller is at the upper left of the keyboard. You can use this
controller by simply holding your hand over it as shown in the illustration.
Important
Function
You can use the three buttons below the D Beam controller to select the
controller’s function. In this case, use the [SOLO SYNTH] button.
Press the [SOLO SYNTH] button. The button is lit. Move your hand up and
down above the D Beam controller to control the pitch of the tone.
This enables you to play the sounds like those produced by monophonic
synthesizers.
For further information about the D Beam controller, see “Using
Memo
the D Beam Controller to Modify the Sound” (p. 63).
39
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Playing Drums
The JUNO-Di contains many Rhythm Sets that can be assigned to each key, with a wide variety of percussion tones
and sound effects. By selecting a rhythm set, you can use the keyboard to play drums.
[RHYTHM] Button
S. Drum
Crush Cymbal
B. Drum
Hi-Hat
Selecting a Rhythm Set
Selecting a Rhythm Set
1
The “001: Pop Kit 1” rhythm set is selected.
˚
Playing
Play the sample score.
Start with just “B. Drum” and “S. Drum” at first, and then add “Hi-Hat” as you learn to play.
Drum Kit
=112
To find out which percussion instrument sound is assigned to which key, see the “Rhythm Set List” (p.
117).
Memo
40
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Playing Synthesizer Sounds
This section explains how to play the “Synth Lead” tone, which is the most common among many synthesizer tones.
Use the “Super Layer” function to make the synth tone thicker.
Playing Synthesizer Sounds
[SUPER LAYER] Button
Dial
[SYNTH] Button
Selecting a Tone
Press the [SYNTH] button.
1
2
Use the dial to select “013: Saw Lead 4.”
˚
Turning on the Super Layer Function
Press the [SUPER LAYER] button to switch the light on.
1
The Super Layer function is turned on.
Turning off the Super Layer
Press the [SUPER LAYER] button to switch the light off.
1
The Super Layer function is turned off.
Thickening a Single Tone—[SUPER LAYER] Button
Important
Performance name
Tone name
You can overlay a single tone several times, slightly shifting the pitches
Function
of each layer. This is called “detuning.”
Using the “Super Layer” function, you can easily set the detuning and
the number of times you overlay the tone (number of parts), to create
more spacious or thicker tones.
Number of parts
Press the [SUPER LAYER] button. The button is lit and the Super Layer
function is turned on.
How the pitches are shifted
To turn off Super Layer, press the [SUPER LAYER] button again. The light switches off.
You can connect a microphone (sold separately) to the JUNO-Di to sing along while you play.
41
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Singing Along While You Play
You can connect a microphone (sold separately) to the JUNO-Di to sing along while you play.
In this section, there is no sample score. Instead, try the functions described below with your favorite score.
With the JUNO-Di, you can control the microphone volume or echo. You can also use the “Vocoder” effect to change
the characteristics of your voice.
By using the “Transpose” function, you can adjust the pitch of the keyboard to that of your voice.
Singing Along While You Play
[PIANO] Button
Dial
Cursor Buttons
[VOCAL/PAD] Button
[SHIFT] Button
Operation
Using the vocoder
Select an effect with the “Vocoder” and add it to your voice through the microphone.
1. Press the [VOCAL/PAD] button.
2. Use the dial to select “036: VOCODER Ens.”
3. Say something into the microphone while playing the keyboard.
The vocoder effect is added onto your voice. The key you play determines the pitch.
is only effective for the voice through the microphone.
Even if you are selecting a tone other than “036: VOCODER Ens”, you
can select the “79: VOCODER” effect to apply the vocoder effect to the
tone.
Memo
Memo
For more about connecting a microphone, refer to “Connecting a Microphone” (p. 19).
Vocoder
Term
The “Vocoder” adds effects to a human voice. If you run your voice through the vocoder, you can give it a
toneless, robotic tone.
42
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Singing Along While You Play
Operation
Changing vocoder settings
Select an effect with the “Vocoder” and add it to your voice through the microphone.
1. Press the [VOCAL/PAD] button.
2. Use the dial to select “036: VOCODER Ens.”
3. Hold down the [SHIFT] button, and press the [PIANO] button.
The “MFX” screen is displayed.
“79:VOCODER” is selected as the effect type.
4. Use the [
] button to select the item that you want to set.
5. Use the dial to change the setting.
Item
Value
Description
Adjusts the gain on the microphone
Mic Sens
0 – 127
The higher you set this value, the higher the gain will be.
If you set the value too high, the tone through the microphone may be distorted.
Adjusts the input volume of the tone you select on the JUNO-Di
The higher you set this value, the louder the tone you play will be.
You will need to adjust the balance between this tone and the voice through the
microphone.
Synth Level
0 – 127
Adjusts the balance between the voice without the vocoder effect and the voice
with the effect
Mic Mix
Level
0 – 127
0 – 127
The higher you set this value, the greater the tone without the vocoder effect will
be.
Adjusts the volume of the voice with the vocoder effect
The higher you set this value, the greater the voice with the vocoder effect will be.
Using a Microphone—MIC IN [VOLUME] Knob/[REVERB] Button
Important
Function
If you want to adjust the volume of the voice through the micro-
phone connected to the JUNO-Di, use the MIC IN [VOLUME] knob.
When you turn on the MIC IN [REVERB] button, a reverb effect is
added to the voice through the microphone. This effect is like the
echo when you sing karaoke.
You can adjust how much reverb is added to the micro-
phone. For more information about using the microphone, see “Making Settings that are
Common to the Entire JUNO-Di (SYSTEM)” on “Rev Level (Reverb Level)” (p. 76).
Memo
43
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Singing Along While You Play
[TRANSPOSE] Button
[-] [+] Buttons
Shifting the Key Range in Semitone Steps—[TRANSPOSE] Button
Important
Function
By using the “Transpose” function, you can easily adjust the pitch of the keyboard to that of your voice.
The Transpose function allows you to shift the key range in semitone steps.
This function is useful not only for adjusting the pitch of the keyboard to the human voice, but also for
playing transposing instruments, such as trumpet or clarinet, according to the pitch written in musical
scores.
Operation
Transposing
1. Hold down the [TRANSPOSE] button, and press the [-] or [+] buttons.
Set how far you want to transpose in semitone steps from G (-5 semitones) to F# (+6
semitones).
When you press this button, the value of the setting is displayed at the top of the
screen. The screen is restored a short time after you release the button.
If a value other than “C” is set, the [TRANSPOSE] button is lit.
To reset the value to “C,” hold down the [TRANSPOSE] button and press [-] and [+]
simultaneously.
44
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Playing Live
When you are playing live, you need to quickly select tones and settings. For this, you can use the useful “Favorite”
function to register tones and keyboard settings to the buttons in the order in which you plan to play live.
This section also explains how to play back audio data using the JUNO-Di’s “Song Player” function.
And lastly, you can try playing a piece that makes effective use of all the functions that were introduced.
Playing Live
FAVORITE 0–9
FAVORITE [ON/OFF] Button
Registering Frequently Used Tones
You can register frequently used tones or settings that have multiple tones, such as Split and Dual,
to the ten buttons [0] to [9]. This enables you to switch to those tones or settings immediately, at the
touch of a button.
Here, let’s register in the favorites all the tones that will be used in the piece that appears on page 50,
in the order in which they’ll be used.
Select a performance or a tone to register.
1
With the [PERFORM] button, select “007: JUNO Di Lead.”
Hold down the FAVORITE [ON/OFF] button and press the [0]
2
button.
The selected performance is now registered to FAVORITE 0.
Repeat Steps 1 and 2 to assign the tones to Favorites 1 and 2 as
3
FAVORITE
Tone
Button
0
1
2
shown in the table.
[PERFORM]
007:
[PIANO]
[PERFORM]
007:
Pf051:
˚
Tone No.
JUNO Di Lead VelSpdWurly JUNO Di Lead
Invoking Registered Tones
Press the FAVORITE [ON/OFF] button. The button is lit.
1
Now you can press one of the buttons [1] to [9] to switch to a
Favorite.
Use buttons [1] to [9] to select Favorites.
2
The registered tones or settings are selected.
45
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Playing Live
FAVORITE [BANK] Button
[MENU] Button
Dial
Cursor Buttons
[EXIT] Button
[ENTER] Button
FAVORITE [ON/OFF] Button
Registering and Switching to Frequently Used Tones or Settings
—FAVORITE [ON/OFF] Button/[BANK] Button
Important
Function
The “Favorite” function enables you to switch to those tones or settings immediately, at the touch of a
button.
Use the ten [0] to [9] buttons to register tones or switch to tones.
To switch to a tone in Favorites, the FAVORITE [ON/OFF] button must be turned on.
When you register a tone in Favorites, the FAVORITE [ON/OFF] button may be off.
• The ten Favorites, 0 to 9 comprise a Set. You
can assign up to ten Sets.
BANK No.
• A Set with Favorites 0 to 9 is registered to a
“BANK.”
0
:
0
0
1
1
2
2
3
4
5
6
7
7
8
8
9
9
:
9
3
4
5
6
To assign keyboard settings, such as tones or split to Favorites, you must first save them.
For more information about saving, see “Saving Your Settings —[WRITE] Button” (p. 52).
You can confirm or delete the Favorites you have assigned. For more information,
see “Favorite Settings” (p. 69).
Memo
Operation
Switching Favorite Banks
When you play live, it is useful to assign a different bank to each song and configure it with tones or other setting.
Favorite Banks can be changed even when the FAVORITE [ON/OFF] button is off.
1. Press the FAVORITE [BANK] button. The button is lit.
The button from [0] to [9] that corresponds to the currently selected Bank flashes.
]
2. Press one of the buttons [0] to [9].
The Bank corresponding to the button you pressed will be selected.
46
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Playing Live
Assigning Functions to the Pedal
After you have assigned the tones that you want to use in Favorites, you can set the pedal so you can
use it to switch the Favorites. This way, you can switch between Favorites without taking your hands
from the keyboard.
For further information about connecting the pedal (sold separately), see “Connecting Pedal” (p. 19).
Memo
Press the [MENU] button.
1
2
The menu screen is displayed.
Use the [
] [
] buttons to select “SYSTEM”, and press the
[ENTER] button.
The system setting screen (p. 75) is displayed.
Use the cursor [
] [
] buttons to select “HOLD PEDAL”
3
at the top of the screen.
This is the pedal settings screen.
Use the dial to select “FAV-UP” (Favorite Up).
4
5
You have now set the pedal so the Favorites will switch each time
you press the pedal.
Press the [EXIT] button.
This saves the setting.
Saving Audio Data to a USB Memory Device
Using your computer, copy onto your USB memory key the audio data from the supplied CD-ROM
that you’ll be using in your performance.
JUNO-Di_Song_
Backing.wav
From the “Audio Files” folder of the supplied CD-ROM, copy
the audio data “JUNO-Di_Song_Backing.wav” to your USB
memory device.
1
USB Memory
47
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Playing Live
EXT INPUT Jack
[SONG LIST] Button
USB MEMORY Connector
[NUMERIC] Button
[PLAY/STOP] Button
Playing Back Songs with the Song Player
You can use JUNO-Di’s “Song Player” function to play back a song from your audio data.
Plug the USB memory into the USB MEMORY Connector.
1
2
USB MEMORY
Press the [SONG LIST] button. The button is lit.
The song list screen is displayed.
Playlist name
Song name
Use the dial to move the cursor to the song
3
(JUNO_Di_Song_Backing.wav) you want to play back.
Press the [PLAY/STOP] button.
4
5
The selected song is played back.
To stop song playback, press the [PLAY/STOP] button again.
The next time you press the [PLAY/STOP] button, the song resumes
from the point where you stopped.
48
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Playing Live
˚
Playing
Press the [PLAY/STOP] button to play back the song, and play the staff labeled “Lead” on the sample
score.
When you press the pedal at the “
board.
” mark, the Favorites will switch, changing the tone of the key-
Experiment with some variations, such as changing the tones for the Favorites or using the
Split function to play the staff that is shown in gray on the sample score.
Playing Back a Song—[SONG LIST] Button
Important
The JUNO-Di’s “Song Player” function enables you to play back songs (audio files/SMF) saved on a USB
memory device.
Function
you can use the “Playlist” function to create a list of the songs in the order in which you want to play them
back.
The list of the songs specified in the Playlist is called the “Song List.”
To select the songs, connect a USB memory device to the JUNO-Di and press the [SONG LIST] button.
For further information about the Song Player, see “Song Player Settings” (p. 71).
A “Playlist” can be created using the “Playlist Editor” included with the JUNO-Di.
Memo
Memo
Selecting tones by numbers—[NUMERIC] button
Tip
If you turn on the [NUMERIC] button, you can enter numeric values with the buttons [0] to [9].
This enables you to specify and select frequently used tones using numbers.
1. Press one of the tone buttons.
2. Press the [NUMERIC] button. The button is lit.
3. Using the buttons [0] – [9], specify a number.
4. Press the [ENTER] button to fix the number.
The tone for the specified number is selected.
Connecting portable audio players and playing back
Tip
You can connect an audio device such as an MP3 player to the JUNO-Di’s EXT INPUT jack to play back music
from the device.
49
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Playing Live
fig.score–09-2.eps_90
51
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Saving Your Settings
—[WRITE] Button
If you select the Split to change the settings of tones or octaves, or if you change the effect for a
If you want to preserve the changes, save the settings.
Saved tones or settings are saved in the User Memory, with numbers starting from 501.
If you change settings such as tones, their names, or their settings, an asterisk (*) appears next to
them on the screen. When you save the setting, the asterisk disappears.
For more information about saving, see page “Saving Your Settings” (p. 62).
Memo
Make the settings that you want.
Press the [WRITE] button.
1
2
The “WRITE” screen is displayed.
The number where to save
Name
Use the dial to select the number for saving the setting.
3
4
Use the [
] button to move the cursor (_) to the bottom of
the display.
Name the setting.
5
For information about naming conventions, see page 58.
When you finish naming, press the [ENTER] or [WRITE] button.
A confirmation message is displayed.
6
7
Press the [ENTER] button to save the setting.
If you change your mind and don’t want to save the setting, press the [EXIT] button.
NEVER turn the power off while you are saving settings.
To quickly jump to settings saved in memory number 501 or greater, press the tone button and
Memo
then the [
] button several times.
52
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Overview
How the JUNO-Di is Organized
Keyboard Settings for Playing
the JUNO-Di
Broadly speaking, the JUNO-Di consists of a controller section, a sound
generator section, and a song player section.
Broadly speaking, there are two ways to play the JUNO-Di. One way is to
play using just a single tone (e.g., the sound of a piano or guitar). The other
way is to play more than one tone simultaneously; for example, by playing
a bass tone with your left hand and a piano tone with your right hand.
fig.BasicStruct-e.eps
Song Player Section
Playback
Song Player
Sound Generator
Section
Rhythm Pattern
Playing a single tone
Use the [RHYTHM]–[SYNTH] tone buttons to select the sound you want to
play.
Play
The sounds are assigned to the tone buttons by category, and there are
further sub-categories beneath each tone button. For example, the
[PIANO] button lets you select both piano sounds and electronic piano
sounds, while the [GUITAR/BASS] button lets you select guitar sounds
and bass sounds. To select a sub-category, press the desired tone button
Controller Section
(controllers such as keyboard, pitch bend/modulation lever, etc.)
and then use the [
can also use the [
] [
] buttons. If user tones have been saved, you
Controller section
] button to select user tones.
The [RHYTHM] button lets you select rhythm sets that allow you to play
percussion instrument sounds from the keyboard.
This section consists of a keyboard, pitch bend/modulation lever, the
panel buttons and knobs, D Beam controller, and pedals connected to
the rear panel. The performance information generated when you press/
release a key or press a hold pedal are transmitted as MIDI messages to
the sound generator section and/or an external MIDI device.
You can edit the effect settings and other settings of a tone, and save
your changes for each sound.
Tones you’ve edited can be saved as “user tones” in memory numbers
501 through 628.
Sound generator section
Playing more than one tone
This section produces the sound. It receives MIDI messages from the
controller section, song player section, or an external MIDI device,
generates musical sound according to the MIDI messages that were
received, and outputs the sound from the OUTPUT jacks and PHONES
jack.
To select settings that allow you to play multiple tones, turn the
[PERFORM] button on (lit).
Of the settings that allow you to play multiple tones, the “Split,” “Dual,”
and “Super Layer” settings (explained below) can be turned on using the
[SPLIT] button, [DUAL] button, and [SUPER LAYER] button, respectively.
Use the [PERFORM] button when you want to play multiple tones other
than these.
Song Player section
The Song Player is used to play back audio files or SMF saved in USB
memory.
If you’ve edited the settings or created new settings, you can save them
If you saved user performances, you can select them by pressing the
[PERFORM] button and then pressing the [
] button.
You can play along on the keyboard accompanied by the song or rhythm
pattern played by the Song Player.
Playing different tones with your right and left hands
(Split)
When using the JUNO-Di’s Song Player to play songs, you can
create a “playlist” to specify the order in which songs will play.
To create playlists, you need to use the included “Playlist
Editor.” For details, refer to “Using JUNO-Di Editor/Librarian/
Playlist Editor” (p. 85).
The “Split” function can be used when you want to play different tones
with your right and left hands. For example, you might use this to play a
piano tone with your right hand while playing a bass tone with your left
hand.
First, select the tone that you want to use for your right hand. Then press
the [SPLIT] button; the keyboard will be divided into right-hand and left-
hand zones, allowing you to select and play the tone for your left hand.
The key at which the keyboard is divided into right-hand and left-hand
zones is called the “split point.” You can change and save the split point if
desired.
For more about the Split function, refer to p. 33.
54
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Overview
Playing two layered sounds (Dual)
About the Effects
Use the “Dual” function when you want to play two tones layered. For
example, you might use this to play a piano tone layered with a strings
tone.
The JUNO-Di has built-in effect units, and you can independently edit
each unit’s settings.
Select one of the tones you want to use, and then press the [DUAL]
button. Now you’ll hear two tones, and you can select and play the other
tone that you want to layer with the first.
Multi-effects
For more about the Dual function, refer to p. 31.
The multi-effects are multi-purpose effects that completely change the
sound type by changing the sound itself.
Contained are 79 different effects types; select and use the type that suits
your aims.
Playing a single tone with more richness or
spaciousness (Super Layer)
In addition to single effects such as distortion or flanger, a broad range of
other effect types are provided. Some multi-effect types include chorus
or reverb, but these are independent of the chorus and reverb effects
described below.
“Super layer” lets you layer a single tone with multiple detuned copies of
itself, creating a thick and spacious sensation. This is particularly effective
on synth lead sounds.
To use the Super Layer function, select the tone that you want to use, and
then press the [SUPER LAYER] button.
You can use up to three different multi-effects simultaneously. They are
labeled MFX1, MFX2, and MFX3, respectively. For one tone you can use
one multi-effect.
For more about the Super Layer function, refer to p. 41.
Sometimes, “tones” are referred to as “patches.” So, the
indication “Patch” in a screen can be considered to mean
“tone.” In the included “JUNO-Di Editor,” all settings related to
tones are displayed as “Patch” settings.
If you want to use MFX3, make settings from the included
“JUNO-Di Editor.”
Chorus and reverb
By using the included “JUNO-Di Editor” software you can edit
the tones and performances in greater detail than possible
from the JUNO-Di’s front panel. For details, refer to the “JUNO-
Di Editor” Help (owner’s manual). Tones and performances you
create using “JUNO-Di Editor” can be played on the JUNO-Di.
For one tone you can use one chorus effect and one reverb effect.
Chorus adds depth and spaciousness to the sound.
You can select whether to use this as a chorus effect or a delay effect.
Reverb adds the reverberation characteristics of halls or auditoriums.
Five different types are offered, so you can select and use the type that
suits your purpose.
Favorites
You can make chorus and reverb settings independently for when
playing a tone by itself and for when using that tone with the Split, Dual,
or Super Layer functions (when the [PERFORM] button is lit).
“Favorites” store settings for frequently used tones and performances,
allowing you to recall them by simply pressing a button.
Favorites store the number of the tone or performance.
This means that even for the same tone, you can make and use different
settings when using that tone with the Split, Dual, and Super Layer
functions.
After editing a tone or performance, you can store it in user memory and
then register it as a favorite.
For further information, see p. 45, p. 46.
Rhythm Sets
A rhythm set is a set of percussion instrument sounds or sound effects.
When you press the [RHYTHM] sound button a rhythm set will be
selected, allowing you to play percussion instrument sounds from the
keyboard.
If you’ve selected a rhythm set, each key (note number) will play a
different percussion instrument sound.
The same key will play different sounds if you select a different rhythm
set.
For details on the percussion instrument sounds played by each key, refer
to the “Rhythm Set List” (p. 116).
55
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Overview
Temporary memory
Temporary area
About Memory
Tones and other settings are stored in what is referred to as memory.
There are three kind of memory: temporary, rewritable, and non-
This is the area that holds the data for the tone or performance that
you’ve selected using the panel buttons.
rewritable.
fig.Memory-Flow-e.eps
When you play the JUNO-Di, sound is produced based on data in the
temporary area. When you edit a tone or performance, you do not
directly modify the data in memory; rather, you call up the data into the
temporary area, and edit it there.
USB Memory
Song
SMF
Audio File
Settings in the temporary area will be lost when the power is turned off
or when you select another tone/performance. To keep the settings you
have modified, you must write them into user memory.
System
User
Rewritable memory
Restore
Backup
User memory
JUNO-Di
User memory is where you normally store the data you need.
To store a tone, rhythm set, or performance setting, you must execute the
corresponding save operation (P. 62).
System
Favorites you’ve registered are also saved in user memory.
Preset
User
Patch
System memory
Performance
System memory stores system parameter settings that determine how
the JUNO-Di functions.
Rhythm Set
GM (GM2)
Patch
Rhythm Set
Performance
System settings are saved automatically when you exit the system setting
screen.
Favorites
Patch
Rhythm Set
“MIDI controller mode settings” and “the tones that are selected first by
each tone button” are also saved in system memory.
Select
Select
Select
Select
Write
USB memory
The following settings can be backed up together to USB memory.
Temporary Area
•
•
•
•
•
•
User tones (rhythm sets)
User performances
Favorites
“Performance” refers to settings that let you play more than
one tone at once, such as Split, Dual, or Super Layer settings.
MIDI controller mode settings
System settings
The tones that are selected first by each tone button
Non-rewritable memory
Preset memory
Data in Preset memory cannot be rewritten.
However, you can call up settings from preset memory into the
temporary area, modify them and then store the modified data in
rewritable memory.
56
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Overview
Changing a value
Basic Operation of the JUNO-Di
To change the value, use the dial.
fig.dial.eps
The [SHIFT] Button’s Function
fig.shift.eps
Turning the dial clockwise increases the value, counterclockwise
decreases the value.
The value will change in larger steps if you hold down the [SHIFT] button
while turning the dial.
can access the screen for making settings related to that button. (In other
words, the [SHIFT] button provides a shortcut to the corresponding
screen.)
Entering a Value ([NUMERIC] Button)
For example, if you hold down the [SHIFT] button and press the [PIANO]
button, the MFX setting screen will appear.
If you turn the [NUMERIC] button on, you’ll be able to use the [RHYTHM
(0)]–[PERFORM (9)] buttons to enter numeric values.
fig.numeric.eps
For details, refer to the page where a particular function is explained.
For details, refer to “Shortcut List” (p. 131).
Editing a Value
You can use this method to numerically specify tone numbers,
performance numbers, or MIDI program change numbers.
Moving the cursor
1. Use the [
] [
] buttons to move the cursor to the
number that you want to change.
Each single screen displays multiple items.
To change the setting of an item, move the cursor to that item.
2. Press the [NUMERIC] button, so it’s lit.
Also, to select an item, move the cursor to that item.
fig.disp-Cursor-e.eps_70
The [0]–[9] buttons will light.
3. Use the [0]–[9] buttons to enter a numerical value, and
then press the [ENTER] button.
Your input will be finalized, and the illumination of the [0]–[9]
buttons will return to their previous state.
Cursor
If you press the [NUMERIC] button once again without pressing the
[ENTER] button, the [0]–[9] buttons will return to their previous state
without the number being changed.
Move the cursor with the cursor buttons.
Moving between pages
If you’ve pressed the [NUMERIC] button and are entering a
numeric value, pressing the [EXIT] button will reset the value
you were entering.
If an arrow like the one in the illustration is shown in the left or right of
the screen, this means that another page exists in the direction of the
arrow.
fig.disp-Page-e.eps
Use the [
] [
] cursor buttons to move between pages.
57
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Overview
Assigning a Name
Main Screen
On the JUNO-Di, you can assign names to each tone, rhythm set,
The screen in which the upper line indicates the name of the tone or
setting (performance name) is called the “main screen.”
performance. The procedure is the same for any type of data.
fig.disp-Name.eps_70
Normally, pressing the [EXIT] button a number of times will take you to
the main screen.
The main screen for settings that play a single sound
1. Use the [
] [
] buttons to move the cursor to the
location where you wish to input a character.
2. Turn the dial to specify the character.
Available Characters/Symbols
•
•
The top line shows the name of the sound.
This screen will be shown immediately after you turn on the power.
space, A–Z, a–z, 0–9, ! ” # $ % & ’ ( ) * + , - . / : ; < = > ? @ [ \ ] ^ _ ` { | }
The main screen for settings that play multiple sounds
Changing the Tempo
The tempo setting is common to the entire JUNO-Di.
The following functions use this setting as their tempo.
•
•
•
Rhythm patterns
Arpeggio
•
The top line shows the name of the setting (performance name).
Song (SMF) playback
1. Press the [TAP TEMPO] button.
The tempo setting is shown in the top line of the screen.
fig.disp-tempo.eps_70
The “*” indication in the main screen
When you edit the sound or performance settings (e.g., when you
change the lower sound of a split), an “*” will appear in the main
screen.
2. Press the [TAP TEMPO] button three or more times at the
desired tempo.
The tempo will be set to the interval at which you pressed the
button.
•
•
•
sound name in the main screen when you edit the sound’s
settings (Patch Edit; p. 59 or Rhythm Edit; p. 60).
3. When you have made the setting, press the [EXIT]
button.
For settings that play multiple sounds, an “*” will be added to the
performance name in the main screen when you switch the sounds
you’re playing or when you edit the settings (Part Edit; p. 60).
directly change the tempo setting.
For settings that play multiple sounds, an “*” will be added to the
sound name in the main screen when you edit the sound settings
The tempo setting you’ve changed as described above will be
discarded when you turn off the power. If you want the tempo
setting to be retained even while the power is turned off, use
the System setting “System Tempo” (p. 75) to specify it.
When you save the sound or settings (performance) indicated by
the “*” to user memory, the “*” will disappear from the main screen.
Settings you’ve edited will be lost when you turn off the
power or select another sound. If you want to keep the
changes you made, save them to user memory.
For more information about saving, see “Saving Your
Settings” (p. 62).
If you set the system setting “Sync Mode” (p. 76) to “SLAVE,”
the tempo value will be shown as “MIDI”; the tempo will be
determined by MIDI clock messages from an external MIDI
device.
58
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Detailed Tone Settings
5. Use the dial to set the desired value.
Tone Settings
Item
Value
Description
Patch Level
0–127
Specifies the volume of the tone.
Editing a Tone’s Volume, Portamento,
Mono/Poly, or Bend Range (Patch Edit)
Specifies whether the portamento effect
will be applied (ON) or not (OFF).
* Portamento is an effect which smoothly
changes the pitch from the first-played
key to the next-played key. By applying
portamento when the Mono/Poly is
“MONO,” you can simulate slide
Portamento
Sw
The process of modifying a tone’s settings is called “patch editing (PATCH
EDIT).”
OFF, ON
To edit the currently selected tone, proceed as follows.
performance techniques on a violin or
similar instrument.
1. Press the [MENU] button.
When portamento is used, this specifies
the time over which the pitch will change.
Higher settings will cause the pitch
change to the next note to take more
time.
The “MENU” screen will appear.
Portamento
Time
0–127
2. Use the [
] [
] buttons to select “EDIT,” and press
the [ENTER] button.
Specifies whether the patch will play
polyphonically (POLY) or monophonically
(MONO).
The “MONO” setting is effective when
playing a solo instrument patch such as
sax or flute.
3. Using the [
indicated in the upper line of the screen.
fig.disp-ptachedit.eps_70
] [
] buttons, get “PATCH EDIT” to be
MONO,
POLY
Mono/Poly
MONO: Only the last-played note will
sound.
POLY: Two or more notes can be played
simultaneously.
Specifies the degree of pitch change in
semitones when the pitch bend lever is all
the way right.
For example, if this parameter is set to
“+12,” the pitch will rise one octave when
the pitch bend lever is moved to the right-
most position.
You can access the edit screen of step 3 by holding down the
[SHIFT] button and pressing the [RHYTHM] button.
Bend Range
Up
0–+48
If you’re using split or dual, the part name is shown in the upper line
of the screen.
Specifies the degree of pitch change in
semitones when the pitch bend lever is all
the way left.
For example if this is set to “-48” and you
the left, the pitch will fall 4 octaves.
For split
Bend Range
Down
U: Upper (UPPER) part
L: Lower (LOWER) part
For dual
0–-48
1: Part 1
6. Press the [EXIT] button to leave the edit screen.
2: Part 2
The changes you make are temporary; they will be discarded
when you turn off the power or select a different tone. If you
want to keep the changes you make, you must write them into
memory (p. 62).
4. Use the [
] [
] buttons to move the cursor to the
item that you want to edit.
When you use Patch Edit to modify the settings, an “*” will
appear next to the tone name in the main screen. The “*” will
disappear when you save that tone (p. 62).
59
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Detailed Tone Settings
Editing a Rhythm Set’s Volume (Rhythm Edit)
Editing the Volume of Each Part in a Split,
Dual, or Super Layer (Part Edit)
The process of modifying a rhythm set’s (p. 55) settings is called “rhythm
editing (RHYTHM EDIT).”
When using settings that play more than one tone at a time (i.e., when
the [PERFORM] button is lit), “part editing (PART EDIT)” is the process of
modifying the settings of each part to which the tones are assigned.
To edit the currently selected rhythm set, proceed as follows.
1. Press the [MENU] button.
The “MENU” screen will appear.
1. Press the [MENU] button.
The “MENU” screen will appear.
2. Use the [
] [
] buttons to select “EDIT,” and press
the [ENTER] button.
2. Use the [
] [
] buttons to select “EDIT,” and press
the [ENTER] button.
3. Using the [
] [
] buttons, get “RHYTHM EDIT” to be
indicated in the upper line of the screen.
fig.disp-rhyedit.eps_70
3. Using the [
] [
] buttons, get “PART EDIT” to be
indicated in the upper line of the screen.
fig.disp-rhyedit.eps_70
(Example screen: Split)
You can access the edit screen of step 3 by holding down the
[SHIFT] button and pressing the [RHYTHM] button.
You can access the edit screen of step 3 by holding down the
[SHIFT] button and pressing the [PERFORM] button.
If you’re using split or dual, the part name is shown in the upper line
of the screen.
For split
4. Use the [
] [
] buttons to move the cursor to the
U: Upper (UPPER) part
L: Lower (LOWER) part
For dual
item that you want to edit.
5. Use the dial to set the desired value.
1: Part 1
Item
Value
Description
2: Part 2
Adjusts the volume of Part 1.
When using Split, this adjusts the Upper
volume.
Part 1 (Upper)
Level
0–127
4. Use the [
] [
] buttons to move the cursor to the
item that you want to edit.
Adjusts the volume of Part 2.
When using Split, this adjusts the Lower
volume.
Part 2 (Lower)
Level
0–127
5. Use the dial to set the desired value.
Item
Value
Description
overall volume balance will be adjusted.
Rhythm Level
0–127
Specifies the volume of the rhythm set.
6. Press the [EXIT] button to leave the edit screen.
6. Press the [EXIT] button to leave the edit screen.
The changes you make are temporary; they will be discarded
when you turn off the power or select a different tone. If you
want to keep the changes you make, you must write them into
memory (p. 62).
The changes you make are temporary; they will be discarded
when you turn off the power or select a different tone. If you
want to keep the changes you make, you must write them into
memory (p. 62).
When you use Rhythm Edit to modify the settings, an “*” will
appear next to the tone name in the main screen. The “*” will
disappear when you save that tone (p. 62).
When you use Part Edit to modify the settings, an “*” will
appear next to the tone name or performance name. This “*”
will disappear when you save that tone or performance (p. 62).
If you’re using settings that play more than one tone at a time
(i.e., when the [PERFORM] button is lit) and Split, Dual, and
Super Layer are all turned off, you’ll be able to select Part 3–
Part 16 in step 4. (E.g., when you press the [PERFORM] button
and select “64: GM2 Template.”)
60
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Detailed Tone Settings
5. Use the dial to set the desired value.
Editing the Effects (MFX/Chorus/
Reverb) (Effect Edit)
MFX1–3
Item
Value
Description
Specifies whether MFX 1–3 will be used
(ON) or not used (OFF).
* This setting is common to the entire
JUNO-Di.
The process of modifying the effect settings is called “effect editing.”
MFX 1–3
switch
You can make effect settings independently for when playing a tone by
itself and for when using Split, Dual, or Super Layer (when the [PERFORM]
button is lit).
OFF, ON
* This setting cannot be saved.
Selects the types of multi-effects that
MFX1–3 will use.
Choose “00: THRU” if you don’t want to
apply a multi-effect.
When playing a single tone
00: THRU–79:
VOCODER
(MFX Type)
00–79
You can use multi-effect (MFX), chorus, and reverb for each tone.
When playing more than one tone
The editable items for the selected MFX type will be
displayed.
Refer to “Multi-Effects Parameters (MFX1–3, MFX)” (p.
93).
Items for each
MFX type
For each setting, you can use a maximum of three multi-effects (MFX1,
MFX2, MFX3), one chorus, and one reverb. For Split or Dual, you can use
two multi-effects (MFX1, MFX2).
Adjusts the amount of chorus for the
sound that passes through multi-effects.
If you don’t want to add the chorus effect,
The details are as follows.
For Super Layer
Cho Send
Level
0–127
set it to “0.”
MFX1 applied to all parts.
For Split
Adjusts the amount of reverb for the
Rev Send
Level
sound that passes through multi-effects.
If you don’t want to add the reverb effect,
set it to “0.”
MFX1 applied to upper, MFX2 applied to lower.
For Dual
0–127
MFX1 applied to part 1, MFX2 applied to part 2.
Otherwise
CHORUS
Item
Value
Description
You can use the included “JUNO-Di Editor” to edit MFX1–3.
Specifies whether chorus will be used
(ON) or not used (OFF).
* This setting is common to the entire
JUNO-Di.
Use the included “JUNO-Di Editor” if you want to make detailed
settings for the MFX used by each part.
Chorus switch
OFF, ON
* This setting cannot be saved.
1. Press the [MENU] button.
00: OFF–03:
GM2 CHORUS
(Chorus Type)
Selects the types of chorus.
Choose “00: OFF” if you don’t want to
apply a chorus.
The “MENU” screen will appear.
00–03
2. Use the [
] [
] buttons to select “EDIT,” and press
Items for each
chorus type
Edit the parameters for the selected chorus type.
Refer to “Chorus Parameters” (p. 104).
the [ENTER] button.
REVERB
Item
3. Use the [
] [
] buttons to make the desired effect
Value
Description
appear in the upper line of the screen.
The available effects will depend on the current selection.
Specifies whether reverb will be used (ON)
or not used (OFF).
* This setting is common to the entire
JUNO-Di.
When only one tone is selected
Reverb switch
OFF, ON
“MFX,” “CHORUS,” “REVERB”
* This setting cannot be saved.
When using Super Layer
00: OFF–05:
GM2 REVERB
(Reverb Type)
Selects the types of reverb.
Choose “00: OFF” if you don’t want to
apply a reverb.
“MFX1,” “CHORUS,” “REVERB”
00–05
When using Split or Dual
“MFX1,” “MFX2,” “CHORUS,” “REVERB”
Items for each
reverb type
Edit the parameters for the selected reverb type.
Refer to “Reverb Parameters” (p. 104).
Otherwise
“MFX1,” “MFX2,” “MFX2,” “CHORUS,” “REVERB”
fig.disp-mfxedit.eps_70
6. Press the [EXIT] button to leave the edit screen.
You can access the edit screen of step 3 by holding down the
[SHIFT] button and pressing the [PIANO] button.
4. Use the [
] [
] buttons to move the cursor to the
item that you want to edit.
61
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Detailed Tone Settings
The changes you make are temporary; they will be discarded
Saving Your Settings
when you turn off the power or select a different tone. If you
want to keep the changes you make, you must write them into
memory.
If you’ve edited the settings, remember that your changes will be lost
when you turn off the power or select a different sound. If you want to
keep the changes you made, you must save them.
When you use Effect Edit to modify the settings, an “*” will
appear next to the tone name or performance name. This “*”
will disappear when you save that tone or performance.
Settings you save are stored in user memory, starting with number 501.
When you edit a tone or performance settings, an “*” will
appear next to the tone name or performance name in the
screen. This “*” will disappear when you save the settings.
When you use settings that play multiple tones, the “MFX
SOURCE” setting determines whether the effect settings will be
taken from the performance or from the patch (tone). You’ll
need to use the included “JUNO-Di Editor” to view or change
this setting.
When you save settings, the data that was previously in that
location will be overwritten.
1. Select the tone or performance that you want to save.
Specifying the Tone that will be
First Selected by a Tone Button
If you’re using settings that play more than one tone (i.e., when the
[PERFORM] button is lit), the data that’s saved will depend on the
location of the cursor.
You can specify the tone that will be first selected when you press a tone
button immediately after turning on the power.
For example if you’re using split, the Performance (settings that
choose the tones to play) will be saved if the cursor is in the upper
line of the screen. If the cursor is in the middle line of the screen, the
Upper tone will be saved. In this case, the “PATCH WRITE” screen will
indicate “U.” If the cursor is in the bottom line of the screen, the
Lower tone will be saved.
1. Select the tone that you want to specify.
2. Hold down the [WRITE] button and press the tone button
that’s currently lit.
The next time you turn on the power, pressing that tone button will
select the tone you selected in step 1.
2. Press the [WRITE] button.
The “WRITE” screen will appear.
If you’re saving a tone, the “PATCH WRITE” screen will appear.
You can’t specify a tone button of a different category than the
one you selected in step 1.
If you’re saving a rhythm set, the “RHYTHM SET WRITE” screen or
“RHYTHM WRITE” screen will appear.
If you’re saving a performance (settings for playing multiple tones),
the “PERFORM WRITE” screen will appear.
You can recall the sound you switched here by pressing the
tone button twice in succession.
3. Use the dial to select the save-destination number.
4. Press the [
] button to move the cursor to the bottom
line of the screen.
5. Assign a name.
For details on how to assign a name, refer to p. 58.
6. When you’ve finished assigning a name, press the
[ENTER] button or the [WRITE] button.
A confirmation message will appear.
7. Press the [ENTER] button to save your settings.
If you decide not to save, press the [EXIT] button.
Never turn off the power while data is being saved.
62
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Detailed Settings for Performance Functions
D Beam Controller Settings
Using the D Beam Controller to
Modify the Sound
1. Press one of the D BEAM [SOLO SYNTH], [EXPRESSION],
or [ASSIGNABLE] button so it’s lit.
The D Beam controller can be used simply by waving your hand over it. It
The edit screen for the button you pressed will appear.
can be used to apply various effects, depending on the function that is
assigned to it.
By holding down the [SHIFT] button and pressing one of the D
BEAM buttons, you can access the edit screen without
1. Press either the D BEAM [SOLO SYNTH], [EXPRESSION], or
changing the D Beam controller’s on/off setting.
[ASSIGNABLE] button to turn on the D Beam controller.
•
“SOLO SYNTH” screen
Button
Description
fig.disp-solosynth.eps_70
You can use the D Beam controller to play the JUNO-Di
like a monophonic synthesizer.
[SOLO SYNTH]
This button lets you use the D Beam controller to create
expressive changes in the volume.
[EXPRESSION]
[ASSIGNABLE]
You can assign various functions to be controlled by
the D Beam controller.
•
“EXPRESSION” screen
fig.disp-express.eps_70
2. While you play the keyboard to produce sound, place
your hand above the D Beam controller and move it
slowly up and down.
An effect will be applied to the sound, depending on the function
that is assigned to the D Beam controller.
•
“ASSIGNABLE” screen
3. To turn off the D Beam controller, once again press the
button you pressed in step 1 so the indicator goes out.
fig.disp-assign.eps_70
The usable range of the D Beam controller
fig.DBeamRange.eps
The diagram shows the usable range of the
2. Use the [
] [
] buttons to move the cursor to the
D Beam controller. Waving your hand
outside this range will produce no effect.
item that you want to edit.
When the D Beam controller is responding
The usable range of the D Beam
controller will become extremely small when used under
strong direct sunlight. If it does not function as you
expect, adjust the sensitivity as appropriate for the
brightness of your location.
→ “Making Settings that are Common to the Entire
JUNO-Di (SYSTEM)” on “DBEAM SETTINGS” (p. 76)
63
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Detailed Settings for Performance Functions
3. Use the dial to set the desired value.
SOLO SYNTH
Item
Value
Description
Level
0–127
Sets the volume of the Solo Synth.
Range
EXPRESSION
Item
2OCT, 4OCT, 8OCT
Sets the Solo Synth to a pitch range of 2 octaves, 4 octaves, or 8 octaves.
Value
Description
Lower limit of the range of the Expression.
Range Min
0–127
The effect will be applied when the position of your hand above the D Beam
controller is lower than this value.
Range Min
Range Max
Upper limit of the range of the Expression.
The effect will be applied when the position of your hand above the D Beam
controller is above this value.
Range Max
0–127
* By setting “Range Max” below “Range Min” you can invert the range of change.
ASSIGNABLE
Item
Value
Description
The D Beam controller can control the following functions.
when the corresponding function is assigned.
MODULATION,
PORTA-TIME,
VOLUME,
MODULATION (CC01): Vibrato
PORTA-TIME (CC05): Portamento time (p. 59)
VOLUME (CC07): Level
PAN,
PORTAMENTO,
SOSTENUTO,
RESONANCE,
RELEASE-TIME,
ATTACK-TIME,
CUTOFF,
DECAY-TIME,
VIB-RATE,
VIB-DEPTH,
VIB-DELAY,
PAN (CC10): Pan (left/right position of the tone)
PORTAMENTO (CC65): Portamento switch (p. 59)
SOSTENUTO (CC66): The sound will be sustained only for keys that were already pressed.
RESONANCE (CC71): Resonance (p. 66)
RELEASE-TIME (CC72): Release time (p. 65)
ATTACK-TIME (CC73): Attack time (p. 65)
CUTOFF (CC74): Cutoff (p. 66)
DECAY-TIME (CC75): Decay time (p. 65)
VIB-RATE (CC76): Vibrato speed
Type
VIB-DEPTH (CC77): Vibrato depth
CHORUS-SEND,
REVERB-SEND,
AFTERTOUCH,
BEND-UP,
BEND-DOWN,
START/STOP
VIB-DELAY (CC78): Vibrato delay time
CHORUS-SEND (CC93): The amount of the chorus
REVERB-SEND (CC91): The amount of the reverb
AFTERTOUCH: Channel aftertouch
BEND-UP: The pitch will rise when you bring your hand closer to the D Beam controller. The amount of available pitch
change is determined by the value set for “Bend Range Up” (p. 59).
BEND-DOWN: The pitch will fall when you bring your hand closer to the D Beam controller.The amount of available pitch
change is determined by the value set for “Bend Range Down” (p. 59).
START/STOP: By moving your hand over the D Beam you can start/stop the Song Player (p. 72) or Rhythm Pattern (p. 74).
Lower limit of the range of the D Beam controller.
The effect will be applied when the position of your hand above the D Beam controller is lower than this value.
Range Min
Range Max
0–127
0–127
Upper limit of the range of the D Beam controller.
The effect will be applied when the position of your hand above the D Beam controller is above this value.
* By setting “Range Max” below “Range Min” you can invert the range of change.
*
The target affected by the function assigned by “Type” will depend on the settings of JUNO-Di.
If you’re playing a single sound, the effect will apply to the currently selected sound.
If you’re playing multiple sounds (i.e., when the [PERFORM] button is lit), the effect will apply as follows.
•
•
In Dual or Super Layer mode: all parts
In Split, or otherwise: the currently selected part
4. Press the [EXIT] button to leave the edit screen.
64
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Detailed Settings for Performance Functions
Modifying how the volume changes
(ENVELOPE [ATTACK]/[RELEASE] knobs)
Using the Knobs to Modify the
Sound (SOUND MODIFY)
The “envelope” is the shape of the volume changes from when an
instrument begins sounding until it decays to silence. On a keyboard
instrument, the envelope specifies the way that the volume changes,
starting when you press a key, and how it decays after you release the
You can use the SOUND MODIFY knobs to modify the sound in real time.
fig.soundmodify.eps
key.
fig.envelope-e.eps
A: Attack time
D: Decay time
S: Sustain level
R: Release time
Volume
Sound Ends
S
A
D
R
Time
If you’ve selected a rhythm set when playing a single sound at
a time (i.e., if the [PERFORM] button is unlit), the ENVELOPE
[ATTACK] and [RELEASE] knobs and the [CUTOFF] and
[RESONANCE] knobs will apply to each individual key.
When you turn one of these knobs, the currently selected key
will be indicated (e.g., C4).
Note-on
Note-off
A: Attack time: Time from when you press the key until the sound
reaches its maximum level
D: Decay time:
Time over which the level decays from the maximum
to the sustain level.
To change the key to which the effect is to be applied, press a
key and specify a new key name.
S: Sustain level: Volume at which the sound will be sustained while
you hold down the key
The values modified by each SOUND MODIFY knob will
depend on the JUNO-Di’s settings. For details, refer to the table
for each explanation.
R: Release time: Time over which the sound decays after you release
the key
On the JUNO-Di, you can use the two ENVELOPE knobs to adjust the A
(Attack) and R (Release) times of the currently selected tone.
If you’re using settings that play more than one tone at a time
(i.e., if the [PERFORM] button is lit), the target affected by these
modifications will depend on the current settings.
For dual or super layer
Adjusts the time from when you press the
key until the sound reaches the maximum
level.
Turning the knob toward the right will
lengthen the attack time, and turning it
toward the left will shorten the attack time.
[ATTACK] knob
All parts
For split, or in other cases
The currently selected part
What is affected by the change
Item
Value
(JUNO-Di setting)
For some sounds, the knobs may not have an effect.
Each part
([PERFORM] button lit)
ATK OFFSET *
(Attack Time Offset)
-64–+63
-63–+63
0–127
Tone
ATTACK TIME OFFSET *
AMP ENV T1*
([PERFORM] button extinguished)
Rhythm Set
([PERFORM] button extinguished)
Adjusts the time from when you release the
key until the sound is no longer heard.
Turning the knob toward the right will
lengthen the release time, and turning it
toward the left will shorten the release
time.
[RELEASE] knob
What is affected by the change
(JUNO-Di setting)
Item
Value
Each part
([PERFORM] button lit)
REL TIME OFFSET *
(Release Time Offset)
-64–+63
-63–+63
0–127
Tone
RELEASE TIME OFFSET *
AMP ENV T4 *
([PERFORM] button extinguished)
Rhythm Set
([PERFORM] button extinguished)
Items indicated by an “*” in the table are displayed in the
included “JUNO-Di Editor.”
65
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Detailed Settings for Performance Functions
Modifying the tonal character
([CUTOFF]/[RESONANCE] knobs)
Split Settings
You can use these knobs to adjust the filter that cuts or boosts specific
frequency regions of the sound.
For more about the Split function, refer to “Playing with a
Different Tone for Each Hand—[SPLIT] Button” (p. 33).
These affect the following parameters of the currently selected tone.
Adjusts the frequency (cutoff frequency) at
which the filter begins to be applied.
Turning the knob toward the right will
brighten the sound, and turning it toward
the left will darken the sound.
Changing the Split Point
[CUTOFF] knob
When using Split keyboard mode, you can change the split point (the
location at which the keyboard is divided).
What is affected by the change
(JUNO-Di setting)
Item
Value
To change the split point, you can either specify the split point key (p. 33)
or use the following shortcut.
Each part
([PERFORM] button lit)
COF OFFSET *
(Cutoff Offset)
-64–+63
-63–+63
0–127
1. With the [SPLIT] button lit, hold down the [SHIFT] button
and press the [SPLIT] button.
Tone
CUTOFF OFFSET *
UTOFF *
([PERFORM] button extinguished)
Rhythm Set
The current setting will appear.
([PERFORM] button extinguished)
fig.disp-splitpoint.eps
Boosts the sound in the vicinity of the
cutoff frequency, adding a distinctive
character to the sound.
Turning the knob toward the right will
strengthen this character, and turning the
knob toward the left will weaken it.
[RESONANCE] knob
2. Use the dial to specify the desired split point.
Range: C#2–C7
What is affected by the change
(JUNO-Di setting)
Item
Value
The split point is the lowest key of the Upper part.
Each part
([PERFORM] button lit)
RES OFFSET *
(Resonance Offset)
-64–+63
-63–+63
0–127
3. When you have made the setting, press the [EXIT]
button.
Tone
RES OFFSET *
(Resonance Offset)
([PERFORM] button extinguished)
Rhythm Set
([PERFORM] button extinguished)
RES *
(Resonance)
Making the Selected Tone the Lower Tone
of a Split
Items indicated by an “*” in the table are displayed in the
included “JUNO-Di Editor.”
When using settings that allow you to play a single tone (i.e., when the
[PERFORM] button is unlit), here’s how you can make the currently
selected tone the Lower tone of the split.
Adding Reverberation ([REVERB] Knob)
*
Normally, when you press the [SPLIT] button to turn Split on, the
currently selected tone will be assigned as the Upper tone.
You can add reverb (reverberation) to the sounds that you play from the
keyboard.
By adding reverb, you can recreate the pleasant acoustics that are typical
of a performance in a concert hall or similar space.
1. Hold down the [
so it’s lit.
] button and press the [SPLIT] button
Split will turn on, and the currently selected tone will be the Lower
tone.
Adjusts the amount of reverb.
the reverb, and turning it toward the left will
[REVERB] knob
decrease the reverb.
Exchanging the Two Tones in Split/Dual Mode
Item
Value
Reverb Level
0–127
When Split or Dual (p. 31) are on, here’s how to exchange the two
selected tones.
The effect will be applied when “Reverb Switch” is turned “ON”
in the effect edit screen. Refer to “Editing the Effects (MFX/
Chorus/Reverb) (Effect Edit)” (p. 61).
• With the cursor located at the tone number for upper (U) or
part 1 (1) hold down the [SHIFT] button and press the [
button.
]
• With the cursor located at the tone number for lower (L) or
part 2 (2), hold down the [SHIFT] button and press the [
button.
]
66
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Detailed Settings for Performance Functions
Octave Shift Settings
Arpeggio Settings
“Octave Shift” is a setting that lets you change the pitch of the keyboard
in steps of an octave.
For more about the Arpeggio function, refer to “Playing
Arpeggios—[ARPEGGIO] Button” (p. 37).
1. Press the OCTAVE [DOWN] or [UP] button.
The arpeggio settings cannot be saved.
1. Press the [ARPEGGIO] button so it’s lit. Alternatively,
hold down the [SHIFT] button and press the [ARPEGGIO]
button.
Pressing the [DOWN] button will lower the pitch of the currently
selected tone by one octave; pressing the [UP] button will raise it by
one octave.
The “ARPEGGIO” screen appears.
fig.disp-arpe.eps_70
You can change the pitch in a range of 3 octaves down (-3) to 3
octaves up (+3).
If this setting is other than “0”, OCTAVE [DOWN] or [UP] button will
light.
By holding down the [SHIFT] button and pressing the
[ARPEGGIO] button, you can access the “ARPEGGIO” screen
without turning the arpeggio function on/off.
You can reset this setting to “0” by pressing OCTAVE [DOWN] and
[UP] buttons simultaneously.
What’s affected by the Octave Shift setting will depend on the current
settings.
2. Use the [
] [
] buttons to move the cursor to the
item that you want to edit.
When playing a single Tone
3. Use the dial to set the desired value.
The octave of the selected tone will change. The setting cannot be saved.
Item
Value
Description
This selects the arpeggio’s basic performance
style.
When playing multiple Tones
(Arpeggio
Style)
001–128
The current settings will determine what is affected by Octave Shift.
If you’re using settings that play more than one
sound at a time (i.e., if the [PERFORM] button is
lit), this selects the part (only one part) that will
be played by the arpeggio.
If a rhythm set is assigned to a part, you can play
a rhythm set along with the arpeggios.
* This item is not shown if the [SUPER LAYER]
button is on.
For Dual or Super Layer
Part1
(Upper),
Part2
(Lower),
Part3–16
The octave of all parts will change.
You can save the Octave setting of each part by saving the performance
settings (Performance).
Part
* The part you select here functions for both
the arpeggio and the chord memory
functions.
For Split or otherwise
The octave of the currently selected tone (part) will change.
You can set this independently for each part.
Arpeggio
Hold
You can produce arpeggios even without
continuing to press the keyboard.
ON, OFF
You can save the Octave setting of each part by saving the performance
settings (Performance).
This sets the particular note division and
resolution in a “single grid” used in creating the
arpeggio in an Arpeggio Style, and how much
of a “shuffle” syncopation is to be to applied
(none/weak/strong) to it (grid type).
1/4: Quarter note (one grid section = one
beat)
1/8: Eighth note (two grid sections = one
beat)
1/4,
1/8,
1/8L: Eighth note shuffle Light (two grid
sections = one beat, with a light shuffle)
1/8H: Eighth note shuffle Heavy (two grid
sections = one beat, with a heavy shuffle)
1/12: Eighth note triplet (three grid sections
= one beat)
1/8L,
1/8H,
1/12,
1/16,
1/16L,
1/16H,
1/24
Grid
1/16: Sixteenth note (four grid sections = one
beat)
1/16L: Sixteenth note shuffle Light (four grid
sections = one beat, with a light shuffle)
1/16H: Sixteenth note shuffle Heavy (four
grid sections = one beat, with a heavy shuffle)
1/24: Sixteenth note triplet (six grid sections
= one beat)
* Grid settings are shared with the rhythm
pattern.
67
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Detailed Settings for Performance Functions
Selecting ascending/descending variations
(Motif)
Item
Value
Description
This determines whether the sounds are played
staccato (short and clipped), or tenuto (fully
drawn out).
30–120: For example, when set to “30,” the
length of the note in a grid (or when a series
of grids is connected with ties, the final grid)
is 30% of the full length of the note set in the
until the point at which the next new sound is
specified.
* Duration settings are shared with the rhythm
pattern.
This selects the method used to play sounds (motif) when you have a
greater number of notes than programmed for the Arpeggio Style.
*
When the number of keys played is less than the number of notes in
the Style, the highest-pitched of the pressed keys is played by
30–120%,
Full
Duration
Value
Up (L)
Description
Only the lowest of the keys pressed is sounded each time,
and the notes play in order from the lowest of the pressed
keys.
This specifies what will happen if the number of
keys pressed exceeds the number of notes
specified by the arpeggio style.
Refer to “Selecting ascending/descending
variations (Motif)” (p. 68).
Notes from both the lowest and highest pressed keys are
sounded each time, and the notes play in order from the
lowest of the pressed keys.
Up (L&H)
Up (_)
Motif
(See p. 68.)
The notes play in order from the lowest of the pressed keys.
No one note is played every time.
Specifies the loudness of the notes that you
play.
Only the lowest of the keys pressed is sounded each time,
and the notes play in order from the highest of the pressed
keys.
REAL: The velocity will change according to
how strongly you strike the key.
1–127: The notes will be sounded with the
velocity you specify here, regardless of how
strongly you strike the key.
Down (L)
Velocity
REAL, 1–127
Notes from both the lowest and highest pressed keys are
sounded each time, and the notes play in order from the
highest of the pressed keys.
Down (L&H)
Down (_)
U/D (L)
This adds an effect that shifts arpeggios one
cycle at a time in octave units (octave range).
You can set the shift range upwards or
Oct Range -3–+3
The notes play in order from the highest of the pressed keys.
No note is played every time.
downwards (up to three octaves up or down).
Notes will be sounded from the lowest to the highest key you
press and then back down to the lowest key, with only the
lowest key sounded each time.
When you play arpeggios, the velocity of each
arpeggiated note is determined by the velocity
of the notes programmed within the arpeggio
style. You can adjust the amount (“spread”) of
this dynamic variation.
With a setting of “100,” the arpeggiated notes
will have the velocities that are programmed
by the arpeggio style. With a setting of “0,” all
arpeggiated notes will be sounded at a fixed
velocity.
Notes from both the lowest and highest pressed keys are
sounded each time, and the notes play in order from the
lowest of the pressed keys and then back again in the reverse
order.
Accent
0–100
U/D (L&H)
The notes play in order from the lowest of the pressed keys,
and then back again in the reverse order. No note is played
every time.
U/D (_)
4. When you have made the setting, press the [EXIT]
button.
Notes will be sounded randomly for the keys you press, with
only the lowest key sounded each time.
Rand (L)
Rand (_)
Only the lowest of the keys pressed is sounded each time, the
notes you press will be sounded randomly. No note will
sound each time.
Pressing just one key will play a phrase based on the pitch of
that key. If you press more than one key, the key you press
last will be used.
Phrase
<Example>
Action of a Style starting from the lowest note, “1-2-3-2” when the keys
“C-D-E-F-G” are played
•
•
•
When “UP (L)” is selected as the motif:
C-D-E-D → C-E-F-E → C-F-G-F (→ repeated)
When “UP (_)” is selected as the motif:
C-D-E-D → D-E-F-E → E-F-G-F (→ repeated)
When “U/D (L&H)” is selected as the motif:
C-D-G-D → C-E-G-E → C-F-G-F → C-E-G-E (→ repeated)
68
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Detailed Settings for Performance Functions
Chord Memory Settings
Favorite Settings
For more about the Chord Memory function, refer to “Playing a
Chord with a Single Key—[CHORD MEMORY] Button” (p. 37).
For more about the Favorite function, refer to “Registering and
Switching to Frequently Used Tones or Settings —FAVORITE
[ON/OFF] Button/[BANK] Button” (p. 46).
The chord memory settings cannot be saved.
1. Press the [CHORD MEMORY] button so it’s lit.
Alternatively, hold down the [SHIFT] button and press
the [CHORD MEMORY] button.
Viewing or Removing a Favorite
Here’s how to view or remove the Favorites you’ve registered.
The “CHORD MEMORY” screen appears.
fig.disp-chordmem.eps_70
1. Press the [MENU] button.
The “MENU” screen will appear.
2. Use the [
] [
] buttons to select “FAVORITE
UTILITY,” and press the [ENTER] button.
The “FAVORITE UTILITY” screen will appear.
fig.disp-chordmem.eps
By holding down the [SHIFT] button and pressing the [CHORD
MEMORY] button, you can access the “CHORD MEMORY”
screen without turning the Chord Memory function on/off.
2. Use the cursor buttons to move the cursor to the item
that you want to edit.
Registered content
Favorite number
3. Use the dial to set the desired value.
You can also access the “FAVORITE UTILITY” screen by holding
down the [SHIFT] button and pressing the FAVORITE [ON/OFF]
button.
Item
Value
001–017
C–B
Description
Selects the type of chord set assigned to
the C–B keys.
The currently selected Favorite will be displayed.
(Chord set)
KEY
The middle line of the screen indicates the Favorite number, and the
lower line indicates the registered content. If nothing has been
registered as a Favorite, the screen will indicate “Not registered.”
Changes the key of the chord.
The notes in the chord will be sounded
sequentially rather than simultaneously.
The speed at which the notes are sounded
will depend on the force with which you
strike the keys; this lets you realistically
simulate guitar-like playing methods
simply by using the keyboard.
UP: Notes will be sounded in order
from bottom to top.
DOWN: Notes will be sounded in order
from top to bottom.
ALT: The order in which the notes are
play the keyboard.
You can perform the following operations in the “FAVORITE UTILITY”
screen.
Operation
Description
UP,
DOWN,
ALT,
[
[
] [
] [
] buttons
] buttons
Change the displayed Favorite number.
Change the displayed Favorite bank.
Roll Type
OFF
Removes the displayed Favorite.
A confirmation screen will appear; when
you press the [ENTER] button once again,
the Favorite will be removed. If you decide
not to remove it, press the [EXIT] button.
[ENTER] button
OFF: The notes will be sounded as a
chord.
3. Press the [EXIT] button to exit the “FAVORITE UTILITY”
screen.
If you’re using settings that play multiple tones (i.e., if the
[PERFORM] button is lit), the part that is played by chord
memory (only one part) is specified by the arpeggio “Part”
setting (p. 67).
69
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Detailed Settings for Performance Functions
Turning the V-LINK ON/OFF
Using the Keyboard to Control
Images ([V-LINK] Button)
1. Press the [V-LINK] button so it’s lit.
The “V-LINK” screen appears, and the V-LINK setting will be on.
fig.disp–Vlink.eps
What is V-LINK?
V-LINK (
) is a function that allows music and images to
be performed together. By using MIDI to connect two or more V-LINK
compatible devices, you can easily enjoy performing a wide range of
visual effects that are linked to the expressive elements of a music
performance.
Operations on the JUNO-Di
For example if you use the JUNO-Di in conjunction with Edirol P-10, you’ll
be able to do the following things.
By operating the JUNO-Di’s keyboard and knobs, you can control the
image along with your performance on the JUNO-Di.
•
•
Use the JUNO-Di’s keyboard (the far-left octave) to switch images.
Use the JUNO-Di’s pitch bend lever to control the image playback
speed.
Button/Knob/Keyboard
Keys (leftmost octave)
[CUTOFF] knob
Description
Switch images.
•
You can use the JUNO-Di’s knobs to control the brightness and hue of
the image.
Controls the hue and brightness.
Controls the saturation.
Controls the image switching time.
Controls the playback speed.
[RESONANCE] knob
[REVERB] knob
Connection Example
Pitch Bend lever
As an example, we will use a setup in which the JUNO-Di is connected to
the EDIROL P-10. Use a MIDI cable to connect the JUNO-Di’s MIDI OUT
connector to the MIDI IN connector of the EDIROL P-10.
2. With the “V-LINK” screen shown, press the [V-LINK]
button again.
The [V-LINK] button will go dark, and the V-LINK setting will be off.
Before connecting this unit to other devices, turn off the power
to all units. This will help prevent malfunctions and/or damage
to speakers or other devices.
fig.VlinkP10.eps
V-LINK Settings
1. Press the [V-LINK] button to access the “V-LINK” screen.
The “V-LINK” screen will appear.
fig.disp–Vlink.eps
JUNO-Di
MIDI OUT
MIDI IN
2. Use the [
] [
] buttons to move the cursor to the
parameter you want to edit.
3. Use the dial to set the value.
Item
Value
Description
EDIROL P-10
MIDI channel that will control the
V-LINK device.
Tx Channel
1–16
0-1-2, 0.5-1-2, 0-1-4,
0.5-1-4, 0-1-8, 0.5-1-8,
0-1-16, 0.5-1-16, 0-1-32,
0.5-1-32, 0-2-4, 0-4-8,
0-8-16, 0-16-32, (-1)-0-1,
(-2)-1-4, (-6)-1-8
Range of video playback speed
The three values are the playback
speeds (multiples of normal speed)
at the left, center, and right
Speed Ctrl
positions of the pitch bend.
The changes you make will be saved when you leave the “V-
LINK” screen.
70
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Song Player Settings
The JUNO-Di’s “SONG PLAYER” has the following two functions.
•
•
You’ll need to use the included “Playlist Editor” to create
playlists. You can’t create playlists on the JUNO-Di itself.
You can play along on the keyboard to the accompaniment of the music
played back by the song player.
Playlist Editor can handle up to 999 songs and 999 playlists,
but the JUNO-Di can use a maximum of 399 songs and 399
playlists.
Song Player
This plays back songs (audio files or SMF) saved on USB memory. You can
play back songs in an order specified by a “playlist.”
•
•
You can play back individual songs without creating a
playlist. In this case, you’ll need to place the SMF or audio
files in the root directory of your USB memory. A maximum
of 99 songs can be in the root directory.
Playlist:
When playing back multiple songs on the JUNO-Di, you can
create a list to specify the order in which the songs will be
played. Use the included “Playlist Editor” software to create a
playlist.
Audio files must have a sampling frequency of 44.1 kHz in
order to play them.
Folder structure
Song list:
This refers to the list of the songs specified in the playlist.
When you use the included “Playlist Editor” to create a playlist, the
following folders and files are created.
Rhythm Pattern (p. 74)
Root directory
ROLAND folder
PLAYLIST folder
This plays back rhythm patterns for a wide variety of musical styles.
You can’t use the song player and rhythm patterns at the same
time.
Playlists may not be shown if you directly add/delete/modify
the song data in the PLAYLIST folder without using Playlist
Editor.
Playing Back Music Files
(SONG PLAYER)
SMF/Audio Files that can be Played
Here’s the procedure for using the JUNO-Di’s song player to play back
music files.
SMF
0 or 1
1. Copy the data from your computer to USB memory.
* For SMF format 1, there are
limitations on the tracks that can be
played.
Format
Music files in SMF, WAV, AIFF, or MP3 formats can be played.
For details, refer to “SMF/Audio Files that can be Played”.
Maximum of approximately 240 KB
File size
(this will change somewhat
depending on the content of the SMF)
2. Connect your USB memory to the JUNO-Di, and play back
the music file.
System exclusive
Packet size must be 512 or less
•
•
•
Please use USB memory sold by Roland. We cannot
guarantee operation if other products are used.
Audio files
WAV/AIFF
Sampling
frequencies
44.1 kHz
Connect your USB memory after you’ve turned the JUNO-
Di’s power on.
Bit depth
8/16/24-bit
Never disconnect the USB memory while the power is
turned on.
Format
MPEG-1 audio layer 3
44.1 kHz
Sampling frequency
MP3
32/40/48/56/64/80/96/112/128/160/
192/224/256/320 kbps,
Creating a playlist
Bit rate
VBR (Variable Bit Rate)
On your computer, start up the included “Playlist Editor” software and
create a playlist. When you want to use the JUNO-Di to play backing
tracks (accompaniment), it’s convenient to create a playlist beforehand to
specify the order in which the tracks should be played.
For details on how to create a playlist, refer to the
“PlaylistEditorManualE.pdf” that’s installed together with “Playlist Editor.”
71
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Song Player Settings
Selecting and Playing a Song
([SONG LIST] Button)
Moving the Playback Location
You can use the following buttons to move the playback location.
1. Connect the USB memory containing your playlists and
songs to the JUNO-Di.
Button
[
Description
Returns to the beginning of the song. If you press this at
the beginning of a song, you’ll move to the beginning of
the preceding song. Hold down the button to rewind
the song.
]
]
2. Press the [SONG LIST] button.
The button’s indicator will light, and the song list screen will appear.
fig.disp-songlist.eps_70
Moves to the next song. Hold down the button to fast-
forward the song.
[
[PLAY/STOP]
Play/stop the song.
If you switch the song to be played while you’re in a screen
other than the song list screen, it may take several seconds
until playback begins.
3. Use the dial or the [
that you want to play.
] [
] buttons to select the song
4. Press the [PLAY/STOP] button.
Adjusting the Volume of the Song Player
The selected song will play.
1. Press the [LEVEL] button.
After selecting a song, you can press the [SONGLIST] button,
[ENTER] button, or [EXIT] button to exit the song list screen and
access the main screen. Even while the song is playing, you can
change the tone played by the keyboard, and play along with
the song using an appropriate sound.
The indication in the upper line of the screen will change depending
on the current state of the song player.
•
If audio data is selected for the song player, this will indicate “AUDIO
LEVEL.”
5. To stop song playback, press the [PLAY/STOP] button.
The next time you press the [PLAY/STOP] button, playback will
resume from the point at which you stopped.
•
If SMF is selected for the song player, this will indicate “SMF LEVEL.”
•
•
•
Performance data from the SMF playback will not be
transmitted from the USB COMPUTER connector.
If you’re playing an SMF, turn on the [PERFORM]
button.
If you want to play along on the keyboard while the
the keyboard, and then start playback. Don’t switch
2. Use the dial to adjust the volume.
The volume of the song player will change.
Value: 0–127
•
If you play back an SMF while editing the sound
settings, the contents of the temporary area may be
rewritten or the data you were editing may be lost. If
you want to keep the changes you’ve made, carry out
the Write procedure to save your changes before you
play back the SMF (p. 62).
3. Press the [EXIT] button to return to the previous screen.
The “AUDIO LEVEL” and “SMF LEVEL” values you adjust as
described above will be lost when you turn off the power. If
off, specify them using the System settings “Audio Level” and
“SMF Level” (p. 75).
•
•
•
You can’t perform Write procedure or use Utility
functions (p. 77) while playing a song.
Only audio files with a sampling frequency of 44.1 kHz
can be played.
The JUNO-Di can handle a maximum of 399 songs or
playlists. (The maximum number that can be handled
by Playlist Editor is 999.)
Changing the Tempo of the Song (SMF)
You can change the playback tempo of SMF songs.
For details on operation, refer to “Changing the Tempo” (p. 58).
Even if an audio file is selected, the tempo setting will be
displayed and the value will be modified, but the tempo of the
song will not change.
72
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Song Player Settings
Selecting and Playing a Playlist
Performing Along with a Song
([C. CANCEL/MINUS ONE] Button)
1. Connect the USB memory containing your playlists and
songs to the JUNO-Di.
If you use the [C. CANCEL/MINUS ONE] button when playing back an SMF
song, the specified part will be muted (silenced); if you use it when
playing back an audio file, the sounds located in the center will be
minimized.
2. Press the [SONG LIST] button.
The button’s indicator will light, and the song list screen will appear.
3. Press the [
] button.
following operations.
The “PLAYLIST SELECT” screen will appear.
fig.disp-playlist.eps_70
File type
SMFs
Function
Description
Mutes the specified part. For details on
specifying the part to be muted, refer to
“Making Settings that are Common to the
Entire JUNO-Di (SYSTEM)” on “MINUS ONE” (p.
76).
Minus-One
4. Use the dial or the [
] [
] buttons to select the
playlist that you want to play, and press the [ENTER]
button.
Diminishes the volume of sounds that are
located in the center (such as the vocal or the
melody instrument).
* For some songs, the vocal might not be
minimized successfully.
Audio
files
Center cancel
The list of songs in the selected playlist will appear.
From the “PLAYLIST SELECT” screen, you can press the [
]
button to access the song list screen for the selected playlist.
1. Press the [C. CANCEL/MINUS ONE] button so it’s lit.
When you play back the song, the specified part will be muted if the
song is an SMF. If the song is an audio file, the sounds that are
located in the center will be diminished in volume.
5. Press the [PLAY/STOP] button.
The songs in the selected playlist will play in the specified order.
6. To stop song playback, press the [PLAY/STOP] button.
2. To turn off Minus-One or Center Cancel, press the [C.
CANCEL/MINUS ONE] button so it’s extinguished.
The next time you press the [PLAY/STOP] button, playback will
resume from the location at which you stopped.
73
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Song Player Settings
Changing the Style or Rhythm Set of the
Rhythm Pattern
Playing Rhythm Patterns
([RHYTHM PATTERN] Button)
If you want to select a rhythm pattern of a different style, change the
rhythm pattern group.
Rhythm Pattern:
When you change the rhythm pattern group, the rhythm patterns
assigned to the [1]–[6] buttons will also change.
A rhythm pattern is a fixed phrase played by rhythm
instruments such as drums or percussion.
The JUNO-Di contains rhythm patterns for a wide range of
styles. It’s easy to play back these rhythm patterns while you
The rhythm set used to play a rhythm pattern is determined by the
rhythm pattern group, but you are free to change the rhythm set if
desired.
The rhythm pattern settings cannot be saved.
Rhythm Pattern Group:
Even within rhythm patterns of the same musical style, the
JUNO-Di provides a variety ranging from sparse, minimal
patterns to flamboyant, “busy” patterns. A “rhythm pattern
group” is a set of different rhythm patterns in the same style.
1. Press the [RHYTHM PATTERN] button so it’s lit.
The “RHYTHM PATTERN” screen will appear.
2. Use the [
] [
] button to move the cursor to the
“Rhythm Pattern Group List” (p. 124)
middle line of the screen, and use the dial to select a
rhythm pattern group.
Value: 001–024
Playing Rhythm Patterns
When you select a rhythm pattern group, the most suitable rhythm
set will be selected.
1. Press the [RHYTHM PATTERN] button so it’s lit.
The “RHYTHM PATTERN” screen will appear.
fig.disp-RhyPat.eps_70
3. Use the [
] button to move the cursor to the bottom
line of the screen, and use the dial to select a rhythm set.
Value: Rh001–
Adjusting the Volume of the Rhythm Pattern
2. Press the [PLAY/STOP] button.
The rhythm pattern will begin playing.
The volume setting of the rhythm pattern cannot be saved.
3. Use the [1]–[6] buttons or [
] [
]
1. Press the [LEVEL] button.
buttons to select a rhythm pattern.
The level setting is shown in the top of the screen.
fig.disp-RhyPat.eps_70
The button corresponding to the currently playing rhythm pattern
will blink.
You can also play the rhythm pattern by pressing a button
from [1] through [6] instead of pressing the [PLAY/STOP]
button in step 2.
2. Use the dial to adjust the volume.
The volume of the rhythm pattern will change.
Value: 1–127
4. To stop the rhythm pattern, press the [PLAY/STOP]
button.
You can also stop the rhythm pattern by pressing the blinking [1]–
[6] button.
3. Press the [EXIT] button to return to the previous screen.
The arpeggio settings “Grid” and “Duration” (p. 67, p. 68) are
used when playing the rhythm pattern.
74
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Other Settings
Making Settings that are Common to the Entire JUNO-Di (SYSTEM)
“System settings” refers to settings that apply to the entire JUNO-Di, such as keyboard touch settings and MIDI settings.
Procedure for Making System Settings
1. Press the [MENU] button.
4. Use the [
] [
] buttons to move the cursor to the
item that you want to set.
The “MENU” screen will appear.
5. Use the dial to set the value.
2. Use the [
] [
] buttons to select “SYSTEM,” and press
the [ENTER] button.
6. Press the [EXIT] button to leave the setting screen.
The setting screen will appear.
fig.disp-system.eps_70
This saves the system settings.
3. Use the [
] [
] buttons to select the setting that you
want to edit.
System Parameters
Menu
Item
Value
Description
Sets the keyboard’s touch.
LIGHT: This sets the keyboard to a light touch. You can achieve fortissimo (ff) play with a less forceful touch than
MEDIUM setting, so the keyboard feels lighter. This setting makes it easier for children, whose hands have less strength.
MEDIUM: This sets the keyboard to the standard touch.
HEAVY: This sets the keyboard to a heavy touch. You have to play the keyboard more forcefully than MEDIUM setting
in order to play fortissimo (ff), so the keyboard touch feels heavier. This setting allows you to add more expression when
playing dynamically.
Velo Curve
(Velocity Curve) HEAVY
LIGHT, MEDIUM,
KEYBOARD
TOUCH
Velo Sens
(Velocity Sense)
Makes fine adjustments to the keyboard sensitivity following the “Velo Curve” selection.
Higher settings for this value will increase the velocity value that is transmitted according to your playing strength.
-63–+63
Adjusts the velocity value that will be transmitted when you play the keyboard
REAL: Actual keyboard velocity will be transmitted.
Velocity
REAL, 1–127
1–127: A fixed velocity value will be transmitted regardless of how you play.
Adjusts the overall tuning of the JUNO-Di.
The display shows the frequency of the A4 note (center A).
Master Tune
Output Gain
415.3–466.2 Hz
-12–+12 dB
Adjusts the output gain from the JUNO-Di’s output.
When, for example, there are relatively few voices being sounded, boosting the output gain can let you attain the most
suitable output level for recording and other purposes.
SOUND
System Tempo
Audio Level
SMF Level
5–300
0–127
0–127
Specifies the JUNO-Di’s tempo.
Specifies the volume at which audio data is played by the Song Player.
Specifies the volume at which SMF is played by the Song Player.
The pedal connected to the HOLD PEDAL jack can control the following functions.
The number in parentheses ( ) is the controller number of the control change message produced by the pedal when the
corresponding function is assigned.
If you’re using settings that play multiple tones (i.e., if the [PERFORM] button is lit), this will apply to the tone (part) you’re
playing.
MODULATION,
PORTA-TIME,
VOLUME,
PAN,
MODULATION (CC01): Vibrato
EXPRESSION,
HOLD,
PORTA-TIME (CC05): Portamento time (p. 59)
VOLUME (CC07): Level
PAN (CC10): Pan (left/right position of the tone)
EXPRESSION (CC11): Level
HOLD (CC64): The sound will be sustained for keys that are played or were already held down while holding down the
pedal.
PORTAMENTO (CC65): Portamento switch (p. 59)
SOSTENUTO (CC66): The sound will be sustained only for keys that were already pressed when you pressed the pedal.
RESONANCE (CC71): Resonance (p. 66)
RELEASE-TIME (CC72): Release time (p. 65)
ATTACK-TIME (CC73): Attack time (p. 65)
HOLD
PEDAL
Assign
PORTAMENTO,
SOSTENUTO,
RESONANCE,
RELEASE-TIME,
ATTACK-TIME,
CUTOFF,
DECAY-TIME,
CUTOFF (CC74): Cutoff (p. 66)
DECAY-TIME (CC75): Decay time (p. 65)
75
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Other Settings
Menu
Item
Value
Description
VIB-RATE (CC76): Vibrato speed
VIB-RATE,
VIB-DEPTH (CC77): Vibrato depth
VIB-DEPTH,
VIB-DELAY,
CHORUS-SEND,
REVERB-SEND,
AFTERTOUCH,
START/STOP,
TAP-TEMPO,
PROG-UP,
VIB-DELAY (CC78): Vibrato delay time
CHORUS-SEND (CC93): The amount of the chorus
REVERB-SEND (CC91): The amount of the reverb
AFTERTOUCH: Channel aftertouch
START/STOP: Pressing the pedal will start/stop the Song Player (p. 72) or Rhythm Pattern (p. 74).
TAP-TEMPO: The tempo will be set to the interval at which you press the pedal (Tap Tempo).
PROG-UP: If you’re playing a single sound, this selects the next sound. If you’re playing multiple sounds (i.e., when the
[PERFORM] button is lit), this selects the next-numbered performance.
PROG-DOWN: If you’re playing a single sound, this selects the previous sound. If you’re playing multiple sounds (i.e.,
when the [PERFORM] button is lit), this selects the previous-numbered performance.
FAV-UP: The favorite of the next number or bank will be selected.
FAV-DOWN: The favorite of the previous number or bank will be selected.
Assign
HOLD
PEDAL
PROG-DOWN,
FAV-UP,
FAV-DOWN
If “Assign” is set to “HOLD,” turning this “ON” allows the HOLD PEDAL jack to support half-pedaling.
When this is set to support use of half-pedaling techniques, you can then connect an optional expression pedal (DP-10,
etc.), and employ pedal work to achieve even finer control in performances in which piano tones are used.
Continuous
Hold
OFF, ON
STANDARD,
REVERSE
On some pedals, the electrical signal output by the pedal when it is pressed or released is the opposite of other pedals. If
your pedal has an effect opposite of what you expect, set this parameter to “REVERSE.” If you are using a Roland pedal (that
has no polarity switch), set this parameter to “STANDARD.”
Polarity
Determines whether the internal sound generator is disconnected (OFF) from the controller section (keyboard, pitch
bend/modulation lever, knobs, buttons, D Beam controller, pedal, and so on); or not disconnected (ON).
Normally this is left “ON,” but if you wish to use the JUNO-Di’s keyboard and controllers to control only external sound
modules, set it to “OFF.”
Local Switch
OFF, ON
Channel used to transmit and receive MIDI messages for the keyboard part. For details, refer to “Setting the Receive
Channel” (p. 82).
Patch Rx/Tx Ch
Tx Edit Data
1–16
Specifies whether changes you make in the settings of a tone, performance will be transmitted as system exclusive
messages (ON), or will not be transmitted (OFF).
OFF, ON
OFF, ON
MIDI
If this is “ON,” incoming MIDI messages from the MIDI IN connector will be re-transmitted without change from the MIDI
OUT connector.
Soft Through
Specifies the synchronization message that the JUNO-Di will use for operation.
MASTER: The JUNO-Di will be the master. Choose this setting when using the JUNO-Di by itself without synchronizing
to another device.
SLAVE: The JUNO-Di will be the slave. Choose this setting when you want the JUNO-Di to synchronize to MIDI Clock
messages received from another MIDI device.
Sync Mode
USB Driver
MASTER, SLAVE
VENDER,
GENERIC
Sets the USB driver.
* This setting will take effect when you turn the power off, then on again.
Rev Level
(Reverb Level)
0–127
Adjust the amount of reverb that is applied to the sound of the microphone.
Select the type of reverb/delay
ROOM1: Short, high-density reflections
ROOM2: Short, low-density reflections
STAGE1: Greater amount of late reverberation
STAGE2: Stronger early reflections
HALL1: Clear-sounding reverberation
HALL2: Rich-sounding reverberation
DELAY: Conventional delay
ROOM1,ROOM2,
STAGE1,
STAGE2,
HALL1, HALL2,
DELAY,
PAN-DELAY
Rev Type
(Reverb Type)
MIC IN
SETTINGS
PAN-DELAY: Delay that moves the reflections between left and right
Rev Time
(Reverb Time)
Adjusts the length of the reverberation (when Rev Type is ROOM1–HALL2) or the delay time of the delay (when Rev Type
is DELAY or PAN-DELAY).
0–127
Specifies whether the sound from the mic will be output at all times (ALL) or only if MFX (p. 61) is set to “79:VOCODER”
(VOCODER).
Mic Mode
ALL, VOCODER
Specifies the parts that will be muted by Minus One (p. 73) when playing back an SMF song. Parts for which this setting is
ON will be muted.
Part 1–Part16: The specified part 1–16 will be muted.
4&5: Parts 4 and 5 will be muted.
1&4&5: Parts 1, 4, and 5 will be muted.
Part 1–Part16,
4&5, 1&4&5,
All except 10,
All except 2&10
MINUS
ONE
Parts to Mute
All except 10: Parts other than part 10 will be muted. Normally, only the drums will be heard.
All except 2&10: Parts other than parts 2 and 10 will be muted.
DBEAM
SETTINGS
This sets the D Beam controller’s sensitivity.
Increasing this value will make the D Beam controller more responsive.
D Beam Sens
Time
0–127
OFF, 1min, 3min,
5min, 10min,
15min, 20min,
30min, 60min
POWER
SAVE
MODE
Amount of idle time that is to pass before the JUNO-Di enters power-save mode.
When the JUNO-Di enters power-save mode, it will reduce its power consumption by turning off the display backlight and
minimizing button illumination.
76
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Other Settings
Restoring Saved Data from USB Memory
Back into the JUNO-Di (RESTORE)
Backing Up or Initializing Data
(UTILITY)
Here’s how to restore backed-up user data from USB memory into the
JUNO-Di. This operation is called “Restore.”
Utility functions let you save user data to USB memory or restore data
from USB memory back to the JUNO-Di. You’ll also use these utility
functions when you want to return the JUNO-Di to its factory settings, or
initialize USB memory.
All user data will be rewritten when you execute the Restore
operation. If the JUNO-Di contains important data that you
want to keep, you must save it to a separate USB memory
device before you execute Restore.
Connect your USB memory after you’ve turned the JUNO-Di’s
power on. Never disconnect the USB memory while the power
is turned on.
1. Press the [MENU] button.
The “MENU” screen will appear.
Use USB memory sold by Roland. We cannot guarantee correct
operation if other products are used.
2. Use the [
] [
] buttons to select “UTILITY,” and press
the [ENTER] button.
The “UTILITY” screen will appear.
Types of Data that can be Saved
3. Use the [
] [
] buttons to select “RESTORE,” and
When you save settings from the JUNO-Di to USB memory, the following
settings are saved.
press the [ENTER] button.
The following screen will appear.
fig.disp-utilrestore.eps_70
•
•
•
•
•
User data for tones and performances
Favorites
MIDI Controller mode settings
The tones that are selected first by each tone button
System settings
4. Press the [ENTER] button.
Saving Data to USB Memory (BACKUP)
If you decide to cancel, press the [EXIT] button.
When the restore operation has been completed, the following
Here’s how to save user data to USB memory. This operation is called
“Backup.”
screen will appear.
fig.disp-restorecomp.eps
1. Press the [MENU] button.
The “MENU” screen will appear.
2. Use the [
] [
] buttons to select “UTILITY,” and press
the [ENTER] button.
5. Turn the power of the JUNO-Di off, then on again.
The “UTILITY” screen will appear.
fig.disp-uility.eps_70
3. Use the [
] [
] buttons to select “BACKUP,” and
press the [ENTER] button.
The following screen will appear.
fig.disp-utilbackup.eps_70
4. Press the [ENTER] button.
If you decide to cancel, press the [EXIT] button.
When the backup has been completed, you will return to the
“UTILITY” screen.
77
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Other Settings
Returning to the Factory Settings
(FACTORY RESET)
Initializing USB Memory
(USB MEMORY FORMAT)
You can return all of the JUNO-Di’s settings to the state they were in
when the instrument was shipped from the factory. This operation is
called “Factory Reset.”
You can initialize (format) USB memory. This operation is called “USB
Memory Format.”
If the USB memory contains important data that you’ve
created, be aware that all of this data will be lost when you
execute this operation.
If the JUNO-Di’s internal memory contains important data that
you’ve created, be aware that all of this user data will be lost
when you execute the factory reset operation. If you want to
keep this data, save it to USB memory before you continue.
1. Press the [MENU] button.
The “MENU” screen will appear.
1. Press the [MENU] button.
2. Use the [
] [
] buttons to select “UTILITY,” and press
The “MENU” screen will appear.
the [ENTER] button.
2. Use the [
] [
] buttons to select “UTILITY,” and press
The “UTILITY” screen will appear.
the [ENTER] button.
3. Use the [
] [
] buttons to select “USB MEMORY
The “UTILITY” screen will appear.
FORMAT,” and press the [ENTER] button.
3. Use the [
] [
] buttons to select “FACTORY RESET,”
The following screen will appear.
and press the [ENTER] button.
fig.disp-utilusb.eps_70
The following screen will appear.
fig.disp-uitlreset.eps_70
4. Press the [ENTER] button.
If you decide to cancel, press the [EXIT] button.
4. Press the [ENTER] button.
If you decide to cancel, press the [EXIT] button.
When the factory reset has been completed, the following screen
will appear.
fig.disp-resetcomp.eps_70
5. Turn the power of the JUNO-Di off, then on again.
78
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Other Settings
Playing the Demo Songs
(DEMO PLAY)
Viewing the Version
(VERSION INFO)
Here’s how to view the version of the JUNO-Di’s software.
1. Press the [MENU] button.
The “MENU” screen will appear.
1. Press the [MENU] button.
The “MENU” screen will appear.
2. Use the [
] [
] buttons to select “DEMO PLAY,” and
press the [ENTER] button.
2. Use the [
] [
] buttons to select “VERSION INFO,”
The “DEMO MENU” screen will appear.
and press the [ENTER] button.
The “Version Info” screen will appear, displaying the software
version.
3. Use the dial or the [
song.
] [
] buttons to select a demo
4. Press the [ENTER] button or the [PLAY/STOP] button.
The selected demo song will begin playing.
If you select “ALL Songs,” the first through fourth songs will play,
and playback will stop when the fourth song has ended.
While a song is playing, you can use the [
]
[
] buttons to select the previous or next song.
You won’t be able to play the keyboard while the “DEMO
MENU” screen is shown or while a demo song is playing.
5. To stop playback, press the [EXIT] button or the [PLAY/
STOP] button.
Playback will stop, and you will return to the “DEMO MENU” screen.
Press the [EXIT] button to leave the “DEMO MENU” screen.
For details about Demo Song (such as title, etc.), refer to
“Listening to the Demo Songs” (p. 21).
If USB memory is not connected and the [RHYTHM PATTERN]
button is off (not lit), you can play the demo song simply by
pressing the [PLAY/STOP] button.
79
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Connecting an External MIDI Device
Example:
About MIDI
Set the transmitting device to transmit on channel 1 and channel 2, set
sound module A to receive only channel 1, and set sound module B to
receive only channel 2. With this setup, you could create an ensemble in
which sound module A is playing a guitar sound while sound module B is
MIDI (Musical Instrument Digital Interface) is a standard specification that
allows musical data to be transferred between electronic musical
instruments and computers. If a MIDI cable is connected between devices
equipped with MIDI connectors, you’ll be able to play multiple devices
from a single MIDI keyboard, perform ensembles using multiple MIDI
instruments, program the settings to change automatically as the song
progresses, and more.
playing a bass sound.
fig.MidiCh2-j.eps
MIDI OUT
MIDI IN
MIDI THRU
Transmit channel: 1, 2
Receive channel: 1
Sound
Module
A
Receive channel: 2
MIDI IN
MIDI keyboard
Sound
Module
B
About MIDI Connectors
You’ll be able to use up to sixteen channels when using the JUNO-Di as a
sound module. Sound modules that can receive multiple channels of
data simultaneously and play different sounds on each channel are called
multitimbral sound modules.
The JUNO-Di is equipped with the following two types of MIDI
connectors, each of which has the following role.
fig.midiconnector
GM
GM (General MIDI) is a set of recommendations that allows the MIDI
capabilities of sound modules to be standardized across
manufacturers. Sound modules or music data that meet the GM
MIDI IN Connector
standard carry the GM logo (
). Music data with the GM logo
can be played back on any sound module carrying the GM logo, and
will produce essentially the same musical performance.
This connector receives MIDI messages that are sent from an external
MIDI device. When the JUNO-Di receives MIDI messages, it can respond
by playing notes, switching sounds, etc.
GM2
MIDI OUT Connector
GM2 (
) is a set of recommendations that is upwardly
This connector transmits MIDI messages to an external MIDI device. Use it
when you want to control an external MIDI device.
compatible with the original GM recommendations, and allows a
higher level of musical expression and compatibility. It covers issues
that were not covered by the original GM recommendations, such
as ways in which sounds can be edited and how effects should be
handled. It also expands the sounds that are available.
MIDI Channels and Multitimbral
Sound Generators
Sound modules that are compatible with GM2 will correctly play
back music data that carries either the GM or GM2 logo. The original
GM, which does not include the GM2 enhancements, is sometimes
called “GM1” in order to distinguish it from the newer set of
recommendations.
MIDI is able to transmit multiple streams of performance data over a
single MIDI cable. This is made possible thanks to the concept of MIDI
channels. MIDI channels allow a receiving device to pay attention only to
the messages that are intended for it, and not to messages intended for
another device. In some ways, MIDI channels are similar to television
channels. By changing the reception channel of a television set, you can
view the programs that are being broadcast by different stations. This is
because the television set is choosing only the desired data from the
variety of data that is being broadcast. In the same way, MIDI also allows
a device to distinguish and use only the incoming data that is being
transmitted to it.
fig.MidiCh1-j.eps
The cable from the antenna carries the TV
signals from many broadcast stations.
Station A
Station B
Station C
The TV is set to the channel of the station
you wish to watch.
There are sixteen MIDI channels: 1-16. Normally, you’ll set the receiving
device to receive only the channels that it needs to receive.
80
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Connecting an External MIDI Device
Specifying the Transmit Channel
Using the JUNO-Di as a Master
Keyboard (MIDI Controller Mode)
Set the JUNO-Di’s transmit channel so it matches the channel your
external MIDI device is using for reception.
You can connect external MIDI devices to the JUNO-Di’s MIDI OUT
connector, and use the JUNO-Di to control the connected MIDI devices.
1. In the “MIDI CONTROLLER” screen, use the [
to move the cursor to the “MIDI Ch” value.
] button
Connection Example
fig.midi-control-e.eps
2. Use the dial to edit the value.
Value: 1–16
MIDI sound module
For details on how to set the receive channel of your external
MIDI device, refer to its owner’s manual.
MIDI IN
Detailed Settings in MIDI Controller Mode
fig.disp-midicont.eps
MIDI OUT
JUNO-Di
1. In the “MIDI CONTROLLER” screen, use the [
] [
]
buttons to select the parameter that you want to edit.
1. Press the [MIDI CONTROLLER] button so it’s lit.
The “MIDI CONTROLLER” screen will appear, and the JUNO-Di will be
in MIDI Controller mode.
2. Use the dial to edit the value.
If MIDI Controller mode is selected, you can perform the following
operations on the JUNO-Di.
Value
Description
Specifies the channel on
which MIDI messages
will be transmitted.
•
•
When you press one of the [0]–[9] buttons, the program change
message assigned to that button will be transmitted.
MIDI Ch
1–16
messages.
Specifies whether MIDI
messages will be sent to
the JUNO-Di’s own
internal sound generator
when you operate the
JUNO-Di.
Local Sw
OFF, ON
1–128
The note numbers transmitted in MIDI controller mode are
determined by the key you press, the transpose setting (p. 44),
and the octave shift setting (p. 34) you specify in MIDI
controller mode.
Specifies program
change number that is
transmitted.
PC
You can use the arpeggio (p. 37) and chord memory (p. 37)
functions even when you’re in MIDI Controller mode.
0–127, OFF (If you specify
“OFF,” the LSB will also be
“OFF.”)
Specifies bank select
MSB that is transmitted.
MSB
LSB
2. To exit MIDI controller mode, press the [MIDI
CONTROLLER] button to turn off the button’s
illumination.
0–127, OFF (If you specify
“OFF,” the MSB will also
be “OFF.”)
Specifies bank select LSB
that is transmitted.
ATTACK,
RELEASE,
REVERB,
CUTOFF,
RESONANCE
Selects the SOUND
MODIFY knob for which
you’ll make a controller
assignment.
The D Beam controller will not operate when you’re in MIDI
controller mode.
Knob
CC01–31,
CC33–95,
PITCH BEND,
AFTERTOUCH
Specifies the controller
assignment for the
selected SOUND MODIFY
knob.
Knob Assign
The changes you make to these settings will be saved when
you exit MIDI controller mode.
81
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Connecting an External MIDI Device
Using the JUNO-Di as a MIDI Sound
Module
Playing the JUNO-Di from an
External MIDI Device
You can use the JUNO-Di as a MIDI sound module in one of two ways; in
Patch mode to play a single tone, or in Performance mode to play more
than one tone simultaneously.
Connection example
fig.midi-receive-j.eps
Patch mode
MIDI OUT
In Patch mode you can use a connected keyboard or other device to play
a single tone (patch) on the JUNO-Di. Since Patch mode lets you use a
variety of effects on a single tone (patch), you can play very rich textures.
In Patch mode it’s also easy to edit the selected sound, so this is the mode
to use when editing or creating your own sounds.
In Patch mode, the [PERFORM] button will be extinguished.
MIDI Sequencer
MIDI IN
Performance mode
In Performance mode you can use multiple tones (patches) or rhythm
sets simultaneously.
If the [PERFORM] button is on (lit), the JUNO-Di is in Performance mode.
JUNO-Di
A performance contains sixteen “Parts.” You can assign a tone (patch) or
rhythm set to each part, and use them as an ensemble, or layer sounds to
create rich textures.
How a performance is structured
You’ll need to match your external MIDI device’s transmit channel with
the JUNO-Di’s receive channel.
A performance has a tone (patch) or rhythm set assigned to each of the
16 parts, and can simultaneously handle 16 sounds.
In Patch mode
The receive channel setting is one of the “system settings.” As described
in “Procedure for Making System Settings” (p. 75), select the “MIDI”
menu, select “Patch Rx/Tx Ch” as the item you want to set, and specify the
receive channel.
Part
A “part” is something to which you assign a tone (patch) or rhythm set. In
Performance mode, each performance has sixteen parts, and you can
assign a tone (patch) or rhythm set to each part.
fig.Performance-e.eps
In Performance mode
Performance
The JUNO-Di supports GM2; when it receives the MIDI message “GM2
System On,” it will be ready to play back GM2-compatible SMF.
Alternatively, you can press the [PERFORM] button and select “64: GM2
Template” to use the JUNO-Di as a GM2 sound module.
Part 16
If you want to use the JUNO-Di as a sound module to play multiple parts,
press the [PERFORM] button and select “63:Seq:Template.”
•
If “63: Seq:Template” or “64: GM2 Template” are selected, the receive
channels will be set as follows: part 1 to ch.1, part 2 to ch.2, ... part 16
to ch.16.
Part 1
Patch/
•
•
If Super Layer is selected, the receive channel is fixed at channel 1.
Rhythm Set
If Dual or Split are selected, the receive channel for part 1 (upper) is
set to channel 1, and part 2 (lower) to channel 2.
82
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Connecting an External MIDI Device
Soft Through On/Off
Using Your Computer for Music
Production
“Through” is a function by which the MIDI messages received at the MIDI
IN connector are re-transmitted without change from the MIDI OUT
connector.
If you use a commercially available USB cable to connect the JUNO-Di’s
rear panel USB COMPUTER connector to a USB connector on your
computer, you’ll be able to do the following things.
Connection example
●
SMF played back by MIDI-compatible software can be sounded by the
JUNO-Di. The JUNO-Di supports GM2; when it receives the MIDI
message “GM2 System On,” it will be ready to play back GM2-
compatible SMF. Alternatively, you can press the [PERFORM] button
and select “64: GM2 Template” to use the JUNO-Di as a GM2 sound
module.
Soft Thru
MIDI IN
MIDI OUT
●
MIDI messages can be exchanged between the JUNO-Di and your
sequencer software, allowing you to carry out sophisticated music
production and editing. If you want to use the JUNO-Di as a sound
module to play multiple parts, press the [PERFORM] button and select
“63:Seq:Template.”
JUNO-Di
MIDI OUT
Connection example
fig.midi-usb-e.eps
MIDI IN
Computer
MIDI Keyboard
To USB connector
of your computer
MIDI Sound Module
connector are sent to the sound generator, and will play the JUNO-Di’s
sound generator. The MIDI messages from the MIDI IN connector will not
be transmitted from the MIDI OUT connector.
USB cable
If this setting is “ON,” the MIDI messages arriving at the MIDI IN connector
will play the JUNO-Di’s sound generator and will also be re-transmitted
without change from the MIDI OUT connector.
The Soft Through setting is one of the “system settings.” As described in
“Procedure for Making System Settings” (p. 75), select the “MIDI” menu,
select “Soft Through” as the item you want to set, and select either “ON”
or “OFF.”
USB COMPUTER connector
Normally, this should be turned “OFF.”
JUNO-Di
For details on the operating requirements, refer to the Roland
website.
Roland website: http://www.roland.com/
Depending on the type of your computer, this may not work
correctly. For details on the operating systems that are
supported, refer to the Roland website.
Note
●
Before making connections to other equipment, you must
minimize the volume on all your equipment and turn off the
power in order to avoid malfunction and/or damage to your
speakers or other devices.
●
●
Only MIDI data can be transmitted or received via USB.
No USB cable is included. Please consult the dealer from
whom you purchased the JUNO-Di.
●
Power up the JUNO-Di before you start up the MIDI
application on your computer. Do not turn the JUNO-Di’s
power on or off while the MIDI application is running.
83
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Connecting an External MIDI Device
1. Press the [MENU] button.
Installing the USB Driver in Your Computer
The “MENU” screen will appear.
2. Use the [
] [
] buttons to select “SYSTEM,” and press
You’ll need to install the USB driver if you want to use the
software provided on the included CD-ROM.
the [ENTER] button.
The setting screen will appear.
The driver is provided on the included CD-ROM (JUNO-Di CD-ROM). You
can also download it from the Roland website.
3. Use the [
] [
] buttons to select “MIDI,” and press
the [ENTER] button.
Roland website:
http://www.roland.com/
4. Use the [
] [
] buttons to select “USB Driver,” and
The correct driver and the installation procedure for it will depend on the
system you’re using. Please carefully read the Readme file on the CD-
ROM before you proceed.
press the [ENTER] button.
5. Use the dial to specify the driver.
Value
Description
What is the USB MIDI driver?
Choose this if you want to use a USB driver from the
included CD-ROM or a USB driver downloaded from the
Roland website.
The USB MIDI driver is software that passes data between your
computer application (e.g., sequencer software) and the JUNO-Di
when your computer and the JUNO-Di are connected via a USB
cable.
VENDER
Choose this if you want to use the generic USB driver
provided by your computer’s operating system.
GENERIC
The USB driver passes data from your application to the JUNO-Di,
and passes data from the JUNO-Di to your application.
fig.Driver-e.eps
6. Press the [EXIT] button to leave the setting screen.
This saves the setting.
7. Turn the power off, then on again.
Application
After changing the “USB Driver” setting and saving it, you must
turn the power off, then on again in order to get the system to
operate correctly.
USB connector
USB
driver
Connecting the JUNO-Di to Your Computer
USB cable
Computer
1. Install the USB driver in your computer.
Refer to “Installing the USB Driver in Your Computer.”
USB COMPUTER
connector
2. If necessary, make the appropriate USB driver setting on
the JUNO-Di.
If you need to change the setting, refer to “Specifying the USB
Driver.”
JUNO-Di
With the factory settings, this is set to “VENDER.” There’s no
need to change this setting if you’re using the USB driver from
the included CD-ROM or a USB driver downloaded from the
Roland website.
3. Use a USB cable (sold separately) to connect the JUNO-Di
to your computer.
Specifying the USB Driver
Here’s how to specify the USB driver that will be used when the JUNO-Di
is connected to your computer via the USB COMPUTER connector.
With the factory settings, this is set to “VENDER.” There’s no
need to change this setting if you’re using the USB driver from
the included CD-ROM or a USB driver downloaded from the
Roland website.
If you want to change this setting, disconnect the USB cable
before doing so.
84
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Connecting an External MIDI Device
Using JUNO-Di Editor/Librarian/
Playlist Editor
The included JUNO-Di Editor/Librarian/Playlist Editor software will help
you enjoy the full potential of the JUNO-Di.
“JUNO-Di Editor” lets you use your computer to perform detailed editing
for sounds and other settings that cannot be accessed from the JUNO-
Di’s front panel. By assigning items to sliders and knobs in the computer
screen, you can efficiently edit the settings in an intuitive, graphical
manner.
the JUNO-Di’s tone buttons. Settings for using multiple tones together
that you’ve created using JUNO-Di Editor can be selected using the
JUNO-Di’s [PERFORM] button.
“JUNO-Di Librarian” is software that lets you manage the JUNO-Di’s
parameters as a library on your computer, allowing efficient
management of tones (patches), rhythm sets, and performances.
“Playlist Editor” is software that lets you create playlists for the Song
Player (p. 71).
You can create a playlist to specify the order of the songs in your live set,
and also specify the volume for each song.
The playlist editor can handle 999 songs and 999 playlists, but
the JUNO-Di can use only 399 songs and 399 playlists.
For details on using these software programs, refer to the
manual for each program.
Installing JUNO-Di Editor/Librarian/Playlist
Editor in Your Computer
1. Insert the included “JUNO-Di CD-ROM” into the CD-ROM
drive of your computer, and double-click the icon of the
appropriate installer.
Macintosh users
Folder
Icon
Editor
Driver
Playlist Editor
JUNO-Di Editor
Installer.mpkg
JUNOSeries
USBDriver.pkg
Playlist Editor
Installer.pkg
Windows users
Driver/XP
/Vista
Folder
Icon
Editor
Playlist Editor
setup(.exe)
setup(.exe)
setup(.exe)
The installer will start up. Proceed with the installation as directed
by the screen.
85
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
MEMO
86
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Troubleshooting
If the JUNO-Di does not function in the way you expect, first check the following points. If this does not resolve the problem, consult your dealer or a nearby
Roland Service Station.
*
If any sort of message is being displayed on the screen during an operation, refer to “Error Messages” (p. 92).
A
•
A specific Part does not sound.
Problems Concerning the Entire JUNO-Di
Check the following points.
Has the volume level of the part been lowered?
Check the level of each part (p. 60).
Q
The power does not turn on.
A
Check the following points.
•
Use the included “JUNO-Di Editor” to check the following settings.
Could the keyboard switch be off?
•
Make sure that the JUNO-Di’s AC adaptor is correctly connected to
an AC outlet and to the rear panel power connector, and that the
adaptor itself and AC power cord are connected correctly (p. 17).
Turn the keyboard switch on.
Could the part be muted?
•
•
If you connect the AC adaptor and turn on the power when
batteries are installed, the AC adaptor will be used preferentially.
Even if batteries are installed, the power will not turn on unless the
AC adaptor is connected to an AC outlet.
Set the Mute parameter to “OFF.”
Q
A
•
Specific pitch ranges do not sound.
Use the included “JUNO-Di Editor” to check the following settings.
If you’re using batteries, disconnect the AC adaptor from the JUNO-
Di. If batteries are installed, connecting or disconnecting the power
cord from the outlet or connecting or disconnecting the DC plug of
the AC adaptor while the JUNO-Di is turned on will cause the power
to turn off.
Has a restricted range of notes been set?
If a specific range of notes does not sound, check the Key Range
settings for the Patch Tone, the Performance Part.
•
•
Tone Key Range
VELOCITY & KEY RANGE PATCH KEY RANGE LOWER/UPPER
Part Key Range
Issues Related to Sound
PERFORM KEYBOARD RANGE LOWER/UPPER
Q
A
•
•
•
•
•
There is no sound.
Q
A
•
The sound is distorted.
Check the following points.
Check the following points.
Is the power for connected amps and speakers turned on?
Could you have lowered the volume of your connected equipment?
Is the [VOLUME] knob turned all the way down?
Have connections been made correctly?
Is an effect which distorts the sound being applied?
If the sound for a specific tone (patch) or part is distorted, lower the
volume level on that part.
•
•
If all sounds are distorted, use the [VOLUME] knob to lower the
volume level.
Can you hear sound through headphones?
If there is sound in the headphones, it is possible that the
connection cables are broken, or that your amp/mixer has
malfunctioned. Check your cables and amp/mixer system once
again.
Could the Output Gain be excessively high?
Check the system setting “SOUND” (p. 75).
Q
A
•
Pitch is incorrect.
Check the following points.
•
If you do not hear sound when you play the keyboard, check
whether the Local Switch is turned OFF.
Is the tuning of the JUNO-Di incorrect?
Check the “Master Tune” setting (p. 75).
Make sure that the Local Switch setting is turned on (p. 76).
•
•
•
Could the level of the tone (patch) be too low?
Check the level setting.
•
•
Has the pitch been changed by pedal operations or by Pitch Bend
messages received from an external MIDI device?
The Part level settings may be too low.
Check the level of each part (p. 60).
Use the included “JUNO-Di Editor” to check the following settings.
Have the Coarse or Fine parameters been set for specific Parts?
Check the Coarse parameter and Fine parameter settings.
Are the Effect settings correct?
Check the Effect settings ON or OFF (p. 61).
Also use the included “JUNO-Di Editor” to check the effect level and
other settings.
Q
A
•
The sound is interrupted.
Use the included “JUNO-Di Editor” to check the following settings.
•
Could the volume have been lowered by pedal operations,
operations of the D Beam controller, or by MIDI messages (volume
or expression messages) received from an external MIDI device?
Sounds will be interrupted if more than 128 voices are used
simultaneously.
•
•
Reduce the number of Tones that you are using.
Increase the Voice Reserve setting for parts that must not drop out.
88
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Troubleshooting
Q
A
When I play the keyboard, notes do not stop.
Q
A
Sometimes, when playing legato, the pitch won’t rise.
Is the pedal polarity of the Hold Pedal reversed?
Use the included “JUNO-Di Editor” to check the following settings.
When the Legato Switch parameter is “ON,” and the Legato
Retrigger parameter is “OFF,” and you hold down keys in the high
register to play legato, the upper pitch limit of the wave may be
exceeded, so that the pitch does not rise as far as you expect, but
will stop rising at a certain point. Additionally, if differing upper
pitch limits are used for the waves of a tone (patch) that uses
multiple tones, it may stop being heard in MONO. When making
large pitch changes, set the Legato Retrigger parameter to “ON.”
Check the “Hold Pedal” “Polarity” parameter setting (p. 76).
Q
A
There are some sounds I can’t select.
If you use the included “JUNO-Di Editor” to set the patch’s category
to “NO ASSIGN,” you won’t be able to select it from the JUNO-Di’s
panel.
Q
A
The sound cuts off when I switch tones (patches) in Patch
mode.
Q
A
The notes sound strange in the upper registers of the
keyboard.
Although you can apply a wide variety of multi-effects with the
JUNO-Di’s multi-effects, switching the tone (patch) also switches the
type of multi-effects used.
Sometimes when playing the keys in the upper part of the JUNO-
Di’s keyboard, the sound may stop, or the pitch may stop rising; or
with certain keys, there may be intermittent noise. This occurs
mainly when the JUNO-Di’s upper pitch limit is exceeded, so this
issue doesn’t arise in the ranges normally used. But, in any case, it
does not indicate a malfunction.
In such instances, discrepancies between the sound being produced
and the multi-effects type can arise, which may result in sounds
being different than intended, so sounds produced when tones
(patches) are switched may be muted when factory settings are in
effect. In certain situations, such as when not using multi-effects
that have a great influence on the sound, remembering to set Patch
Remain parameter to “ON” allows you to switch Patches without
sounds being muted. Use the included “JUNO-Di Editor” to check
the Patch Remain setting.
Q
A
Although the same tone (patch) is selected, it sounds
different when I listen to it in the Performance.
Use the included “JUNO-Di Editor” to check the following settings.
In Performance mode, the parameters of each part of the
performance can apply further modification to parameters such as
pan, octave, and filter, relative to the settings specified by the patch.
Thus, tones (patches) in a Performance may sound different than
they do when heard in Patch mode.
Q
A
When switching tones (patches) in Patch mode, the
volume and other parameters set with Control Changes
end up being reset.
Set Patch Remain parameter to “ON.” Even once they have switched
Patches, Control Change messages that have been received are
carried forward, so even when switching a tone (patch) whose level
is turned all the way down by a Control Change volume message,
the level remains unchanged. Use the included “JUNO-Di Editor” to
check the Patch Remain setting.
Additionally, although a tone (patch) may comprise tones created
Performance may differ from the multi-effects selected by the tone
(patch). Check the multi-effect settings of the performance. Also do
the same for the Chorus and Reverb settings.
Q
A
If the Tone Delay time value is set to the note, then does
the delay time not change beyond a fixed length when
the tempo is slowed down?
Q
A
I can’t play arpeggios.
The rhythm pattern won’t play.
Could the system setting “Sync Mode” (p. 76) be set to “SLAVE”?
If “Sync Mode” is set to “SLAVE,” the JUNO-Di needs to receive MIDI
clock messages from an external device.
Use the included “JUNO-Di Editor” to check the following settings.
There is a maximum permissible value for the Tone Delay Time
parameter. So, if the time setting is specified in terms of a note
value, and the tempo is slowed down, this maximum permissible
value will be reached, and it cannot be increased further. The upper
time limit for each is the maximum value that can be set other than
the numerical value for the beat.
You should leave “Sync Mode” set to “MASTER” unless you’re
synchronizing the JUNO-Di to an external device.
Q
A
Even when I set the Pan for a tone (patch) completely to
one side, sound still comes from the other channel.
The JUNO-Di’s internal effects are in stereo, so if you have effects
applied to a tone (patch), even if the Pan is set all the way to one
side, you will still be able to hear sounds of the effect component
from the other channel.
89
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Troubleshooting
Q
A
Multi-effect 43: DELAY or other delay time value is set to
the note, and then the tempo is slowed down, does the
delay time not change beyond a fixed length?
Issues Related to Effects
Q
A
•
Effects not applied.
Such Delay time settings have an upper limit, so if the upper limit of
a value set to the note is exceeded when the tempo is retarded, that
upper value cannot rise any further. The upper time limit for each is
the maximum value that can be set other than the numerical value
for the beat.
Check the following points.
Could the effect switch be off?
Check the on/off status of each effect (p. 61).
•
•
Are the various effect settings correct? (p. 61)
Use the included “JUNO-Di Editor” to check the following settings.
Issues Related to Saving Data
In Performance mode, is the Output Assign setting of each part set
to “MFX”?
Q
The sound or performance settings (Performance) are
not saved when you perform the Write operation.
In some cases, such as “064: GM2 Template,” the Output Assign is
not set to “MFX” with the factory settings.
A
If you’re using settings that enable you to play with multiple tones
(i.e., when the [PERFORM] button is lit), the data that is saved will
depend on the location of the cursor in the Main screen (p. 58).
For example, if you want to save the Performance settings, move the
cursor to the upper line of the screen and then press the [WRITE]
button.
•
•
If the send level of each effect is set to 0, the effect will not be
applied. Check the settings.
Even with send levels to each effect set at 0, effects are not applied if
the Multi-effects Output Level, the Chorus Level, or the Reverb Level
is set to 0. Check each setting.
Q
A
The Modulation or other controller is always on.
Q
A
The Performance sounds different than when it was
written.
Use the included “JUNO-Di Editor” to check the following settings.
Check the Matrix Controller settings.
If you have modified the settings of a tone (patch) used by a
performance, or if the temporary patch of the performance has
been modified by an external MIDI device, these tones (patches)
must also be saved.
The JUNO-Di allows you to use the Matrix Control to control tones
(patches) in real time. The Matrix Control functions as the control
source for the Control Change and other MIDI messages received by
the JUNO-Di, and makes changes to the various tone (patch)
parameters based on these messages.
If tones (patches) used by a performance have been edited when
you write that performance, the JUNO-Di will display a message
asking whether you want to discard these patches. In such cases,
first save the tone (patch) or rhythm set, and then save the
performance again (p. 62).
Depending on these settings, the JUNO-Di may be responding to
MIDI messages sent from external MIDI devices, and may result the
tones (patches) sounding different than intended.
Q
A
Raising the chorus or reverb send level for each part of a
performance still does not cause the effect to be applied
sufficiently.
Q
A
Tones (patches) sound different than when written.
The write operation cannot be used to save tones (patches) as
changed in Patch mode using Control Change messages from an
external MIDI device.
Use the included “JUNO-Di Editor” to check the following settings.
Although you can make Send level settings to the Chorus and
Reverb for each individual Part in a Performance, these values only
set the upper limit of the Chorus and Reverb Send levels for the tone
(patch) used. Accordingly, even when the value is set to the
maximum of 127, if the Send level is lowered in the tone (patch)
being used, there will be no effect. In addition, different tone (patch)
Chorus and Reverb Send level settings can be used according to
whether or not the multi-effects are used.
Issues Related to Songs
Q
A
Playlists are not shown.
This may be due to the following reasons.
•
Playlists may not be shown if you directly add/delete/modify the
song data in the PLAYLIST folder without using Playlist Editor.
Q
A
Using the Matrix Control or other such means to control
the LFO results in noise when the Pan is changed
suddenly.
•
•
For some reason the USB memory is not recognized.
It is possible that the USB memory was not formatted correctly. The
JUNO-Di can use USB memory that has been formatted as FAT. If
your USB memory was formatted using any other method, please
re-format it using FAT.
Use the included “JUNO-Di Editor” to check the following settings.
Lower the change in speed (LFO Rate).
Due to the specialized processing used for the Pan, which alters the
volume level in each of the left and right sides, sudden Pan
movements causing rapid changes in these levels creates large
changes in volume, and noise from this may be audible as a result.
Q
A
•
Songs are not shown.
This may be due to the following reasons.
Are the songs placed in the root directory?
Even if you place a song in a newly created folder, it will not be
displayed by the JUNO-Di.
90
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Troubleshooting
•
•
Songs may not be shown if you directly add/delete/modify the song
data in the PLAYLIST folder without using Playlist Editor.
Q
A
or other controls does not affect the sound.
It is possible that the USB memory was not formatted correctly. The
JUNO-Di can use USB memory that has been formatted as FAT. If
your USB memory was formatted using any other method, please
re-format it using FAT.
For some sequencing programs, System Exclusive messages are not
transmitted by the Thru function. If you are using such sequencer
software and want to record system exclusive messages, turn on the
following parameters.
•
•
In Patch Mode
Q
A
•
Songs won’t play.
“Local Switch” setting (p. 76).
This may be due to the following reasons.
In Performance Mode
Songs (audio files) whose sample rate is other than 44.1 kHz cannot
be played by the JUNO-Di.
Use the included “JUNO-Di Editor” to check the Keyboard switch
settings.
•
The file type of the song is not one of the file types that the
JUNO-Di can play.
Q
A
When the Bend Range for a tone (patch) is increased (48),
the pitch does not rise sufficiently, even when a MIDI
•
•
It may be that the song data is damaged.
data in the PLAYLIST folder without using Playlist Editor.
While Patch Bend Ranges can be set anywhere between 0 and 48,
when certain Waves in which the pitch is raised (in the + direction)
are used, the pitch may stop rising at a fixed point, rather than
continuing to go up. Although a value of 12 is ensured for the upper
limit of raised pitches, use caution when setting the Bend Range
above this figure.
Q
A
•
Can’t hear the playback sound.
Check the following point.
[VOLUME] knob setting
•
Value for LEVEL that appears when you press the [LEVEL] button (p.
72, p. 74).
Q
A
•
Microphone sound is not output/is too weak.
Check the following points.
•
Minus-one setting (p. 76)
Is the mic cable connected correctly?
Check the connection.
Issues Related to MIDI and External
Devices
•
•
•
Could you have connected a condenser mic?
The JUNO-Di does not support the use of condenser microphones.
The mic level may have been lowered.
Q
A
•
No Sound from connected MIDI device.
Check the following points.
Could the front panel MIC IN [VOLUME] knob be turned down?
Could the System setting “MIC IN SETTINGS” item “Mic Mode” be set
to “VOCODER”?
Is the instrument set to transmit MIDI messages?
If this is set to “VOCODER,” a microphone is usable only when the
effect type is “VOCODER” (p. 76).
•
In Patch Mode
“Patch Rx/Tx Ch” value in the SYSTEM setting “MIDI” (p. 76)
•
In Performance Mode
Q
A
The volume level of the instrument connected to JUNO-
Di is too low.
Use the included “JUNO-Di Editor” to check the following settings.
Keyboard switch.
Could you be using a connection cable that contains a resistor?
Use a connection cable that does not contain a resistor.
MIDI messages are not transmitted for parts whose keyboard switch
is turned off.
Q
A
Exclusive messages are not received.
Issues Related to USB Memory
Does the Device ID number of the transmitting device match the
Device ID number of the JUNO-Di?
Q
USB memory is not detected.
The files are not shown.
The device ID number is fixed at “17.”
Q
A
The JUNO-Di’s rhythm set does not sound when an
external sequencer or MIDI keyboard is connected to the
MIDI IN connector.
A
Check the format of your USB memory.
The JUNO-Di can use USB memory that has been formatted as FAT.
If your USB memory was formatted using any other method, please
re-format it using FAT.
Check to make sure that the MIDI Transmit channel of the external
MIDI device and the JUNO-Di’s MIDI Receive channel are matched.
The MIDI Receive channel used by the JUNO-Di in Patch mode is set
with the Kbd Patch RX/TX Channel parameter. Rhythm Set
performance data is generally received on MIDI Channel 10.
Q
A
•
Can’t back up to USB memory
Check the following points.
Could the USB memory be write protected?
Is there sufficient free space on the USB memory?
•
91
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Error Messages
If an incorrect operation is performed, or if processing could not be performed as you specified, an error message will appear.
Refer to the explanation for the error message that appears, and take the appropriate action.
Message
Meaning
Action
USB memory is not connected.
Connect USB memory.
USB Mem Not Ready!
Failed to load data from USB memory.
It may be that the file is damaged.
This file cannot be loaded since its format is incorrect.
The target file was not found in USB memory.
Failed to write data to USB memory.
Make sure that USB memory is correctly connected.
Do not use this file.
Read Error!
Write Error!
Do not use this file.
Make sure that the target file exists in USB memory.
Make sure that USB memory is correctly connected.
Data cannot be written because the USB memory has no
more free space.
Delete unneeded files from the USB memory. Alternatively, use a
different USB memory device, one that has more free space available.
The file or the USB memory itself is write protected.
This is a file that the JUNO-Di is unable to play.
Make sure that the file or the USB memory is not write protected.
Do not use this file.
This song has not been transferred from Playlist Editor to USB
memory.
Select the song for transfer from Playlist Editor, and transfer the data
once again to USB memory.
Incorrect File!
Playback is not possible, since you have exceeded the
number of songs that the JUNO-Di can handle.
The JUNO-Di can handle up to 99 songs in the root directory, and a
total of up to 399 songs in all other playlists.
Please execute a Factory Reset.
If this does not resolve the problem, contact your dealer or a nearby
Roland service center.
It is possible that the contents of system memory have been
damaged.
Sys Mem Damaged!
An unusually large amount of MIDI data was received, and
could not be processed.
Reduce the amount of MIDI messages that are being transmitted.
MIDI Buffer Full!
MIDI Offline!
Check that there is no problem with the MIDI cable connected to the
JUNO-Di’s MIDI IN, and that the MIDI cable was not disconnected.
The MIDI IN connection was broken.
The Song Player is currently playing.
The battery has run down.
Either stop playback, or wait until playback has ended.
Recharge the batteries, or use an AC adaptor.
Now Playing!
Battery Low!
Check the currently selected favorite number and the direction
(“FAV-UP” or “FAV-DOWN”) that’s assigned to the pedal (p. 76).
No more favorites have been registered.
No More Favorites!
92
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Effects List
The multi-effects feature 79 different kinds of effects. Some of the effects consist of two or more different effects connected in series.
FILTER (10 types)
01 EQUALIZER
DELAY (13 types)
P.94
P.94
P.94
P.94
P.95
P.95
P.95
P.95
P.95
P.95
43 DELAY
P.99
02 SPECTRUM
44 LONG DELAY
45 SERIAL DELAY
46 MODULATION DELAY
47 3TAP PAN DELAY
48 4TAP PAN DELAY
49 MULTI TAP DELAY
50 REVERSE DELAY
51 SHUFFLE DELAY
52 3D DELAY
P.99
03 ISOLATOR
P.100
P.100
P.100
P.100
P.100
P.100
P.100
P.100
P.101
P.101
P.101
04 LOW BOOST
05 SUPER FILTER
06 STEP FILTER
07 ENHANCER
08 AUTO WAH
09 HUMANIZER
10 SPEAKER SIMULATOR
MODULATION (12 types)
11 PHASER
53 ANALOG DELAY
54 ANALOG LONG DELAY
55 TAPE ECHO
P.95
P.96
P.96
P.96
P.96
P.96
P.96
P.96
P.97
P.97
P.97
P.97
12 STEP PHASER
13 MLT STAGE PHASER
14 INFINITE PHASER
15 RING MODULATOR
16 STEP RING MOD
17 TREMOLO
LO-FI (5 types)
56 LOFI NOISE
P.101
P.101
P.101
P.101
P.101
57 LOFI COMPRESS
58 LOFI RADIO
59 TELEPHONE
18 AUTO PAN
60 PHONOGRAPH
PITCH (3 types)
19 STEP PAN
20 SLICER
61 PITCH SHIFTER
62 2VOI PCH SHIFTER
63 STEP PCH SHIFTER
REVERB (2 types)
P.101
P.102
P.102
21 ROTARY
22 VK ROTARY
CHORUS (12 types)
23 CHORUS
P.97
P.97
P.97
P.97
P.97
P.98
P.98
P.98
P.98
P.98
P.98
P.98
64 REVERB
P.102
P.102
24 FLANGER
65 GATED REVERB
COMBINATION (12 types)
66 OD → CHORUS
67 OD → FLANGER
68 OD → DELAY
69 DST → CHORUS
70 DST → FLANGER
71 DST → DELAY
72 ENH → CHORUS
73 ENH → FLANGER
74 ENH → DELAY
75 CHORUS → DELAY
76 FLANGER → DELAY
77 CHORUS → FLANGER
PIANO (1 type)
25 STEP FLANGER
26 HEXA-CHORUS
27 TREMOLO CHORUS
28 SPACE-D
P.102
P.102
P.102
P.102
P.102
P.103
P.103
P.103
P.103
P.103
P.103
P.103
29 3D CHORUS
30 3D FLANGER
31 3D STEP FLANGER
32 2BAND CHORUS
33 2BAND FLANGER
34 2BAND STEP FLANGR
DYNAMICS (8 types)
35 OVERDRIVE
P.98
P.98
P.99
P.99
P.99
P.99
P.99
P.99
36 DISTORTION
37 VS OVERDRIVE
38 VS DISTORTION
39 GUITAR AMP SIM
40 COMPRESSOR
41 LIMITER
78 SYMPATHETIC RESO
VOCODER (1 type)
79 VOCODER
P.103
P.103
42 GATE
93
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Effects List
About Note
01: EQUALIZER
Some effect settings (such as Rate or Delay Time) can be specified in
terms of a note value. The note value for the current setting is shown
following the numerical value.
This is a three-band stereo equalizer (low, mid, high).
Item
Value
Description
-15–+15 dB
-15–+15 dB
-15–+15 dB
0–127
Gain of the low range
Gain of the middle range
Gain of the high range
Output Level
Low Gain
Mid Gain
High Gain
Level
*
If the Rate is specified as a note value, the modulation will be
synchronized with the tempo when you play back SMF song data.
note:
fig.MFX-note2.e_88
Sixty-fourth-note triplet
Sixty-fourth note
Sixteenth-note triplet
Eighth-note triplet
Quarter-note triplet
Half-note triplet
Thirty-second-note triplet
Dotted thirty-second note
Dotted sixteenth note
Dotted eighth note
Dotted quarter note
Dotted half note
Thirty-second note
Sixteenth note
Eighth note
02: SPECTRUM
This is a stereo spectrum. Spectrum is a type of filter which modifies the
timbre by boosting or cutting the level at specific frequencies.
Quarter note
Item
Value
Description
Whole-note triplet
Double-note triplet
Half note
Band (250Hz)
Band (1000Hz)
Band (4000Hz)
Level
-15–+15 dB
0–127
Gain of each frequency band
Output Level
Whole note
Double note
Dotted whole note
If you specify the delay time as a note value, slowing down the
tempo will not change the delay time beyond a certain length.
This is because there is an upper limit for the delay time; if the
delay time is specified as a note value and you slow down the
tempo until this upper limit is reached, the delay time cannot
change any further. This upper limit is the maximum value that
can be specified when setting the delay time as a numerical
value.
03: ISOLATOR
This is an equalizer which cuts the volume greatly, allowing you to add a
special effect to the sound by cutting the volume in varying ranges.
Item
Value
Description
Cut Low
These boost and cut each of the High,
Middle, and Low frequency ranges.
At -60 dB, the sound becomes
inaudible. 0 dB is equivalent to the
input level of the sound.
Boost/
Cut Mid
-60–+4 dB
0–127
Chorus Send and Reverb Send
Boost/
Cut High
The depth of chorus and reverb applied to the sound processed by the
multi-effect is determined by the “Effect Edit” settings “Cho Send Level”
and “Rev Send Level.”
Output Level
Level
For details, refer to “Editing the Effects (MFX/Chorus/Reverb) (Effect
Edit)” (p. 61).
04: LOW BOOST
Boosts the volume of the lower range, creating powerful lows.
Item
Value
0–+12 dB
0–127
Description
Amount by which the lower range will be
boosted
Boost Gain
Level
Output level
94
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Effects List
05: SUPER FILTER
09: HUMANIZER
This is a filter with an extremely sharp slope. The cutoff frequency can be
varied.
Adds a vowel character to the sound, making it similar to a human voice.
Item
Value
Description
Item
Value
Description
a, e, i, o, u
a, e, i, o, u
Vowel1
Vowel2
Selects the vowel.
Filter type
Frequency range that will pass through
each filter
LPF: frequencies below the cutoff
BPF: frequencies in the region of the cutoff
HPF: frequencies above the cutoff
NOTCH: frequencies other than the
region of the cutoff
0.05–10.00 Hz,
note
Frequency at which the two vowels switch
Output level
Rate
LPF, BPF, HPF,
NOTCH
Filter Type
0–127
Level
Filter cutoff frequency value
Increasing this setting will raise the
frequency.
0–127
0–127
Filter Cutoff
Level
10: SPEAKER SIMULATOR
Output level
Simulates the speaker type.
Item
Value
Description
Type of speaker
Output Level
06: STEP FILTER
(See the table right.)
0–127
Speaker
Level
This is a filter whose cutoff frequency can be modulated in steps. You can
specify the pattern by which the cutoff frequency will change.
Specifications of each Speaker Type
The speaker column indicates the diameter of each speaker unit (in
inches) and the number of units.
Item
Value
Description
Filter type
Frequency range that will pass through
each filter
Type
Cabinet
Speaker
Microphone
dynamic
LPF, BPF, HPF,
NOTCH
LPF: frequencies below the cutoff
BPF: frequencies in the region of the cutoff
HPF: frequencies above the cutoff
NOTCH: frequencies other than the
region of the cutoff
small open-back enclosure 10
small open-back enclosure 10
SMALL 1
Filter Type
dynamic
SMALL 2
open back enclosure
open back enclosure
open back enclosure
open back enclosure
open back enclosure
open back enclosure
open back enclosure
sealed enclosure
12 x 1
dynamic
MIDDLE
12 x 2
12 x 2
12 x 2
12 x 2
12 x 2
12 x 2
12 x 2
12 x 2
12 x 4
12 x 4
12 x 4
12 x 4
12 x 4
dynamic
JC-120
0.05–10.00 Hz,
note
Rate of modulation
Output level
Rate
dynamic
BUILT-IN 1
BUILT-IN 2
BUILT-IN 3
BUILT-IN 4
BUILT-IN 5
BG STACK 1
BG STACK 2
MS STACK 1
MS STACK 2
METAL STACK
2-STACK
condenser
condenser
condenser
condenser
condenser
condenser
condenser
condenser
condenser
condenser
condenser
0–127
Level
07: ENHANCER
large sealed enclosure
large sealed enclosure
large sealed enclosure
large double stack
large double stack
large triple stack
Controls the overtone structure of the high frequencies, adding sparkle
and tightness to the sound.
Item
Value
Description
-15–+15 dB
-15–+15 dB
0–127
Gain of the low range
Gain of the high range
Output Level
Low Gain
High Gain
Level
3-STACK
11: PHASER
A phase-shifted sound is added to the original sound and modulated.
08: AUTO WAH
Item
Value
Description
Cyclically controls a filter to create cyclic change in timbre.
4-STAGE, 8-STAGE,
12-STAGE
Number of stages in the phaser
Mode
Item
Value
Description
0.05–10.00 Hz, note
0–127
Frequency of modulation
Level of the phase-shifted sound
Output Level
Rate
Mix
Sets the direction in which the frequency
will change when the auto-wah filter is
modulated.
UP: The filter will change toward a higher
frequency.
0–127
Level
UP, DOWN
0–127
Polarity
Level
DOWN: The filter will change toward a
lower frequency.
Output Level
95
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Effects List
12: STEP PHASER
STEP RING MOD
(STEP RING MODULATOR)
16:
The phaser effect will be varied gradually.
This is a ring modulator that uses a 16-step sequence to vary the
frequency at which modulation is applied.
Item
Value
Description
4-STAGE, 8-STAGE,
12-STAGE
Number of stages in the phaser
Mode
Item
Rate
Level
Value
Description
Rate of the step-wise change in
the phaser effect
0.10–20.00 Hz, note
Step Rate
Rate at which the 16-step sequence
will cycle
0.05–10.00 Hz, note
0–127
0–127
0–127
Level of the phase-shifted sound
Output Level
Mix
Output volume
Level
17: TREMOLO
13: MLT STAGE PHASER
Cyclically modulates the volume to add tremolo effect to the sound.
Extremely high settings of the phase difference produce a deep phaser
effect.
Item
Value
Description
Modulation Wave
TRI: triangle wave
SQR: square wave
SIN: sine wave
Item
Value
Description
TRI, SQR, SIN, SAW1,
SAW2
4-STAGE, 8-STAGE,
12-STAGE, 16-STAGE,
20-STAGE, 24-STAGE
Number of phaser stages
Mode
SAW1/2: sawtooth wave
Mod Wave
0.05–10.00 Hz, note
0–127
Frequency of modulation
Level of the phase-shifted sound
Output Level
Rate
Mix
SAW1
SAW2
0–127
Level
0.05–10.00 Hz, note
0–127
Frequency of the change
Output Level
Rate
Level
14: INFINITE PHASER
A phaser that continues raising/lowering the frequency at which the
sound is modulated.
18: AUTO PAN
Item
Value
Description
Cyclically modulates the stereo location of the sound.
Higher values will produce a
deeper phaser effect.
1, 2, 3, 4
Mode
Speed at which to raise or lower
the frequency at which the sound
is modulated
Item
Value
Description
Modulation Wave
TRI: triangle wave
SQR: square wave
SIN: sine wave
-100–+100
0–127
Speed
Level
TRI, SQR, SIN, SAW1,
SAW2
(+: upward / -: downward)
Output volume
SAW1/2: sawtooth wave
SAW1
R
SAW2
R
Mod Wave
15: RING MODULATOR
This is an effect that applies amplitude modulation (AM) to the input
signal, producing bell-like sounds. You can also change the modulation
frequency in response to changes in the volume of the sound sent into
the effect.
L
L
0.05–10.00 Hz, note
0–127
Frequency of the change
Output Level
Rate
Level
Item
Value
0–127
0–127
Description
Adjusts the frequency at which modulation is
applied.
Frequency
Level
Output level
96
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Effects List
19: STEP PAN
23: CHORUS
This uses a 16-step sequence to vary the panning of the sound.
This is a stereo chorus.
Item
Value
Description
Item
Rate
Level
Value
Description
0.05–10.00 Hz, note
0–127
Frequency of modulation
Depth of modulation
Output Level
Rate
Rate at which the 16-step sequence
will cycle
0.05–10.00 Hz, note
0–127
Depth
Level
0–127
Output volume
24: FLANGER
20: SLICER
This is a stereo flanger. (The LFO has the same phase for left and right.)
It produces a metallic resonance that rises and falls like a jet airplane
taking off or landing. A filter is provided so that you can adjust the timbre
of the flanged sound.
By applying successive cuts to the sound, this effect turns a conventional
sound into a sound that appears to be played as a backing phrase. This is
especially effective when applied to sustain-type sounds.
Item
Rate
Level
Value
Description
Item
Value
Description
0.05–10.00 Hz,
note
Rate at which the 16-step sequence will cycle
Output level
0.05–10.00 Hz, note
0–127
Frequency of modulation
Depth of modulation
Output Level
Rate
0–127
Depth
Level
0–127
21: ROTARY
25: STEP FLANGER
The Rotary effect simulates the sound of the rotary speakers often used
with the electric organs of the past.
This is a flanger in which the flanger pitch changes in steps. The speed at
which the pitch changes can also be specified in terms of a note-value of
a specified tempo.
Item
Value
Description
Simultaneously switch the rotational
speed of the low frequency rotor and
high frequency rotor.
SLOW: Slows down the rotation
FAST: Speeds up the rotation
Item
Value
Description
SLOW, FAST
Speed
0.10–20.00 Hz, note
0–127
Rate (period) of pitch change
Output Level
Step Rate
Level
0.05–10.00 Hz
0.05–10.00 Hz
0–127
Rotational speed for SLOW setting
Rotational speed for FAST setting
Output Level
Slow Speed
Fast Speed
Level
26: HEXA-CHORUS
Uses a six-phase chorus (six layers of chorused sound) to give richness
and spatial spread to the sound.
22: VK ROTARY
This type provides modified response for the rotary speaker, with the low
end boosted further.
Item
Value
Description
0.05–10.00 Hz, note
0–127
Frequency of modulation
Depth of modulation
Output Level
Rate
This is a rotary effect taken from the VK.
Depth
Level
0–127
Item
Value
Description
Simultaneously switch the rotational
speed of the low frequency rotor and
high frequency rotor.
SLOW: Slows down the rotation
FAST: Speeds up the rotation
SLOW, FAST
Speed
27: TREMOLO CHORUS
0.05–10.00 Hz
0.05–10.00 Hz
0–127
Rotational speed for SLOW setting
Rotational speed for FAST setting
Output Level
Slow Speed
Fast Speed
Level
This is a chorus effect with added Tremolo (cyclic modulation of volume).
Item
Value
Description
Modulation frequency of the
tremolo effect
0.05–10.00 Hz, note
0–127
Tremolo Rate
Level
Output Level
97
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Effects List
28: SPACE-D
33: 2 BAND FLANGER
This is a multiple chorus that applies two-phase modulation in stereo.
It gives no impression of modulation, but produces a transparent chorus
effect.
A flanger that lets you apply an effect independently to the low-
frequency and high-frequency ranges.
Item
Value
Description
Rate at which the low-range
flanger sound is modulated
Item
Value
Description
0.05–10.00 Hz, note
Low Rate
0.05–10.00 Hz, note
0–127
Frequency of modulation
Depth of modulation
Output Level
Rate
Rate at which the high-range
flanger sound is modulated
0.05–10.00 Hz, note
High Rate
Depth
Level
0–127
Modulation depth for the flanger
sound
0–127
0–127
Depth
Level
Output volume
29: 3D CHORUS
34: 2BAND STEP FLANGR
This applies a 3D effect to the chorus sound. The chorus sound will be
positioned 90 degrees left and 90 degrees right.
A step flanger that lets you apply an effect independently to the low-
frequency and high-frequency ranges.
Item
Rate
Value
Description
0.05–10.00 Hz, note
Frequency of modulation
Modulation depth of the chorus
effect
Item
Value
Description
0–127
0–127
Depth
Level
Rate at which the steps will cycle
for the low-range flanger sound
0.10–20.00 Hz, note
Lo Stp Rate
Output Level
Rate at which the steps will cycle
for the high-range flanger sound
0.10–20.00 Hz, note
0–127
Hi Stp Rate
Level
30: 3D FLANGER
Output volume
This applies a 3D effect to the flanger sound. The flanger sound will be
positioned 90 degrees left and 90 degrees right.
35: OVERDRIVE
Item
Value
Description
0.05–10.00 Hz, note
0–127
Frequency of modulation
Depth of modulation
Output Level
Rate
Creates a soft distortion similar to that produced by vacuum tube
amplifiers.
Depth
Level
0–127
Item
Value
Description
Type of guitar amp
SMALL: small amp
BUILT-IN: single-unit type amp
2-STACK: large double stack
amp
31: 3D STEP FLANGER
SMALL, BUILT-IN,
2-STACK, 3-STACK
Amp Type
This applies a 3D effect to the step flanger sound. The flanger sound will
be positioned 90 degrees left and 90 degrees right.
3-STACK: large triple stack
amp
Degree of distortion
Also changes the volume.
0–127
0–127
Drive
Level
Item
Value
Description
Output Level
0.10–20.00 Hz, note
0–127
Rate (period) of pitch change
Output Level
Step Rate
Level
36: DISTORTION
32: 2 BAND CHORUS
Produces a more intense distortion than Overdrive.
A chorus effect that lets you apply an effect independently to the low-
frequency and high-frequency ranges.
Item
Value
Description
Type of guitar amp
SMALL: small amp
BUILT-IN: single-unit type amp
2-STACK: large double stack
amp
Item
Value
Description
SMALL, BUILT-IN,
2-STACK, 3-STACK
Amp Type
Rate at which the low-range
chorus sound is modulated
0.05–10.00 Hz, note
Low Rate
3-STACK: large triple stack
amp
Rate at which the low-range
chorus sound is modulated
0.05–10.00 Hz, note
High Rate
Degree of distortion
Also changes the volume.
0–127
0–127
Drive
Level
Modulation depth for the chorus
sound
0–127
0–127
Depth
Level
Output Level
Output volume
98
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Effects List
37: VS OVERDRIVE
41: LIMITER
This is an overdrive that provides heavy distortion.
Compresses signals that exceed a specified volume level, preventing
distortion from occurring.
Item
Value
Description
Type of guitar amp
SMALL: small amp
BUILT-IN: single-unit type amp
2-STACK: large double stack amp
3-STACK: large triple stack amp
Item
Value
0–127
0–127
Description
Adjusts the volume at which compression
begins
SMALL, BUILT-IN,
2-STACK, 3-STACK
Threshold
Level
Amp Type
Output level
Degree of distortion
Also changes the volume.
0–127
0–127
Drive
Level
Output Level
42: GATE
Cuts the reverb’s delay according to the volume of the sound sent into
the effect. Use this when you want to create an artificial-sounding
decrease in the reverb’s decay.
38: VS DISTORTION
This is a distortion effect that provides heavy distortion.
Item
Value
0–127
0–127
Description
Item
Value
Description
Volume level at which the gate begins to close
Output level
Threshold
Level
Type of guitar amp
SMALL: small amp
SMALL, BUILT-IN,
2-STACK, 3-STACK
BUILT-IN: single-unit type amp
2-STACK: large double stack amp
3-STACK: large triple stack amp
Amp Type
Degree of distortion
Also changes the volume.
0–127
0–127
Drive
Level
43: DELAY
Output Level
This is a stereo delay.
Item
Value
Description
0–1300 msec,
note
Adjusts the time until the delay sound is
heard.
39: GUITAR AMP SIM
Delay Time
Adjusts the amount of the delay sound that’s
fed back into the effect.
Negative (-) settings invert the phase.
This is an effect that simulates the sound of a guitar amplifier.
-98–+98%
Feedback
Balance
Item
Value
Description
D100:0W–
D0:100W
Volume balance between the direct sound (D)
and the delay sound (W)
JC-120,
CLEAN TWIN,
MATCH DRIVE,
BG LEAD, MS1959I,
MS1959II, MS1959I+II,
SLDN LEAD,
METAL 5150,
METAL LEAD,
OD-1,
Type of guitar amp
Amp Type
44: LONG DELAY
A delay that provides a long delay time.
This is a monaural delay.
OD-2 TURBO,
DISTORTION, FUZZ
LOW, MIDDLE, HIGH
0–127
Amount of pre-amp distortion
Output level
Amp Gain
Level
Item
Value
Description
Delay time from when the original
sound is heard to when the delay
sound is heard
0–2600 msec, note
Delay Time
Proportion of the delay sound that
is to be returned to the input
(negative values invert the phase)
40: COMPRESSOR
-98–+98%
Feedback
Balance
Volume balance of the original
sound (D) and delay sound (W)
Flattens out high levels and boosts low levels, smoothing out fluctuations
in volume.
D100:0W–D0:100W
Item
Value
0–127
0–127
Description
Adjusts the volume at which compression
begins
Threshold
Level
Output level
99
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Effects List
45: SERIAL DELAY
49: MULTI TAP DELAY
This delay connects two delay units in series.
This is a variation of delay in which four delayed sounds are heard.
Item
Value
Description
Item
Value
Description
0–650 msec,
note
Delay time from when sound is
input to delay 1 until the delay
sound is heard
Adjusts the time until Delays are heard.
Delay Time
0–1300 msec, note
Delay 1 Time
Adjusts the amount of the delay sound that’s
fed back into the effect.
Negative (-) settings invert the phase.
Delay 1
Feedback
-98–+98%
Delay time from when sound is
input to delay 2 until the delay
sound is heard
0–1300 msec, note
Delay 2 Time
D100:0W–
D0:100W
Volume balance between the direct sound
(D) and the effect sound (W)
Balance
Proportion of the delay sound that
is to be returned to the input of
delay (negative values invert the
phase)
-98–+98%
Feedback
Balance
Volume balance of the original
sound (D) and delay sound (W)
D100:0W–D0:100W
50: REVERSE DELAY
This is a reverse delay that adds a reversed and delayed sound to the
input sound.
46: MODULATION DELAY
Item
Value
Description
Adds modulation to the delayed sound.
Delay time from when sound is
input into the reverse delay until
the delay sound is heard
0–1300 msec, note
Rev Dly
Item
Value
Description
Proportion of the delay sound that
is to be returned to the input of
the reverse delay (negative values
invert the phase)
0–1300 msec,
note
Adjusts the time until the delay sound is
heard.
Delay Time
-98–+98%
Rev Dly Fback
Balance
Adjusts the amount of the delay sound that’s
fed back into the effect.
Negative (-) settings invert the phase.
-98–+98%
Feedback
Balance
Volume balance of the original
sound (D) and delay sound (W)
D100:0W–D0:100W
D100:0W–
D0:100W
Volume balance between the direct sound
(D) and the delay sound (W)
51: SHUFFLE DELAY
47: 3TAP PAN DELAY
Adds a shuffle to the delay sound, giving the sound a bouncy delay effect
with a swing feel.
Produces three delay sounds; center, left and right.
Item
Value
Description
Item
Value
Description
0–2600 msec,
note
Adjusts the time until the delay sound is
heard.
Delay Time
0–860 msec,
note
Delay time from the original sound until the
delay sound is heard.
Delay Time
Adjusts the ratio (as a percentage) of the time
that elapses before Delay B sounds relative to
the time that elapses before the Delay A
sounds.
When set to 100, the delay times are the
same.
Adjusts the amount of the delay sound that’s
fed back into the effect.
Negative (-) settings invert the phase.
-98–+98%
Feedback
Balance
Shuffle
Rate
0–100
D100:0W–
D0:100W
Volume balance between the direct sound
(D) and the delay sound (W)
Adjusts the amount of the delay that’s
feedback into the effect.
Negative (-) settings invert the phase.
-98–+98%
Feedback
48: 4TAP PAN DELAY
This effect has four delays.
52: 3D DELAY
Item
Value
Description
This applies a 3D effect to the delay sound. The delay sound will be
positioned 90 degrees left and 90 degrees right.
0–650 msec,
note
Adjusts the time from the original sound
until delay sounds are heard
Delay Time
Adjusts the amount of the delay sound that’s
fed back into the effect.
Negative (-) settings invert the phase.
Item
Value
Description
Delay 1
Feedback
-98–+98%
Adjusts the delay time from the
direct sound until the delay sound
is heard.
0–860 msec, note
Delay Time
D100:0W–
D0:100W
Volume balance between the direct sound
(D) and the delay sound (W)
Balance
Adjusts the proportion of the
delay sound that is fed back into
the effect.
Negative (-) settings will invert
the phase.
Center
Fback
-98–+98%
Volume balance between the
direct sound (D) and the effect
sound (W)
D100:0W–D0:100W
Balance
100
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Effects List
53: ANALOG DELAY
57: LOFI COMPRESS
A stereo delay in which the delay time can be varied smoothly.
This is an effect that intentionally degrades the sound quality for creative
purposes.
Item
Value
Description
Adjusts the time until the delay is
heard.
Item
Value
Description
0–1300 msec, note
Delay Time
0–127
Output level
Level
Adjusts the amount of the delay
that’s fed back into the effect.
Negative (-) settings invert the phase.
-98–+98%
Feedback
Balance
Volume balance between the direct
sound (D) and the delay sound (W)
D100:0W–D0:100W
58: LOFI RADIO
In addition to a Lo-Fi effect, this effect also generates radio noise.
54: ANALOG LONG DELAY
Item
Value
Description
Radio
Detune
Simulates the tuning noise of a radio. As this
value is raised, the tuning drifts further.
0–127
A delay in which the delay time can be varied smoothly, and allowing an
extended delay to be produced.
Radio Noise
Lev
0–127
0–127
Volume of the radio noise
Output level
This is a monaural delay.
Level
Item
Value
Description
0–2600 msec,
note
Adjusts the time until the delay is heard.
Delay Time
Adjusts the amount of the delay that’s fed
back into the effect.
Negative (-) settings invert the phase.
59: TELEPHONE
-98–+98%
Feedback
Balance
D100:0W–
D0:100W
Volume balance between the direct sound (D)
and the delay sound (W)
This effect produces a muffled sound, like that heard through a telephone.
Item
Value
Description
0–127
Output level
Level
55: TAPE ECHO
A virtual tape echo that produces a realistic tape delay sound. This
simulates the tape echo section of a Roland RE-201 Space Echo.
60: PHONOGRAPH
Simulates a sound recorded on an analog record and played back on a
record player. This effect also simulates the various types of noise that are
typical of a record, and even the rotational irregularities of an old
turntable.
Item
Value
Description
Tape speed
Increasing this value will shorten the
spacing of the delayed sounds.
0–127
Repeat Rate
0–127
0–127
Amount of delay repeats
Volume of the echo sound
Intensity
Item
Value
Description
Echo Level
Total Noise
Lev
0–127
Volume of overall noise
Total Wow/
Flutr
0–127
0–127
Depth of overall rotational irregularity
Output level
56: LOFI NOISE
Level
In addition to a lo-fi effect, this adds various types of noise such as white
noise and disc noise.
61: PITCH SHIFTER
Item
Value
Description
0–127
Volume of the white noise
Noise Level
A stereo pitch shifter.
Disc Nois
Level
0–127
0–127
Volume of the record noise
Output level
Item
Value
Description
Level
Adjusts the pitch of the pitch
shifted sound in semitone steps.
-24–+12 semi
Coarse
Volume balance between the
D100:0W–D0:100W
direct sound (D) and the pitch
shifted sound (W)
Balance
101
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Effects List
2VOI PCH SHIFTER
(2VOICE PITCH SHIFTER)
66: OD → CHORUS (OVERDRIVE → CHORUS)
62:
Item
Value
Description
Shifts the pitch of the original sound. This 2-voice pitch shifter has two
pitch shifters, and can add two pitch shifted sounds to the original sound.
Overdrive
Drive
Degree of distortion
Also changes the volume.
0–127
0.05–10.00 Hz, note
0–127
Frequency of modulation
Depth of modulation
Output Level
Chorus Rate
Chorus Depth
Level
Item
Value
Description
Adjusts the pitch of Pitch Shift 1 in
semitone steps.
-24-+12 semi
Pch1 Coarse
0–127
Settings of the Pitch Shift 2 sound.
The items are the same as for the
Pitch Shift 1 sound.
-24-+12 semi
Pch2 Coarse
Balance
Volume balance between the
direct sound (D) and the pitch
shifted sound (W)
67: OD → FLANGER (OVERDRIVE → FLANGER)
D100:0W-D0:100W
Item
Value
Description
Overdrive
Drive
Degree of distortion
Also changes the volume.
STEP PCH SHIFTER
(STEP PITCH SHIFTER)
0–127
63:
0.05–10.00 Hz, note
0–127
Frequency of modulation
Depth of modulation
Output Level
Flangr Rate
Flangr Depth
Level
A pitch shifter in which the amount of pitch shift is varied by a 16-step
sequence.
0–127
Item
Rate
Value
Description
Rate at which the 16-step
sequence will cycle
0.05–10.00 Hz, note
68: OD → DELAY (OVERDRIVE →DELAY)
Volume balance of the original
sound (D) and pitch-shifted sound
(W)
D100:0W–D0:100W
Balance
Item
Value
Description
Degree of distortion
Also changes the volume.
0–127
Overdrive Drive
Adjusts the delay time from the
direct sound until the delay sound
is heard.
64: REVERB
0–2600 msec, note
Delay Time
Adjusts the proportion of the
delay sound that is fed back into
the effect. Negative (-) settings will
invert the phase.
Adds reverberation to the sound, simulating an acoustic space.
Delay
Feedback
-98–+98%
0–127
Item
Type
Time
Value
Description
Output Level
Level
Type of reverb
ROOM1: dense reverb with
short decay
ROOM2: sparse reverb with
short decay
STAGE1: reverb with greater
late reverberation
STAGE2: reverb with strong
early reflections
HALL1: reverb with clear
reverberance
HALL2: reverb with rich
reverberance
ROOM1, ROOM2,
STAGE1, STAGE2,
HALL1, HALL2
DST → CHORUS
69:
(DISTORTION → CHORUS)
Item
Value
Description
Degree of distortion
Also changes the volume.
0–127
Dst Drive
0–127
Time length of reverberation
0.05–10.00 Hz, note
0–127
Frequency of modulation
Depth of modulation
Output Level
Chorus Rate
Chorus Depth
Level
0–127
65: GATED REVERB
This is a special type of reverb in which the reverberant sound is cut off
before its natural length.
DST → FLANGER
(DISTORTION → FLANGER)
70:
Item
Value
Description
Type of reverb
NORMAL:conventionalgated
reverb
Item
Value
Description
NORMAL, REVERSE,
SWEEP1, SWEEP2
REVERSE: backwards reverb
SWEEP1: the reverberant
sound moves from right to left
SWEEP2: the reverberant
sound moves from left to right
Type
Degree of distortion
Also changes the volume.
0–127
Dst Drive
0.05–10.00 Hz, note
0–127
Frequency of modulation
Depth of modulation
Output Level
Flangr Rate
Flangr Depth
Level
Adjusts the time from when the
reverb is heard until it
disappears.
5–500 msec
Gate Time
0–127
102
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Effects List
DST → DELAY
(DISTORTION → DELAY)
75: CHORUS → DELAY
71:
Item
Value
Description
0.05–10.00 Hz, note
Frequency of modulation
Chorus Rate
Item
Value
Description
Adjusts the delay time from the
direct sound until the delay sound is
heard.
Degree of distortion
Also changes the volume.
0–127
Dst Drive
0–2600 msec, note
Delay Time
Adjusts the delay time from the
direct sound until the delay sound
is heard.
Adjusts the proportion of the delay
sound that is fed back into the
effect. Negative (-) settings will
invert the phase.
0–2600 msec, note
Delay Time
Delay
Feedback
-98–+98%
0–127
Adjusts the proportion of the
delay sound that is fed back into
the effect. Negative (-) settings will
invert the phase.
Delay
Feedback
-98–+98%
0–127
Output Level
Level
Output Level
Level
76: FLANGER → DELAY
ENH → CHORUS
(ENHANCER → CHORUS)
72:
Item
Value
Description
0.05–10.00 Hz, note
Frequency of modulation
Flangr Rate
Adjusts the delay time from the
direct sound until the delay sound
is heard.
0–2600 msec, note
Delay Time
Item
Value
Description
Level of the overtones generated by
the enhancer
Adjusts the proportion of the delay
sound that is fed back into the
effect. Negative (-) settings will
invert the phase.
0–127
Enhancer Mix
Delay
Feedback
-98–+98%
0–127
0.05–10.00 Hz, note
0–127
Frequency of modulation
Depth of modulation
Output Level
Chorus Rate
Chorus Depth
Level
Output Level
Level
0–127
77: CHORUS → FLANGER
ENH → FLANGER
(ENHANCER → FLANGER)
73:
Item
Value
Description
Modulation frequency of the chorus
effect
0.05–10.00 Hz, note
Chorus Rate
Item
Value
Description
Modulation frequency of the flanger
effect
Level of the overtones generated by
the enhancer
0.05–10.00 Hz, note
0–127
Flangr Rate
Level
0–127
Enhancer Mix
Output Level
0.05–10.00 Hz, note
0–127
Frequency of modulation
Depth of modulation
Output Level
Flangr Rate
Flangr Depth
Level
0–127
SYMPATHETIC RESO
(SYMPATHETIC RESONANCE)
78:
ENH → DELAY
(ENHANCER → DELAY)
74:
On an acoustic piano, holding down the damper pedal allows other
strings to resonate in sympathy with the notes you play, creating rich and
spacious resonances. This effect simulates these sympathetic resonances.
Item
Value
Description
Item
Lid
Value
Description
Level of the overtones generated
by the enhancer
0–127
Enhancer Mix
This simulates the actual changes in
sound that occur when the lid of a
grand piano is set at different
heights.
Adjusts the delay time from the
direct sound until the delay sound
is heard.
1–6
0–2600 msec, note
Delay Time
Adjusts the proportion of the
delay sound that is fed back into
the effect. Negative (-) settings will
invert the phase.
Delay
Feedback
-98–+98%
0–127
79: VOCODER
Output Level
Level
Item
Value
0–127
0–127
Description
Input sensitivity of the microphone
Input level of the instrument
Mic Sens
Synth Level
Amount of mic audio added to the
output of the vocoder
0–127
0–127
Mic Mix
Level
Volume level after passing through
the vocoder
103
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Effects List
Reverb Parameters
Chorus Parameters
These settings allow you to select the desired type of reverb, and its
The JUNO-Di’s Chorus effect unit can also be used as a stereo delay unit.
characteristics.
These settings allow you to select chorus or delay, and the characteristics
of the selected effect type.
Item
Value
Description
Type of reverb
00: OFF
Item
Value
Description
Selects either Chorus or Delay.
00: OFF
Neither Chorus or Delay is used.
01: CHORUS
Reverb is not used.
01: REVERB
Normal reverb
00: OFF,
02: SRV ROOM
01: CHORUS,
02: DELAY,
03: GM2 CHORUS
Chorus is used.
02: DELAY
Delay is used.
03: GM2 CHORUS
GM2 Chorus is used.
00: OFF,
This simulates typical room acoustic
reflections.
03: SRV HALL
Chorus Type
01: REVERB,
02: SRV ROOM,
03: SRV HALL,
04: SRV PLATE,
Reverb
Type
This simulates typical concert hall
acoustic reflections.
05:
GM2 REVERB
04: SRV PLATE
ChorusLevel
or Delay Level
0–127
Volume of the chorus sound
This simulates a reverb plate, a popular
type of artificial reverb unit that derives
its sound from the vibration of a metallic
plate.
01: CHORUS
05: GM2 REVERB
0.05–10.00 Hz, note
0–127
Frequency of modulation
Depth of modulation
Rate
GM2 Reverb
Depth
Reverb
Level
0–127
Volume of the reverb sound
02: DELAY
Adjusts the delay time from the direct
sound until the delay sound is heard.
01: REVERB
0–1000 msec, note
-98–+98%
Delay Time
Type of reverb/delay
Adjusts the proportion of the delay
sound that is fed back into the effect.
Negative (-) settings will invert the
phase.
ROOM1: short reverb with high density
ROOM2: short reverb with low density
STAGE1: reverb with greater late
reverberation
STAGE2: reverb with strong early reflections
HALL1: very clear-sounding reverb
HALL2: rich reverb
DELAY: conventional delay effect
PAN-DELAY: delay effect with echoes that
pan left and right
Feedback
ROOM1, ROOM2,
STAGE1, STAGE2,
HALL1, HALL2,
DELAY,
Type
03: GM2 CHORUS
PAN-DELAY
0–127
0–127
Frequency of modulation
Depth of modulation
Rate
Depth
Time length of reverberation
(Type: ROOM1–HALL2)
Delay time
If you specify the delay time as a note value, slowing down the
tempo will not change the delay time beyond a certain length.
This is because there is an upper limit for the delay time; if the
delay time is specified as a note value and you slow down the
tempo until this upper limit is reached, the delay time cannot
change any further. This upper limit is the maximum value that
can be specified when setting the delay time as a numerical
value.
0–127
Time
(Type: DELAY, PAN-DELAY)
02: SRV ROOM
03: SRV HALL
04: SRV PLATE
1–8
Size of the simulated room or hall
Time length of reverberation
Size
0–127
Time
05: GM2 REVERB
note:
Type of reverb
0–5: reverb
6, 7: delay
0–7
Character
Time
fig.MFX-note2.e
Sixty-fourth-note triplet
Sixty-fourth note
Sixteenth-note triplet
Eighth-note triplet
Quarter-note triplet
Half-note triplet
Thirty-second-note triplet
Dotted thirty-second note
Dotted sixteenth note
Dotted eighth note
Dotted quarter note
Dotted half note
0–127
Time length of reverberation
Thirty-second note
Sixteenth note
Eighth note
Quarter note
Whole-note triplet
Double-note triplet
Half note
Whole note
Double note
Dotted whole note
104
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Tone List
[PIANO] Button
Pf111–Pf128 are GM/GM2 tones.
No.
Pf064
Tone Name
EP Trem 2
Category MSB LSB
PC
064
065
066
067
068
069
070
071
072
073
074
075
076
077
078
079
080
081
082
083
084
085
086
087
088
089
090
091
092
093
094
095
096
097
098
099
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
1
64
65
EP
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
0
*
Pf065
Pf066
Pf067
Pf068
Pf069
Pf070
Pf071
Pf072
Pf073
Pf074
Pf075
Pf076
Pf077
Pf078
Pf079
Pf080
Pf081
Pf082
Pf083
Pf084
Pf085
Pf086
Pf087
Pf088
Pf089
Pf090
Pf091
Pf092
Pf093
Pf094
Pf095
Pf096
Pf097
Pf098
Pf099
Pf100
Pf101
Pf102
Pf103
Pf104
Pf105
Pf106
Pf107
Pf108
Pf109
Pf110
Pf111
Pf112
Pf113
Pf114
Pf115
Pf116
Pf117
Pf118
Pf119
Pf120
Pf121
Pf122
Pf123
Pf124
Pf125
Pf126
Pf127
Pf128
EP Trem 3
EP Chorus 1
EP Chorus 2
EP Chorus 3
Phase EP 2
80s EP 1
EP
No.
Pf001
Tone Name
88StageGrand
Category MSB LSB
PC
001
002
003
004
005
006
007
008
009
010
011
012
013
014
015
016
017
018
019
020
021
022
023
024
025
026
027
028
029
030
031
032
033
034
035
036
037
038
039
040
041
042
043
044
045
046
047
048
049
050
051
052
053
054
055
056
057
058
059
060
061
062
063
66
EP
1
PNO
PNO
PNO
PNO
PNO
PNO
PNO
PNO
PNO
PNO
PNO
PNO
PNO
PNO
PNO
PNO
PNO
PNO
PNO
PNO
PNO
PNO
PNO
PNO
PNO
PNO
PNO
PNO
PNO
PNO
PNO
PNO
PNO
PNO
PNO
PNO
PNO
PNO
PNO
PNO
PNO
PNO
PNO
EP
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
67
EP
2
Pf002
Pf003
Pf004
Pf005
Pf006
Pf007
Pf008
Pf009
Pf010
Pf011
Pf012
Pf013
Pf014
Pf015
Pf016
Pf017
Pf018
Pf019
Pf020
Pf021
Pf022
Pf023
Pf024
Pf025
Pf026
Pf027
Pf028
Pf029
Pf030
Pf031
Pf032
Pf033
Pf034
Pf035
Pf036
Pf037
Pf038
Pf039
Pf040
Pf041
Pf042
Pf043
Pf044
Pf045
Pf046
Pf047
Pf048
Pf049
Pf050
Pf051
Pf052
Pf053
Pf054
Pf055
Pf056
Pf057
Pf058
Pf059
Pf060
Pf061
Pf062
Pf063
88StgGrand 2
88StgGrand 3
JUNO Piano 1
JUNO Piano 2
Rich Grand 1
Rich Grand 2
Piano+Str 1
Fairy Piano
Pop Piano 1
Pop Piano 2
ConcertGrand
Warm Tune
Hall Concert
Mellow Tune
Mono Piano 1
Mono Piano 2
Mono Piano 3
Piano+Pad 1
Piano+Pad 2
Piano+Vox
Piano+Str 2
Layers
68
EP
3
69
EP
4
70
EP
5
71
Dyno EP
EP
6
72
E.Piano
EP
7
73
Back2the60s
Tine EP
EP
8
74
EP
9
75
LEO EP
EP
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
76
SA EPiano 2
SA EP Trem
FM EP mix
FM-777
EP
77
EP
78
EP
79
EP
80
FM EP 2
EP
81
FM EP 3
EP
82
FM EP 4
EP
83
Pure Wurly 2
Pure Wurly 3
Wurly Trem 2
Wurly Trem 3
EP Layer
EP
84
EP
85
EP
86
EP
87
EP
88
80s EP 2
EP
89
Pop EP
EP
Grand Hall
90
EP Bell 1
EP
Cicada Piano
Rapsody
91
EP Bell 2
EP
92
LonesomeRoad
Age’n’Tines
Brill TremEP
Crystal EP
Vintage Tine
Mk2 Stg phsr
Celestial EP
Psycho EP 1
Psycho EP 2
TineEP+Pad
Wurly+Pad
Dreaming EP
Balladeer
Remember
Vibe EP
EP
Pop Piano 3
Pop Piano 4
Radio Piano
Rokkin’ pF
93
EP
94
EP
95
EP
96
EP
JD Piano 1
97
EP
JD Piano 2
98
EP
JD Piano&Str
SA Dance Pno
E-Grand
99
EP
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
EP
EP
Back E-Grand
Dark Grand
Grand+FM
EP
EP
EP
Blend Piano
Piano Oz
EP
EP
Meditate Pno
FX Piano
sin(EP)
EP
Fonky Fonky
FM EPad
EP
AmbientPiano
Pure EP
EP
EP Stack
EP
Pure EP Trem
Stage Phazer
SA EPiano 1
FM EP 1
EP
Piano 1
PNO
PNO
PNO
PNO
PNO
PNO
PNO
PNO
PNO
EP
EP
Piano 1w
European Pf
Piano 2
1
EP
2
EP
0
2
3
4
5
Pure Wurly 1
Wurly Trem 1
VelSpdWurly
Phase EP 1
EP
Piano 2w
Piano 3
1
EP
0
EP
Piano 3w
Honky-tonk
Honky-tonk 2
E.Piano 1
1
EP
0
Phase Stg EP
Flanger EP
EP
4
EP
0
TEL Stage EP
Vintage EP 1
Vintage EP 2
Vintage EP 3
Stage EP 1
EP
St.Soft EP
FM+SA EP
Wurly
EP
1
EP
EP
2
EP
EP
3
EP
E.Piano 2
EP
0
6
EP
Detuned EP 2
St.FM EP
EP
1
Stage EP 2
EP
EP
2
StageCabinet
StageEP Trem
EP Trem 1
EP
EP Legend
EP Phase
EP
3
EP
EP
4
EP
105
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Tone List
[KEYBOARD/ORGAN] Button
No.
Tone Name
Category MSB LSB
PC
046
047
048
049
050
051
052
053
054
055
056
057
058
059
060
061
062
063
064
065
066
067
068
069
070
071
072
073
074
075
076
077
078
079
080
081
082
083
084
085
086
087
088
089
090
091
092
093
094
095
096
097
098
099
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
7
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
Ky064 Funky D
KEY
KEY
KEY
KEY
KEY
KEY
KEY
KEY
KEY
KEY
KEY
BEL
BEL
BEL
BEL
BEL
BEL
BEL
BEL
BEL
BEL
BEL
BEL
BEL
BEL
BEL
BEL
BEL
BEL
BEL
BEL
BEL
BEL
BEL
BEL
BEL
BEL
BEL
MLT
MLT
MLT
MLT
MLT
MLT
MLT
MLT
MLT
MLT
MLT
MLT
MLT
MLT
MLT
MLT
MLT
ACD
ACD
ACD
HRM
HRM
HRM
KEY
KEY
KEY
KEY
KEY
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
121
121
121
121
121
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
0
*
Ky125–Ky162 are GM/GM2 tones.
Ky065 Funky Line
Ky066 AnalogClavi2
Ky067 PWM Clavi
Ky068 Biting Clavi
Ky069 Reso Clavi
Ky070 BPF Clavi Ph
Ky071 Snappy Clavi
Ky072 Harpsy Clavi
Ky073 JUNO Harpsi
Ky074 Amadeus
Ky075 Music Bells
Ky076 D50Fantasia1
Ky077 D50Fantasia2
Ky078 Frends Bell
Ky079 FM Syn Bell
Ky080 Dreaming Box
Ky081 Himalaya Ice
Ky082 Wine Glass
Ky083 MuBox Pad
Ky084 Pop Bell
No.
Tone Name
Category MSB LSB
PC
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
001
002
003
004
005
006
007
008
009
010
011
012
013
014
015
016
017
018
019
020
021
022
023
024
025
026
027
028
029
030
031
032
033
034
035
036
037
038
039
040
041
042
043
044
045
129
Ky001 HardRockORG1
ORG
ORG
ORG
ORG
ORG
ORG
ORG
ORG
ORG
ORG
ORG
ORG
ORG
ORG
ORG
ORG
ORG
ORG
ORG
ORG
ORG
ORG
ORG
ORG
ORG
ORG
ORG
ORG
ORG
ORG
ORG
ORG
ORG
ORG
ORG
ORG
ORG
ORG
ORG
ORG
ORG
ORG
ORG
ORG
ORG
ORG
ORG
ORG
ORG
ORG
KEY
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
Ky002 HardRockORG2
Ky003 GT Org Stack
Ky004 GT Org Std
Ky005 GT Org Clean
Ky006 Perc Organ 1
Ky007 FullStop Org
Ky008 FullDraw Org
Ky009 StakDraw Org
Ky010 JUNO PercOrg
Ky011 VKHold4Speed
Ky012 Pop Organ 1
Ky013 Pop Organ 2
Ky014 Pop Organ 3
Ky015 B Org 1
Ky016 B Org 2
Ky017 B Org 3
Ky018 B Org 4
Ky019 D.Bar Org 1
Ky020 D.Bar Org 2
Ky021 D.Bar Org 3
Ky022 D.Bar Org 4
Ky023 D.Bar Org 5
Ky024 D.Bar Org 6
Ky025 D.Bar Org 7
Ky026 D.Bar Org 8
Ky027 Perc Organ 2
Ky028 X Perc Organ
Ky029 Rhythm’n’B
Ky030 Phono Organ
Ky031 Rochno Org
Ky032 R&B Organ 1
Ky033 R&B Organ 2
Ky034 SuperDistOrg
Ky035 SuperDist Ld
Ky036 Dist Bee
Ky085 Candy Bell
Ky086 FM Heaven
Ky087 JUNO Celesta
Ky088 Celesta Trem
Ky089 Glocken
Ky090 Music Box 1
Ky091 Music Box 2
Ky092 Kalimbells
Ky093 JUNO Bell
Ky094 Grained Bell
Ky095 Chime
Ky096 Bell Ring
Ky097 Tubular Bell
Ky098 5th Key
Ky099 Bell Monitor
Ky100 TubyRuesday
Ky101 Step Ice
Ky102 Vibe Trem 1
Ky103 Vibe Trem 2
Ky104 Pure Vibe
Ky105 Ringy Vibes
Ky106 Airie Vibez
Ky107 JUNO Marimba
Ky108 Soft Marimba
Ky109 FM Wood
Ky110 Xylo
Ky037 LoFi PercOrg
Ky038 60’s Org 1
Ky039 60’s Org 2
Ky040 Smoky Organ
Ky041 Soap Opera
Ky042 Crummy Organ
Ky043 Aqua Org/Pno
Ky044 Positive Org
Ky045 Chapel Organ
Ky046 Cathedral
Ky047 Grand Pipe
Ky048 Pipe Organ 1
Ky049 Pipe Organ 2
Ky050 Masked Opera
Ky051 Clavi 1
Ky111 Ethno Keys
Ky112 Synergy MLT
Ky113 JUNO SteelDr
Ky114 50`SteelDrms
Ky115 Xylosizer
Ky116 AirPluck
Ky117 Toy Box
Ky052 Clavi 2
KEY
Ky118 Icy Keys
Ky053 Phase Clavi1
Ky054 Phase Clavi2
Ky055 AnalogClavi1
Ky056 Pulse Clavi
Ky057 VintageClavi
Ky058 Cutter Clavi
Ky059 Over-D6
KEY
Ky119 Squeeze Me!
Ky120 Vodkakordion
Ky121 Guinguette
Ky122 JUNO Harm
Ky123 Blues harp
Ky124 Green Bullet
Ky125 Harpsichord
Ky126 Coupled Hps.
Ky127 Harpsi.w
KEY
KEY
KEY
KEY
KEY
KEY
Ky060 Cell Clavi
KEY
1
Ky061 Clavi 3
KEY
2
Ky062 Clavi 4
KEY
Ky128 Harpsi.o
3
Ky063 Clavi 5
KEY
Ky129 Clav.
0
8
106
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Tone List
No.
Tone Name
Category MSB LSB
PC
No.
Gt029
Tone Name
Crimson Gtr
Category MSB LSB
PC
007
008
009
010
011
012
013
014
015
016
017
018
019
020
021
022
023
024
025
026
027
028
029
030
031
032
033
034
035
036
037
038
039
040
041
042
043
044
045
046
047
048
049
050
051
052
053
054
055
056
057
058
059
060
061
062
063
064
065
066
067
068
069
070
071
072
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
Ky130 Pulse Clav
KEY
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
2
0
1
2
3
0
1
2
0
0
1
2
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
EGT
DGT
DGT
DGT
DGT
DGT
DGT
DGT
DGT
DGT
DGT
DGT
DGT
DGT
DGT
DGT
DGT
DGT
DGT
BS
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
Ky131 Celesta
KEY
9
Gt030
Gt031
Gt032
Gt033
Gt034
Gt035
Gt036
Gt037
Gt038
Gt039
Gt040
Gt041
Gt042
Gt043
Gt044
Gt045
Gt046
Gt047
Gt048
Gt049
Gt050
Gt051
Gt052
Gt053
Gt054
Gt055
Gt056
Gt057
Gt058
Gt059
Gt060
Gt061
Gt062
Gt063
Gt064
Gt065
Gt066
Gt067
Gt068
Gt069
Gt070
Gt071
Gt072
Gt073
Gt074
Gt075
Gt076
Gt077
Gt078
Gt079
Gt080
Gt081
Gt082
Gt083
Gt084
Gt085
Gt086
Gt087
Gt088
Gt089
Gt090
Gt091
Gt092
Gt093
Gt094
Plugged!!
Ky132 Glockenspiel
Ky133 Music Box
Ky134 Vibraphone
Ky135 Vibraphone w
Ky136 Marimba
BEL
10
11
12
Punker 1
BEL
Rockin’ Dly
Loud Gtr
MLT
MLT
MLT
MLT
MLT
BEL
Searing Gtr
Searing COSM
OctSearingGt
Dist.Fingerz
Fuzz Gtr
13
Ky137 Marimba w
Ky138 Xylophone
Ky139 Tubular-bell
Ky140 Church Bell
Ky141 Carillon
14
15
BEL
Crunch Twin
Larsen
BEL
Ky142 Organ 1
ORG
ORG
ORG
ORG
ORG
ORG
ORG
ORG
ORG
ORG
ORG
ORG
ORG
ACD
ACD
HRM
ACD
BEL
17
18
Trem-o-Vibe
Touch Drive
Chunk Atk
LP Dist
Ky143 Trem. Organ
Ky144 60’s Organ 1
Ky145 70’s E.Organ
Ky146 Organ 2
Hurtling Gtr
Power Chord
Punker 2
Ky147 Chorus Or.2
Ky148 Perc. Organ
Ky149 Organ 3
19
20
Ac Bass 1
Ky150 Church Org.1
Ky151 Church Org.2
Ky152 Church Org.3
Ky153 Reed Organ
Ky154 Puff Organ
Ky155 Accordion Fr
Ky156 Accordion It
Ky157 Harmonica
Ky158 Bandoneon
Ky159 Crystal
Ac Bass 2
BS
Ac Bass 3
BS
Ulti Ac Bass
Downright Bs
Cmp’d Fng Bs
FingerMaster
Return2Base!
Finger Bs 1
Finger Bs 2
Finger Bs 3
Fretless Bs1
Fretless Bs2
Fretless Bs3
RichFretless
NewAge Frtls
P-Bass
BS
21
22
BS
BS
BS
BS
23
24
99
BS
BS
BS
Ky160 Syn Mallet
Ky161 Tinkle Bell
Ky162 Steel Drums
BEL
BS
BEL
113
115
BS
MLT
BS
BS
[GUITAR/BASS] Button
Gt176–Gt219 are GM/GM2 tones.
BS
BS
*
Roomy Bass
All Round Bs
Pick Bass 1
Pick Bass 2
Thumb Up!
Tubby Mute
Chicken Bass
Snug Bass
BS
No.
Gt001
Tone Name
JUNO Nylon
Category MSB LSB
PC
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
001
002
003
004
005
006
BS
291
AGT
AGT
AGT
AGT
AGT
AGT
AGT
AGT
AGT
AGT
AGT
AGT
AGT
AGT
EGT
EGT
EGT
EGT
EGT
EGT
EGT
EGT
EGT
EGT
EGT
EGT
EGT
EGT
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
065
066
066
066
066
066
066
BS
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
Gt002
Gt003
Gt004
Gt005
Gt006
Gt007
Gt008
Gt009
Gt010
Gt011
Gt012
Gt013
Gt014
Gt015
Gt016
Gt017
Gt018
Gt019
Gt020
Gt021
Gt022
Gt023
Gt024
Gt025
Gt026
Gt027
Gt028
Comp Stl Gtr
Pre Mass Hum
Uncle Martin
12str Guitar
Nylon Gtr
BS
BS
BS
BS
BS
SoftNyln Gtr
Wet Nyln Gtr
Bright Nylon
Pure Nylon
Nylon Delay
Thick Steel
Wide Ac Gtr
So good !
Chorus Bass
A Big Pick
BS
BS
Slap Bass
BS
Slap w/Fx
BS
Basement
BS
Low Bass
SBS
SBS
SBS
SBS
SBS
SBS
SBS
SBS
SBS
SBS
SBS
SBS
SBS
SBS
SBS
SBS
SBS
Foundation
SH Sawtooth
Fat RubberBs
Garage Bass1
Reso SynBs 1
TB Dist Bs
Jazz Guitar1
Jazz Guitar2
DynoJazz Gtr
Clean Gtr 1
Clean Gtr 2
Pick Gtr
JUNO Acid Bs
Monster Bass
Oil Can Bass
Pedal Syn Bs
Big Mini 1
Strat Gtr 1
Strat Gtr 2
Funk Gtr
StratSeq’nce
Plug n’ Gig1
Plug n’ Gig2
Kinda Kurt
Nice Oct Gtr
Big Mini 2
SH-2 Bs
SH-101 Bs 1
R&B Bass 1
R&B Bass 2
107
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Tone List
No.
Tone Name
R&B Bass 3
Category MSB LSB
PC
073
074
075
076
077
078
079
080
081
082
083
084
085
086
087
088
089
090
091
092
093
094
095
096
097
098
099
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
001
002
003
004
005
006
007
008
009
010
No.
Gt161
Tone Name
Destroyed Bs
Category MSB LSB
PC
011
012
013
014
015
016
017
018
019
020
021
022
023
024
025
25
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
Gt095
SBS
SBS
SBS
SBS
SBS
SBS
SBS
SBS
SBS
SBS
SBS
SBS
SBS
SBS
SBS
SBS
SBS
SBS
SBS
SBS
SBS
SBS
SBS
SBS
SBS
SBS
SBS
SBS
SBS
SBS
SBS
SBS
SBS
SBS
SBS
SBS
SBS
SBS
SBS
SBS
SBS
SBS
SBS
SBS
SBS
SBS
SBS
SBS
SBS
SBS
SBS
SBS
SBS
SBS
SBS
SBS
SBS
SBS
SBS
SBS
SBS
SBS
SBS
SBS
SBS
SBS
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
066
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
SBS
SBS
SBS
SBS
SBS
SBS
SBS
SBS
SBS
SBS
SBS
SBS
SBS
SBS
SBS
AGT
AGT
AGT
AGT
AGT
AGT
AGT
AGT
EGT
EGT
EGT
EGT
EGT
EGT
EGT
EGT
EGT
DGT
DGT
DGT
DGT
DGT
EGT
EGT
BS
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
0
Gt096
Gt097
Gt098
Gt099
Gt100
Gt101
Gt102
Gt103
Gt104
Gt105
Gt106
Gt107
Gt108
Gt109
Gt110
Gt111
Gt112
Gt113
Gt114
Gt115
Gt116
Gt117
Gt118
Gt119
Gt120
Gt121
Gt122
Gt123
Gt124
Gt125
Gt126
Gt127
Gt128
Gt129
Gt130
Gt131
Gt132
Gt133
Gt134
Gt135
Gt136
Gt137
Gt138
Gt139
Gt140
Gt141
Gt142
Gt143
Gt144
Gt145
Gt146
Gt147
Gt148
Gt149
Gt150
Gt151
Gt152
Gt153
Gt154
Gt155
Gt156
Gt157
Gt158
Gt159
Gt160
Moogy Bass 1
Moogy Bass 2
JUNO Reso
Alpha SynBs1
Alpha SynBs2
SH Square
Pedal Square
Doze Bass 1
VirtualRnBs1
Saw&MG Bass1
Square Bass
Bs MG
Gt162
Gt163
Gt164
Gt165
Gt166
Gt167
Gt168
Gt169
Gt170
Gt171
Gt172
Gt173
Gt174
Gt175
Gt176
Gt177
Gt178
Gt179
Gt180
Gt181
Gt182
Gt183
Gt184
Gt185
Gt186
Gt187
Gt188
Gt189
Gt190
Gt191
Gt192
Gt193
Gt194
Gt195
Gt196
Gt197
Gt198
Gt199
Gt200
Gt201
Gt202
Gt203
Gt204
Gt205
Gt206
Gt207
Gt208
Gt209
Gt210
Gt211
Gt212
Gt213
Gt214
Gt215
Gt216
Gt217
Gt218
Gt219
Lo-Fi TB
Drop Bass
Big Mini 3
Muffled MG
Intrusive Bs
Alpha SynBs3
TransistorBs
JUNO-60 Bass
Storm Bass
Alpha ResoBs
SH-101 Vibe
Fazee Bass
Hi-Energy Bs
Low Nz Bass
Nylon-str.Gt
Ukulele
Bs Reso
Bs SH
Bs TB
Bs MC
1
Bs Pedal
Nylon Gt.o
Nylon Gt.2
Steel-str.Gt
12-str.Gt
2
Bs Release
Bs Cheeze
Mini Like!
3
0
26
1
MC-404 Bass
Soft SynBass
JUNO-106 Bs
Smooth Bass
Flat Bass
Mandolin
2
Steel + Body
Jazz Gt.
3
0
27
28
Pedal Steel
Clean Gt.
1
0
Punch MG 2
Electro Rubb
R&B Bass 4
Enorjizor
Chorus Gt.
Mid Tone GTR
Muted Gt.
1
2
0
29
Funk Pop
1
LowFat Bass
Doze Bass 2
DCO Bass
Funk Gt.2
2
Jazz Man
3
Overdrive Gt
Guitar Pinch
DistortionGt
Feedback Gt.
Dist Rtm GTR
Gt.Harmonics
Gt. Feedback
Acoustic Bs.
Fingered Bs.
Finger Slap
Picked Bass
Fretless Bs.
Slap Bass 1
Slap Bass 2
Synth Bass 1
SynthBass101
Acid Bass
0
30
31
VirtualRnBs2
Saw&MG Bass2
MG+SubOsc Bs
R&B Bass 5
R&B Bass 6
Not a Bass
Reso SynBs 2
SH-1 Bass
1
0
1
2
0
32
1
0
33
34
BS
0
SH-101 Bs 2
Punch MG 1
MKS-50 SynBs
Gashed Bass
Q Bass
BS
1
BS
0
35
36
37
38
39
BS
0
BS
0
BS
0
Super-G DX
Kickin’ Bass
OilDrum Bass
Dust Bass
SBS
SBS
SBS
SBS
SBS
SBS
SBS
SBS
SBS
AGT
AGT
AGT
AGT
0
1
2
Clavi Bass
3
Glide-iator
Acid Punch
Unison Bass
Detune Bass
Lo Bass
Hammer
4
Synth Bass 2
Beef FM Bass
RubberBass 2
Attack Pulse
Atmosphere
Gt.FretNoise
Gt.Cut Noise
String Slap
0
40
1
2
3
Garage Bass2
Sub Sonic
0
100
121
0
Jungle Bass
R&B Bass 7
Simply Basic
Beepin Bass
MC-TB Bass
Acdg Bass
Loco Voco
Unplug it!
1
2
S&H Bass
108
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Tone List
[ORCHESTRA] Button
Oc070–Oc087 are GM/GM2 tones.
No.
Tone Name
Category MSB LSB
PC
089
090
091
092
093
094
41
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
Oc064 Lo-Fi Hit
HIT
HIT
HIT
HIT
HIT
HIT
STR
STR
STR
STR
STR
STR
STR
STR
ORC
STR
STR
STR
STR
HIT
HIT
HIT
HIT
STR
087
087
087
087
087
087
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
067
067
067
067
067
067
0
*
Oc065 2ble Action
Oc066 In da Cave
Oc067 Housechord
Oc068 Mod Chord
Oc069 Dance Steam
Oc070 Violin
No.
Tone Name
Category MSB LSB
PC
026
027
028
029
030
031
032
033
034
035
036
037
038
039
040
041
042
043
044
045
046
047
048
049
050
051
052
053
054
055
056
057
058
059
060
061
062
063
064
065
066
067
068
069
070
071
072
073
074
075
076
077
078
079
080
081
082
083
084
085
086
087
088
510
Oc001 String Ens
STR
STR
STR
STR
STR
STR
STR
STR
STR
STR
STR
STR
STR
STR
STR
STR
STR
STR
STR
STR
STR
STR
STR
STR
STR
STR
STR
STR
STR
STR
STR
STR
STR
STR
STR
STR
STR
STR
STR
STR
STR
STR
STR
STR
STR
STR
STR
ORC
ORC
ORC
ORC
ORC
ORC
ORC
ORC
ORC
HIT
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
Oc002 JUNO Strings
Oc003 Chamber Str1
Oc004 Chamber Str2
Oc005 Staccato
Oc071 Slow Violin
Oc072 Viola
1
Oc006 Pizzicato
0
42
43
44
45
46
49
Oc007 Pizz/Stacc
Oc008 Sahara Str
Oc009 Random Mood
Oc010 X Hall Str
Oc073 Cello
0
Oc074 Contrabass
Oc075 Tremolo Str
Oc076 PizzicatoStr
Oc077 Strings
0
0
0
Oc011 DelayQuartet
Oc012 Pop Str 1
0
Oc078 Orchestra
Oc079 60s Strings
Oc080 Slow Strings
Oc081 Syn.Strings1
Oc082 Syn.Strings3
Oc083 OrchestraHit
Oc084 Bass Hit
1
Oc013 Pop Str 2
2
Oc014 Pop Str 3
0
50
51
Oc015 WhiteStrings
Oc016 JV Strings
Oc017 Marcato
0
1
0
56
Oc018 Strings 1
1
Oc019 Strings 2
Oc085 6th Hit
2
Oc020 Stringz 101
Oc021 Crossed Bows
Oc022 Small Str
Oc086 Euro Hit
Oc087 Fiddle
3
0
111
Oc023 Warm Strings
Oc024 DynaStrSect1
Oc025 DynaStrSect2
Oc026 Full Strings
Oc027 X StrSection
Oc028 Oct Strings
Oc029 Strings 3
[WORLD] Button
Wr058–Wr118 are GM/GM2 tones.
*
No.
Tone Name
Category MSB LSB
PC
002
003
004
005
006
007
008
009
010
011
012
013
014
015
016
017
018
019
020
021
022
023
024
025
026
027
028
029
030
031
032
033
034
035
036
037
038
597
Wr001 Sitar on C
PLK
PLK
PLK
PLK
PLK
PLK
PLK
PLK
PLK
PLK
PLK
PLK
PLK
PLK
PLK
PLK
PLK
PLK
PLK
FRT
ETH
ETH
ETH
ETH
ETH
ETH
ETH
ETH
ETH
ETH
ETH
ETH
ETH
ETH
ETH
ETH
ETH
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
072
072
072
072
072
072
072
072
072
072
072
072
072
072
072
072
072
072
072
072
072
072
072
072
072
072
072
072
072
072
072
072
072
072
072
072
072
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
Wr002 JUNO Sitar 1
Wr003 JUNO Sitar 2
Wr004 Sitar Baby
Wr005 Neo Sitar
Oc030 Monkey Str
Oc031 Hybrid Str 1
Oc032 Hybrid Str 2
Oc033 Biggie Bows
Oc034 Str Stacc mp
Oc035 So Staccato
Oc036 Long/Stacc
Oc037 Pizz/Long
Oc038 Vls PizzHall
Oc039 DelicatePizz
Oc040 Orch Pizz
Wr006 SaraswatiRvr
Wr007 Teky Drop
Wr008 TroubadorEns
Wr009 Elec Sitar
Wr010 Pat is away
Wr011 Nice Kalimba
Wr012 Quiet River
Wr013 Aerial Harp
Wr014 Harpiness
Wr015 Skydiver
Oc041 BrightViolin
Oc042 Bright Cello
Oc043 Gang Strangs
Oc044 Clustered!?!
Oc045 Movie Scene
Oc046 Mellow Tron
Oc047 Tronic Str
Oc048 Wind & Str 1
Oc049 Wind & Str 2
Oc050 Farewell
Wr016 Jamisen
Wr017 JUNO Koto
Wr018 Monsoon
Wr019 Bend Koto
Wr020 JUNO Banjo
Wr021 Pan Pipes
Wr022 Andes Mood
Wr023 LongDistance
Wr024 Ambi Shaku
Wr025 HimalayaPipe
Wr026 Ethnic Lead
Wr027 Lochscape
Wr028 PipeDream
Wr029 Angel Pipes
Wr030 Far East
Oc051 Orch & Horns
Oc052 Soft Orch 1
Oc053 Soft Orch 2
Oc054 Henry IX
Oc055 Ending Scene
Oc056 Symphonika
Oc057 Cheezy Movie
Oc058 Philly Hit
Wr031 Wired Synth
Wr032 4DaCommonMan
Wr033 Orgaenia
HIT
Oc059 Smear Hit 1
Oc060 Smear Hit 2
Oc061 Good Old Hit
Oc062 Mix Hit 1
HIT
HIT
Wr034 Sleeper
HIT
Wr035 Ice Palace
Wr036 Story Harp
Wr037 LostParadise
HIT
Oc063 Mix Hit 2
HIT
109
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Tone List
No.
Tone Name
Category MSB LSB
PC
039
040
041
042
043
044
045
046
047
048
049
050
051
052
053
054
055
056
057
058
16
No.
Wr104 Siren
Wr105 Train
Tone Name
Category MSB LSB
PC
127
128
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
Wr038 Timpani+Low
Wr039 Timpani Roll
PRC
PRC
PRC
SFX
SFX
SFX
BTS
BTS
BTS
BTS
BTS
BTS
BTS
BTS
DRM
DRM
CMB
CMB
CMB
CMB
PLK
PLK
PLK
PRC
ETH
PLK
PLK
FRT
PLK
PLK
PLK
PLK
ETH
ETH
PRC
PRC
PRC
PRC
PRC
PRC
PRC
PRC
PRC
PRC
PRC
SFX
SFX
SFX
SFX
SFX
SFX
SFX
SFX
SFX
SFX
SFX
SFX
SFX
SFX
SFX
SFX
SFX
SFX
SFX
SFX
SFX
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
072
072
072
072
072
072
072
072
072
072
072
072
072
072
072
072
072
072
072
072
0
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
SFX
SFX
SFX
SFX
SFX
SFX
SFX
SFX
SFX
SFX
SFX
SFX
SFX
SFX
SFX
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
0
1
2
3
Wr040 Bass Drum
Wr041 Ambidextrous
Wr042 En-co-re
Wr043 Mobile Phone
Wr044 ElectroDisco
Wr045 Groove 007
Wr046 In Da Groove
Wr047 Sweet 80s
Wr048 Auto Trance2
Wr049 JUNO Pop
Wr050 Compusonic 1
Wr051 Compusonic 2
Wr052 Mix Drum 1
Wr053 Mix Drum 2
Wr054 Lounge Kit
Wr055 80s Combo
Wr056 Analog Days
Wr057 Techno Craft
Wr058 Santur
Wr106 Jetplane
Wr107 Starship
Wr108 Burst Noise
Wr109 Applause
Wr110 Laughing
Wr111 Screaming
Wr112 Punch
Wr113 Heart Beat
Wr114 Footsteps
Wr115 Gun Shot
Wr116 Machine Gun
Wr117 Lasergun
Wr118 Explosion
[BRASS] Button
Br077–Br110 are GM/GM2 tones.
*
No.
Br001
Tone Name
Bright Brass
Category MSB LSB
PC
095
096
097
098
099
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
001
002
003
004
005
006
007
008
009
010
011
012
715
BRS
BRS
BRS
BRS
BRS
BRS
BRS
BRS
BRS
BRS
BRS
BRS
BRS
BRS
BRS
BRS
BRS
BRS
BRS
BRS
BRS
BRS
BRS
BRS
BRS
BRS
BRS
SBR
SBR
SBR
SBR
SBR
SBR
SBR
SBR
SBR
SBR
SBR
SBR
SBR
SBR
SBR
SBR
SBR
SBR
SBR
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
067
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
Br002
Br003
Br004
Br005
Br006
Br007
Br008
Br009
Br010
Br011
Br012
Br013
Br014
Br015
Br016
Br017
Br018
Br019
Br020
Br021
Br022
Br023
Br024
Br025
Br026
Br027
Br028
Br029
Br030
Br031
Br032
Br033
Br034
Br035
Br036
Br037
Br038
Br039
Br040
Br041
Br042
Br043
Br044
Br045
Br046
BreakOut Brs
StackTp Sect
Tb Section
TpTb Sect.
Brass Sect 1
Brass Sect 2
Brass & Sax
Simple Tutti
Tpts & Tmbs
BrassPartOut
Full sForza
Stereo Brass
F.Horns Sect
Solo Tp
Wr059 Harp
0
47
Wr060 Yang Qin
Wr061 Timpani
Wr062 Shakuhachi
Wr063 Sitar
1
0
48
0
78
0
105
Wr064 Sitar 2
1
Wr065 Banjo
0
106
107
108
Wr066 Shamisen
Wr067 Koto
0
0
Wr068 Taisho Koto
Wr069 Kalimba
Wr070 Bagpipe
Wr071 Shanai
1
0
109
110
112
114
116
0
0
Wr072 Agogo
0
Ambi Tp
Wr073 Woodblock
Wr074 Castanets
Wr075 Taiko
0
Horn Chops
Mute Tp
1
0
117
118
119
Harmon Mute
Soft Tb
Wr076 Concert BD
Wr077 Melo. Tom 1
Wr078 Melo. Tom 2
Wr079 Synth Drum
Wr080 808 Tom
Wr081 Elec Perc
Wr082 Reverse Cym.
Wr083 Seashore
Wr084 Rain
1
0
Solo Tb
1
Solo Bone
Flugel Horn
Spit Flugel
XP Horn
0
1
2
0
120
123
Grande Tuba
JUNO Tuba
80s Brass 1
Wide Syn Brs
Poly Brass
0
1
Wr085 Thunder
Wr086 Wind
2
3
Wr087 Stream
4
JP8000 Brass
JUNO Brass
DetuneSawBrs
J-Pop Brass
80s Brass 2
80s Brass 3
80s Brass 4
80s Brass 5
Ana Brass
Wr088 Bubble
5
Wr089 Bird
0
124
125
Wr090 Dog
1
Wr091 Horse-Gallop
Wr092 Bird 2
2
3
Wr093 Telephone 1
Wr094 Telephone 2
Wr095 DoorCreaking
Wr096 Door
0
1
2
3
Soft Brass
Wr097 Scratch
4
Ox Brass
Wr098 Wind Chimes
Wr099 Helicopter
Wr100 Car-Engine
Wr101 Car-Stop
Wr102 Car-Pass
Wr103 Car-Crash
5
Syn Brass 1
Syn Brass 2
Xpand Brass1
Xpand Brass2
Super Saw
0
126
1
2
3
4
110
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Tone List
[VOCAL/PAD] Button
Vo143–Vo162 are GM/GM2 tones.
No.
Br047
Tone Name
SoftSynBrass
Category MSB LSB
PC
013
014
015
016
017
018
019
020
021
022
023
024
025
026
027
028
029
030
031
032
033
034
035
036
037
038
039
040
041
042
57
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
SBR
SBR
SBR
SBR
SBR
SBR
SBR
SBR
SBR
SBR
SAX
SAX
SAX
SAX
SAX
SAX
SAX
SAX
SAX
SAX
SAX
SAX
FLT
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
0
*
Br048
Br049
Br050
Br051
Br052
Br053
Br054
Br055
Br056
Br057
Br058
Br059
Br060
Br061
Br062
Br063
Br064
Br065
Br066
Br067
Br068
Br069
Br070
Br071
Br072
Br073
Br074
Br075
Br076
Br077
Br078
Br079
Br080
Br081
Br082
Br083
Br084
Br085
Br086
Br087
Br088
Br089
Br090
Br091
Br092
Br093
Br094
Br095
Br096
Br097
Br098
Br099
Br100
Br101
Br102
Br103
Br104
Br105
Br106
Br107
Br108
Br109
Br110
Windy Synth
Silky JP
No.
Tone Name
Category MSB LSB
PC
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
001
002
003
004
005
006
007
008
009
010
011
012
013
014
015
016
017
018
019
020
021
022
023
024
025
026
027
028
029
030
031
032
033
034
035
036
037
038
039
040
041
042
043
044
045
046
047
048
049
050
825
Vo001 Jazz Scat
VOX
VOX
VOX
VOX
VOX
VOX
VOX
VOX
VOX
VOX
VOX
VOX
VOX
VOX
VOX
VOX
VOX
VOX
VOX
VOX
VOX
VOX
VOX
VOX
VOX
VOX
VOX
VOX
VOX
VOX
VOX
VOX
VOX
VOX
VOX
VOX
BPD
BPD
BPD
BPD
BPD
BPD
BPD
BPD
BPD
BPD
BPD
BPD
BPD
BPD
BPD
BPD
BPD
BPD
BPD
BPD
BPD
BPD
BPD
BPD
BPD
BPD
BPD
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
Silk Brs Pad
X-Saw Brass
Cheesy Brass
Dual Saw Brs
JUNO-106 Brs
BreakOut Key
Stacked Brs
Sax Sect. 1
Sax Sect. 2
Horny Sax
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
Vo002 Jazz Doos
Vo003 Choir Aahs 1
Vo004 Choir Aahs 2
Vo005 Choir Oohs
Vo006 AngelsChoir1
Vo007 AngelsChoir2
Vo008 Syn Opera
Vo009 Angelique
Vo010 Vox Pad 1
Vo011 Vox Pad 2
Vo012 Gospel Oohs
Vo013 Choir&Str
Vo014 SynVox 1
Vo015 SynVox 2
Vo016 Aah Vox
JUNO Sop Sax
Solo Sop Sax
JUNO AltoSax
AltoLead Sax
FXM Alto Sax
XP TnrBrethy
JUNO Tnr Sax
Fat TenorSax
JUNO BariSax
JUNO Flute
JUNO Piccolo
Clarence.net
JUNO Oboe
JUNO E.Horn
JUNO Bassoon
Good Old Day
WindWood
Trumpet
Vo017 Sweet Keys
Vo018 JUNO Synvox
Vo019 Uhmmm
Vo020 Morning Star
Vo021 BeautifulOne
Vo022 Ooze
FLT
WND
WND
WND
WND
WND
WND
BRS
BRS
BRS
BRS
BRS
BRS
BRS
BRS
BRS
BRS
BRS
BRS
SBR
SBR
SBR
SBR
SBR
SBR
SBR
SAX
SAX
SAX
SAX
WND
WND
WND
WND
FLT
Vo023 Aerial Choir
Vo024 3D Vox
Vo025 Sample Opera
Vo026 Film Cue
Vo027 Paradise
Vo028 Sad ceremony
Vo029 Lost Voices
Vo030 Beat Vox
Dark Trumpet
Trombone
Trombone 2
Bright Tb
1
0
58
Vo031 Talk 2 Me
Vo032 FM Vox
1
2
Vo033 Let’s Talk!
Vo034 VOCODER Robt
Vo035 VOCODER Chr
Vo036 VOCODER Ens
Vo037 Cosmic Rays
Vo038 Phaser Pad 1
Vo039 PhaseStrings
Vo040 Super SynStr
Vo041 80s Str 1
Tuba
0
59
60
MutedTrumpet
MuteTrumpet2
French Horns
Fr.Horn 2
0
1
0
61
62
63
1
Brass 1
0
Brass 2
1
Synth Brass1
JP Brass
0
1
Vo042 80s Str 2
Oct SynBrass
Jump Brass
Synth Brass2
SynBrass sfz
Velo Brass 1
Soprano Sax
Alto Sax
2
Vo043 BreakOut Str
Vo044 Frends Syn
Vo045 Comb
3
0
64
1
Vo046 Voyager
2
Vo047 Stringship
Vo048 DarknessSide
Vo049 Fat Stacks
Vo050 Strings R Us
Vo051 Electric Pad
Vo052 Neo RS-202
Vo053 OB Rezo Pad
Vo054 Synthi Ens
Vo055 Giant Sweep
Vo056 Mod Dare
Vo057 Cell Space
Vo058 Digi-Swell
Vo059 New Year Day
Vo060 Polar Morn
Vo061 Distant Sun
Vo062 PG Chimes
Vo063 Saturn Rings
0
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
79
80
0
Tenor Sax
0
Baritone Sax
Oboe
0
0
English Horn
Bassoon
0
0
Clarinet
0
Piccolo
0
Flute
FLT
0
Recorder
FLT
0
Pan Flute
FLT
0
Bottle Blow
Whistle
FLT
0
FLT
0
Ocarina
FLT
0
111
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Tone List
No.
Tone Name
Category MSB LSB
PC
051
052
053
054
055
056
057
058
059
060
061
062
063
064
065
066
067
068
069
070
071
072
073
074
075
076
077
078
079
080
081
082
083
084
085
086
087
088
089
090
091
092
093
094
095
096
097
098
099
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
No.
Tone Name
Category MSB LSB
PC
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
001
52
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
Vo064 Brusky
Vo065 2.2 Pad 1
BPD
BPD
BPD
BPD
BPD
BPD
BPD
BPD
BPD
BPD
BPD
BPD
BPD
BPD
BPD
BPD
BPD
BPD
BPD
SPD
SPD
SPD
SPD
SPD
SPD
SPD
SPD
SPD
SPD
SPD
SPD
SPD
SPD
SPD
SPD
SPD
SPD
SPD
SPD
SPD
SPD
SPD
SPD
SPD
SPD
SPD
SPD
SPD
SPD
SPD
SPD
SPD
SPD
SPD
SPD
SPD
SPD
SPD
SPD
SPD
SPD
SPD
SPD
SPD
SPD
SPD
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
Vo130 JD Pop Pad
SPD
SPD
SPD
SPD
SPD
SPD
SPD
SPD
SPD
SPD
SPD
SPD
SPD
SPD
VOX
VOX
VOX
VOX
VOX
VOX
SPD
SPD
VOX
VOX
SPD
BPD
BPD
SPD
SPD
BPD
BPD
BPD
BPD
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
071
072
0
Vo131 JP-8 Phase
Vo132 Nu Epic Pad
Vo133 Flange Dream
Vo134 Evolution X
Vo135 Angelis Pad
Vo136 JUNO-106 Str
Vo137 JupiterMoves
Vo138 Oceanic Pad
Vo139 Fairy’s Song
Vo140 Borealis
Vo066 2.2 Pad 2
Vo067 2.2 Pad 3
Vo068 SaturnHolida
Vo069 Neuro-Drone
Vo070 In The Pass
Vo071 Polar Night
Vo072 Cell 5th
Vo073 MistOver5ths
Vo074 Gritty Pad
Vo075 India Garden
Vo076 BillionStars
Vo077 Sand Pad
Vo078 ReverseSweep
Vo079 HugeSoundMod
Vo080 Metal Swell
Vo081 NuSoundtrack
Vo082 Phat Strings
Vo083 Hollow
Vo141 JX Warm Pad
Vo142 Analog Bgrnd
Vo143 Syn.Strings2
Vo144 Choir Aahs
Vo145 Chorus Aahs
Vo146 Voice Oohs
Vo147 Humming
Vo148 SynVox
0
53
1
0
54
55
90
92
1
0
Vo149 Analog Voice
Vo150 Warm Pad
Vo151 Sine Pad
1
Vo084 Heaven Pad
Vo085 Soft OB Pad
Vo086 Reso Pad
0
1
Vo152 Space Voice
Vo153 Itopia
0
Vo087 Slow Saw Str
Vo088 Terra Nostra
Vo089 Summer Pad
Vo090 Frends Pad
Vo091 Pop Pad
1
Vo154 Bowed Glass
Vo155 Metal Pad
Vo156 Halo Pad
0
93
94
95
96
98
103
0
0
Vo157 Sweep Pad
Vo158 Soundtrack
Vo159 Echo Drops
Vo160 Echo Bell
0
Vo092 Sqr Pad
0
Vo093 Silk Pad
0
Vo094 WarmReso Pad
Vo095 Soft Pad
1
Vo161 Echo Pan
2
Vo096 Air Pad
Vo162 Star Theme
0
104
Vo097 Soft Breeze
Vo098 JP Strings 1
Vo099 JP Strings 2
Vo100 DelayStrings
Vo101 NorthStrings
Vo102 Syn Strings1
Vo103 Syn Strings2
Vo104 OB Strings 1
Vo105 OB Strings 2
Vo106 Strings Pad
Vo107 R&B SoftPad
Vo108 Phat Pad
[SYNTH] Button
Sy330–Sy352 are GM/GM2 tones.
*
No.
Sy001
Tone Name
Porta Lead 1
Category MSB LSB
PC
043
044
045
046
047
048
049
050
051
052
053
054
055
056
057
058
059
060
061
062
063
064
065
066
067
068
069
070
987
HLD
HLD
HLD
HLD
HLD
HLD
HLD
HLD
HLD
HLD
HLD
HLD
HLD
HLD
HLD
HLD
HLD
HLD
HLD
HLD
HLD
HLD
HLD
HLD
HLD
HLD
HLD
HLD
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
Sy002
Sy003
Sy004
Sy005
Sy006
Sy007
Sy008
Sy009
Sy010
Sy011
Sy012
Sy013
Porta Lead 2
Solo Saw Ld
Wind Syn Ld
GR Lead 1
Sync Lead
JupiterLead1
Alpha Spit 1
Pro Fat Ld
Vo109 Phaser Pad 2
Vo110 Mystic Str
Vo111 Glass Organ
Vo112 Wind Pad
Vo113 Combination
Vo114 HumanKindnes
Vo115 Beauty Pad
Vo116 Atmospherics
Vo117 OB Aaahs
Vo118 Vulcano Pad
Vo119 Cloud #9
Saw Lead 1
Saw Lead 2
Saw Lead 3
Saw Lead 4
Saw Lead 5
Saw Lead 6
JUNO Lead
Jump Poly
Octa Juice
Octa Saw
1000 Sy014
1001 Sy015
1002 Sy016
1003 Sy017
1004 Sy018
1005 Sy019
1006 Sy020
1007 Sy021
1008 Sy022
1009 Sy023
1010 Sy024
1011 Sy025
1012 Sy026
1013 Sy027
1014 Sy028
Vo120 Organic Pad
Vo121 Hum Pad
Octa Sync 1
Octa Sync 2
Hot Sync
Vo122 Vox Pad
Vo123 Digital Aahs
Vo124 Tri 5th Pad
Vo125 Movin Pad
Vo126 Seq-Pad 2
Vo127 Follow
Hot Coffee
Phase Lead
Waspy Lead 1
Follow Me 1
Follow Me 2
Classic Ld 1
Vo128 Consolament
Vo129 Spacious Pad
112
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Tone List
No.
Tone Name
Classic Ld 2
Category MSB LSB
PC
071
072
073
074
075
076
077
078
079
080
081
082
083
084
085
086
087
088
089
090
091
092
093
094
095
096
097
098
099
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
001
002
003
004
005
006
007
008
No.
Tone Name
X-Pulse Lead
Category MSB LSB
PC
009
010
011
012
013
014
015
016
017
018
019
020
021
022
023
024
025
026
027
028
029
030
031
032
033
034
035
036
037
038
039
040
041
042
043
044
045
046
047
048
049
050
051
052
053
054
055
056
057
058
059
060
061
062
063
064
065
066
067
068
069
070
071
072
073
074
1015 Sy029
1016 Sy030
1017 Sy031
1018 Sy032
1019 Sy033
1020 Sy034
1021 Sy035
1022 Sy036
1023 Sy037
1024 Sy038
1025 Sy039
1026 Sy040
1027 Sy041
1028 Sy042
1029 Sy043
1030 Sy044
1031 Sy045
1032 Sy046
1033 Sy047
1034 Sy048
1035 Sy049
1036 Sy050
1037 Sy051
1038 Sy052
1039 Sy053
1040 Sy054
1041 Sy055
1042 Sy056
1043 Sy057
1044 Sy058
1045 Sy059
1046 Sy060
1047 Sy061
1048 Sy062
1049 Sy063
1050 Sy064
1051 Sy065
1052 Sy066
1053 Sy067
1054 Sy068
1055 Sy069
1056 Sy070
1057 Sy071
1058 Sy072
1059 Sy073
1060 Sy074
1061 Sy075
1062 Sy076
1063 Sy077
1064 Sy078
1065 Sy079
1066 Sy080
1067 Sy081
1068 Sy082
1069 Sy083
1070 Sy084
1071 Sy085
1072 Sy086
1073 Sy087
1074 Sy088
1075 Sy089
1076 Sy090
1077 Sy091
1078 Sy092
1079 Sy093
1080 Sy094
HLD
HLD
HLD
HLD
HLD
HLD
HLD
HLD
HLD
HLD
HLD
HLD
HLD
HLD
HLD
HLD
HLD
HLD
HLD
HLD
HLD
HLD
HLD
HLD
HLD
HLD
HLD
HLD
HLD
HLD
HLD
HLD
HLD
HLD
HLD
HLD
HLD
HLD
HLD
SLD
SLD
SLD
SLD
SLD
SLD
SLD
SLD
SLD
SLD
SLD
SLD
SLD
SLD
SLD
SLD
SLD
SLD
SLD
SLD
SLD
SLD
SLD
SLD
SLD
SLD
SLD
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
068
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
1081 Sy095
1082 Sy096
1083 Sy097
1084 Sy098
1085 Sy099
1086 Sy100
1087 Sy101
1088 Sy102
1089 Sy103
1090 Sy104
1091 Sy105
1092 Sy106
1093 Sy107
1094 Sy108
1095 Sy109
1096 Sy110
1097 Sy111
1098 Sy112
1099 Sy113
1100 Sy114
1101 Sy115
1102 Sy116
1103 Sy117
1104 Sy118
1105 Sy119
1106 Sy120
1107 Sy121
1108 Sy122
1109 Sy123
1110 Sy124
1111 Sy125
1112 Sy126
1113 Sy127
1114 Sy128
1115 Sy129
1116 Sy130
1117 Sy131
1118 Sy132
1119 Sy133
1120 Sy134
1121 Sy135
1122 Sy136
1123 Sy137
1124 Sy138
1125 Sy139
1126 Sy140
1127 Sy141
1128 Sy142
1129 Sy143
1130 Sy144
1131 Sy145
1132 Sy146
1133 Sy147
1134 Sy148
1135 Sy149
1136 Sy150
1137 Sy151
1138 Sy152
1139 Sy153
1140 Sy154
1141 Sy155
1142 Sy156
1143 Sy157
1144 Sy158
1145 Sy159
1146 Sy160
SLD
SLD
SLD
SLD
SLD
SLD
SLD
SLD
SLD
SLD
SLD
SLD
SLD
SLD
SLD
SLD
SLD
SLD
SLD
SLD
SLD
SLD
SLD
SLD
SLD
SLD
SLD
SLD
SLD
SYN
SYN
SYN
SYN
SYN
SYN
SYN
SYN
SYN
SYN
SYN
SYN
SYN
SYN
SYN
SYN
SYN
SYN
SYN
SYN
SYN
SYN
SYN
SYN
SYN
SYN
SYN
SYN
SYN
SYN
SYN
SYN
SYN
SYN
SYN
SYN
SYN
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
Digi Lead 1
Digi Lead 2
DC Triangle
Sqr-Seqence
Pure Square
Griggley
Mild 2-SawLd
Mew Lead
Shy Soloist
Theramax 2
Therasqu
GR Lead 2
Legato Saw
Dual Profs
SH-2 Lead
Jucy Saw
Gwyo Press
Q DualSaws
Mogulator Ld
DirtyVoltage
Clean?
Reso Lead
Modulated Ld
Synthi Fizz
Waspy Lead 2
Pulstar Ld
Distortion
Naked Lead
Alpha Spit 2
JP Saw Lead
Violin Lead
Mod Lead
Syn Lead 1
Syn Lead 2
X-Sink Delay
Destroyed Ld
Synchro Lead
Sync Tank
Tristar
Chubby Lead
Sneaky Leady
Shaku Lead
Legato Tkno
Reso Saw Ld
SliCed Lead
Mini Growl
Evangelized
Air Lead
Sync Ld Mono
SyncModulate
2krazy Brite
Distorted MG
Dist Lead
Ringmod Lead
BodyElectric
SonicVampire
Stimulation
Wire Sync
Stacc Heaven
Sugar Synth
Synth Key
Epic Lead
Bag Lead
Frontier Syn
Summer Str
JUNO Poly
SuperSawSlow
Cue Tip
Wezcoast
HyperJupiter
Vintagolizer
C64 Lead
303 NRG
Waspy Synth
Europe Xpres
Squeepy
Feat Lead
Cell SquLead
Theramax 1
Pulse Lead 1
Pulse Lead 2
Mid Saw Ld
On Air
DOC Stack
Sweep Lead
80s Saws 1
80s Saws 2
80s Saws 3
Digitaless
Tri Lead 1
Tri Lead 2
Flip Pad
Sine Lead 1
Sine Lead 2
Sqr Lead 1
Sqr Lead 2
SH Sqr Lead
Sinetific
Short Detune
forSequence
Memory Pluck
Metalic Bass
Aqua
Round SQR
Big Planet
JUNO Soft Ld
Spooky Lead
PeakArpSine
Howards Lead
SoloNzPeaker
R&B Tri Ld 1
R&B Tri Ld 2
JupiterLead2
JupiterLead3
Dig-n-Duke
Sqr Diamond
Soft Lead
Wet Atax
Houze Clavi
Saw Stack
Frgile Saws
Steamed Sawz
RAVtune
Bustranza
Digi Saw Syn
JP OctAttack
Oct Unison
Xtatic
Soft Saw Ld
Dirty Combo
113
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Tone List
No.
Tone Name
FM’s Attack
Category MSB LSB
PC
075
076
077
078
079
080
081
082
083
084
085
086
087
088
089
090
091
092
093
094
095
096
097
098
099
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
001
002
003
004
005
006
007
008
009
010
011
012
No.
Tone Name
Morpher
Category MSB LSB
PC
013
014
015
016
017
018
019
020
021
022
023
024
025
026
027
028
029
030
031
032
033
034
035
036
037
038
039
040
041
042
043
044
045
046
047
048
049
050
051
052
053
054
055
056
057
058
059
060
061
062
063
064
065
066
067
068
069
070
071
072
073
074
075
076
077
078
1147 Sy161
1148 Sy162
1149 Sy163
1150 Sy164
1151 Sy165
1152 Sy166
1153 Sy167
1154 Sy168
1155 Sy169
1156 Sy170
1157 Sy171
1158 Sy172
1159 Sy173
1160 Sy174
1161 Sy175
1162 Sy176
1163 Sy177
1164 Sy178
1165 Sy179
1166 Sy180
1167 Sy181
1168 Sy182
1169 Sy183
1170 Sy184
1171 Sy185
1172 Sy186
1173 Sy187
1174 Sy188
1175 Sy189
1176 Sy190
1177 Sy191
1178 Sy192
1179 Sy193
1180 Sy194
1181 Sy195
1182 Sy196
1183 Sy197
1184 Sy198
1185 Sy199
1186 Sy200
1187 Sy201
1188 Sy202
1189 Sy203
1190 Sy204
1191 Sy205
1192 Sy206
1193 Sy207
1194 Sy208
1195 Sy209
1196 Sy210
1197 Sy211
1198 Sy212
1199 Sy213
1200 Sy214
1201 Sy215
1202 Sy216
1203 Sy217
1204 Sy218
1205 Sy219
1206 Sy220
1207 Sy221
1208 Sy222
1209 Sy223
1210 Sy224
1211 Sy225
1212 Sy226
SYN
SYN
SYN
SYN
SYN
SYN
SYN
SYN
SYN
SYN
SYN
SYN
SYN
SYN
SYN
SYN
SYN
SYN
SYN
SYN
SYN
SYN
TEK
TEK
TEK
TEK
TEK
TEK
TEK
TEK
TEK
TEK
TEK
TEK
TEK
TEK
TEK
TEK
TEK
TEK
TEK
TEK
TEK
TEK
TEK
TEK
TEK
TEK
TEK
TEK
TEK
TEK
TEK
TEK
TEK
TEK
TEK
TEK
TEK
TEK
TEK
TEK
TEK
TEK
TEK
TEK
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
069
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
1213 Sy227
1214 Sy228
1215 Sy229
1216 Sy230
1217 Sy231
1218 Sy232
1219 Sy233
1220 Sy234
1221 Sy235
1222 Sy236
1223 Sy237
1224 Sy238
1225 Sy239
1226 Sy240
1227 Sy241
1228 Sy242
1229 Sy243
1230 Sy244
1231 Sy245
1232 Sy246
1233 Sy247
1234 Sy248
1235 Sy249
1236 Sy250
1237 Sy251
1238 Sy252
1239 Sy253
1240 Sy254
1241 Sy255
1242 Sy256
1243 Sy257
1244 Sy258
1245 Sy259
1246 Sy260
1247 Sy261
1248 Sy262
1249 Sy263
1250 Sy264
1251 Sy265
1252 Sy266
1253 Sy267
1254 Sy268
1255 Sy269
1256 Sy270
1257 Sy271
1258 Sy272
1259 Sy273
1260 Sy274
1261 Sy275
1262 Sy276
1263 Sy277
1264 Sy278
1265 Sy279
1266 Sy280
1267 Sy281
1268 Sy282
1269 Sy283
1270 Sy284
1271 Sy285
1272 Sy286
1273 Sy287
1274 Sy288
1275 Sy289
1276 Sy290
1277 Sy291
1278 Sy292
TEK
TEK
TEK
TEK
TEK
TEK
TEK
TEK
TEK
PLS
PLS
PLS
PLS
PLS
PLS
PLS
PLS
PLS
PLS
PLS
PLS
PLS
PLS
PLS
PLS
PLS
PLS
PLS
PLS
PLS
PLS
PLS
PLS
PLS
PLS
PLS
PLS
PLS
PLS
PLS
PLS
PLS
PLS
PLS
PLS
PLS
PLS
PLS
PLS
PLS
PLS
PLS
PLS
PLS
PLS
PLS
PLS
PLS
PLS
PLS
PLS
PLS
PLS
PLS
PLS
PLS
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
Digi-vox Syn
Fairy Factor
Tempest
Power Synth
Hoover Again
Alpha Said..
Ravers Awake
Tekno Gargle
Tranceiver
Techno Dream
Techno Pizz
VirtualHuman
Strobot
X-Racer
TB Booster
Syn-Orch/Mod
Pressyn
High Five
Magnetic 5th
DigimaX
Exhale
Strobe
X-panda
Strobe X
Saw Keystep
Blue Meanie
4mant Cycle
Modular
Mr. Fourier
Rhythmic 5th
Sorry4theDLY
Cell Pad
Analog Dream
DCO Bell Pad
Cell Fanta
Shape of X
ShapeURMusic
Synth Force
Trance Split
Step Trance
Chop Synth
Euro Teuro
Auto Trance1
Eureggae
JUNO 5th
DoubleBubble
JUNO-D Maj7
Sweet House
Periscope
5th Voice
HPF Sweep
BPF Saw
Beat Pad
TMT Seq Pad
ForYourBreak
HPF Slicer
Moon Synth
DelyResoSaws
JUNO Trance1
Trancy Synth
Cell Trance
Trancy X
Sliced Choir
Digi-Doo
PanningFrmnt
Dirty Beat
JUNO Trance2
R-Trance
Electrons
Protons
Braatz...
Brisk Vortex
Throbulax
AllinOneRiff
YZ Again
Lonizer
Flazzy Lead
Coffee Bee
TB-Sequence
SC-303
diGital Pad
StepPitShift
Pad Pulses
Seq-Pad 1
Dance Saws
AluminmWires
Fred&Barney
Electrostars
LoFiSequence
MelodicDrums
Monkey Arpg
TB Wah
DSP Chaos
Dance floor
Minor Thirds
FX World
Nu Trance X
Auto 5thSaws
Cross Talk
Reanimation
VoX Chopper
Trevor’s Pad
Fantomas Pad
Jazzy Arps
Keep Running
Step In
Waving TB303
Digi Seq
Seq Saw
Reso Seq Saw
DetuneSeqSaw
Technotribe
Teethy Grit
Repertition
Killerbeez
Echo Echo
Keep going
Arposphere
Voco Riff
Acid Lead
Tranceformer
Anadroid
Pulsator
Motion Bass
Sine Magic
JUNO-D Slice
Pulsatron
Shroomy
Noize R us
Beep Melodie
114
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Tone List
No.
Tone Name
Mega Sync
Category MSB LSB
PC
079
080
081
082
083
084
085
086
087
088
089
090
091
092
093
094
095
096
097
098
099
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
81
1279 Sy293
1280 Sy294
1281 Sy295
1282 Sy296
1283 Sy297
1284 Sy298
1285 Sy299
1286 Sy300
1287 Sy301
1288 Sy302
1289 Sy303
1290 Sy304
1291 Sy305
1292 Sy306
1293 Sy307
1294 Sy308
1295 Sy309
1296 Sy310
1297 Sy311
1298 Sy312
1299 Sy313
1300 Sy314
1301 Sy315
1302 Sy316
1303 Sy317
1304 Sy318
1305 Sy319
1306 Sy320
1307 Sy321
1308 Sy322
1309 Sy323
1310 Sy324
1311 Sy325
1312 Sy326
1313 Sy327
1314 Sy328
1315 Sy329
1316 Sy330
1317 Sy331
1318 Sy332
1319 Sy333
1320 Sy334
1321 Sy335
1322 Sy336
1323 Sy337
1324 Sy338
1325 Sy339
1326 Sy340
1327 Sy341
1328 Sy342
1329 Sy343
1330 Sy344
1331 Sy345
1332 Sy346
1333 Sy347
1334 Sy348
1335 Sy349
1336 Sy350
1337 Sy351
1338 Sy352
PLS
FX
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
087
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
070
0
Passing by
Lazer Points
Retro Sci-Fi
Magic Chime
Try This!
FX
FX
FX
FX
New Planetz
Jet Noise
FX
FX
Chaos 2003
Control Room
OutOf sortz
Scatter
FX
FX
FX
FX
Low Beat-S
WaitnOutside
Breath Echo
SoundStrange
Cosmic Pulse
Faked Piano
JUNO Crystal
ResoSweep Dn
Zap B3 & C4
PolySweep Nz
Strange Land
S&H Voc
FX
FX
FX
FX
FX
FX
FX
FX
FX
FX
FX
FX
12th Planet
Scare
FX
FX
Hillside
FX
Mod Scanner
SoundOnSound
Gasp
FX
FX
FX
ResoSweep Up
Magic Wave
Shangri-La
CerealKiller
Cosmic Drops
Space Echo
Robot Sci-Fi
Square Wave
MG Square
2600 Sine
FX
FX
FX
FX
FX
FX
FX
HLD
HLD
HLD
HLD
HLD
HLD
HLD
HLD
SLD
SLD
HLD
HLD
SLD
HLD
HLD
HLD
SYN
SYN
SYN
SYN
PLS
FX
1
2
Saw Wave
0
82
OB2 Saw
1
Doctor Solo
Natural Lead
SequencedSaw
Syn.Calliope
Chiffer Lead
Charang
2
3
4
0
83
84
85
0
0
Wire Lead
1
Solo Vox
0
86
87
88
5th Saw Wave
Bass & Lead
Delayed Lead
Fantasia
0
0
1
0
89
Polysynth
0
91
Ice Rain
0
97
Brightness
Goblin
0
101
102
122
0
Breath Noise
Fl.Key Click
0
FX
1
115
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Rhythm Set List
Rhythm Set
No.
Rh001
Rhythm Name
Pop Kit 1
MSB
086
086
086
086
086
086
086
086
086
086
086
086
086
086
086
086
086
086
086
086
LSB
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
064
PC
001
002
003
004
005
006
007
008
009
010
011
012
013
014
015
016
017
018
019
020
Rh002
Rh003
Rh004
Rh005
Rh006
Rh007
Rh008
Rh009
Rh010
Rh011
Rh012
Rh013
Rh014
Rh015
Rh016
Rh017
Rh018
Rh019
Rh020
Rock Kit
Brush Jz Kit
HipHop Kit
R&B Kit
Dance Kit 1
Dance Kit 2
Dance Kit 3
Pop Kit 2
Dance Kit 4
Ambi Pop 1
Ambi Rock
Ambi BrushJz
Ambi HipHop
Ambi R&B
Ambi Dance 1
Ambi Dance 2
Ambi Dance 3
Ambi Pop 2
Ambi Dance 4
GM Rhythm Set
No.
Rhythm Name
GM2 STANDARD
GM2 ROOM
MSB
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
LSB
0
PC
Rh021
Rh022
Rh023
Rh024
Rh025
Rh026
Rh027
Rh028
Rh029
001
009
017
025
026
033
041
049
057
0
GM2 POWER
GM2 ELECTRIC
GM2 ANALOG
GM2 JAZZ
0
0
0
0
GM2 BRUSH
GM2 ORCHSTRA
GM2 SFX
0
0
0
116
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Rhythm Set List
Note No. 001 Pop Kit 1
002 Rock Kit
-----
003 Brush Jz Kit
-----
004 HipHop Kit
-----
005 R&B Kit
-----
-----
27
-----
-----
-----
Kick1
Snare Ghost1
Kick2
Pedal Hihat
Kick3
Kick4
Side Stick
Snare1
Snare Ghost2
Snare2
Low Tom1
Cl Hihat1
Low Tom2
Cl Hihat2
Mid Tom1
Op Hihat
Mid Tom2
High Tom1
CrashCymbal1
High Tom2
Ride Cymbal1
China Cymbal
Ride Cymbal2
Tambourine
SplashCymbal
Cowbell
-----
-----
-----
Kick1
-----
-----
-----
Kick1
Snare Ghost
Kick2
Pedal Hi-hat
Jazz Kick 1
Jazz Kick 2
Side Stick
Brush Slap1
Jz Brsh Swsh
Brush Slap2
BrushLowTom
Brush ClHH1
BrushMidTom1
Brush ClHH2
BrushMidTom2
Brush OpHH
BrushMidTom2
Brush HiTom
CrashCymbal1
Brush HiTom
Ride Cymbal1
China Cymbal
Ride Cymbal2
Tambourine
SplashCymbal
Cowbell
-----
-----
-----
Analog Kick1
Analog Kick2
Mix Kick1
Mix Kick2
Analog Kick3
Mix Kick3
-----
-----
-----
Mix Kick1
Mix Kick2
Mix Kick3
Mix Kick4
Mix Kick5
28
29
30
32
34
31
33
Snare Ghost1
Kick2
Pedal Hihat
Power Kick1
Power Kick2
Side Stick
Power Snare1
Snare Ghost2
Power Snare2
Low Tom1
Cl Hihat1
[M1]
[M1]
[M1]
35
36
Mix Kick6
Soft Stick
C2
C3
C4
TR808 Rim1
Mix Snare1
Mix Clap1
37
39
Short Snare1
Mix Stick
Short Snare2
Short Snare3
Cl Hihat1
Short Snare4
Cl Hihat2
Mix Snare1
Op Hihat
38
Mix Snare2
Mix Snare3
TR808 ClHH
Mix Snare4
Noise ClHH
Mix Snare5
TR808 OpHH
Mix Snare6
Syn Swt Atk1
TR808 Cym1
MG Attack
TR808 Cym2
China Cymbal
Rock Rd Edge
Tambourine1
Mix Crash1
Mix Hat
Mix Crash2
Syn Swt Atk2
TR808 Kick1
TR808 Kick2
TR808 Rim2
TR808 Snare1
TR808 Clap1
TR808 Snare2
TR808 Tom1
TR808 ClHH
TR808 Tom2
Noise ClHH
TR808 Tom3
TR808 OpHH
TR808 Tom4
TR808 Tom5
Scratch1
40
41
[M1]
[M1]
[M1]
[M1]
[M1]
[M1]
[M1]
[M1]
[M1]
[M1]
[M1]
[M1]
[M1]
[M1]
[M1]
42
44
46
Low Tom2
Cl Hihat2
Mid Tom1
Op Hihat
43
45
47
48
Mid Tom2
High Tom1
CrashCymbal1
High Tom2
Ride Cymbal1
China Cymbal
Ride Cymbal2
Tambourine
SplashCymbal
Cowbell
Mix Snare2
Mix Snare3
TR808 Cym1
Mix Snare4
TR808 Cym2
China Cymbal
Rock Rd Edge
Tambourine1
Mix Crash1
Mix Hat
Mix Crash2
Syn Swt Atk
TR808 Kick1
TR808 Kick2
TR808 Rim
TR808 Snare1
TR808 Clap1
TR808 Snare2
TR808 Tom1
TR808 ClHH
TR808 Tom2
Noise ClHH
TR808 Tom3
TR808 OpHH
TR808 Tom4
TR808 Tom5
Scratch1
49
51
50
52
53
54
56
58
55
57
CrashCymbal2
Vibraslap
CrashCymbal2
Vibraslap
CrashCymbal2
Vibraslap
59
60
Ride Cymbal3
High Bongo1
Low Bongo1
Conga Slap
OpenHi Conga
Low Conga1
High Timbale
Low Timbale
High Agogo
Low Agogo
Cabasa
Ride Cymbal3
High Bongo1
Low Bongo1
Conga Slap
OpenHi Conga
Low Conga1
High Timbale
Low Timbale
High Agogo
Low Agogo
Cabasa
Ride Cymbal3
High Bongo
Low Bongo
MtHigh Conga
OpHigh Conga
Low Conga
High Timbale
Low Timbale
High Agogo
Low Agogo
Cabasa
61
62
63
64
65
[M1]
[M1]
[M1]
[M1]
[M1]
[M1]
66
68
70
67
69
Maracas
Maracas
Maracas
71
72
ShortWhistle
Long Whistle
Short Guiro
Long Guiro
Claves
Hi WoodBlock
LowWoodBlock
Mute Cuica
Open Cuica
MuteTriangle
OpenTriangle
Shaker
[M2]
[M2]
[M3]
[M3]
ShortWhistle
Long Whistle
Short Guiro
Long Guiro
Claves
Hi WoodBlock
LowWoodBlock
Mute Cuica
Open Cuica
MuteTriangle
OpenTriangle
Shaker
[M2]
[M2]
[M3]
[M3]
Jazz Kick 1
Jazz Kick 2
Side Stick
Jazz Snare1
Sft Snr Gst
Jazz Snare2
Low Tom
Cl Hihat1
Mid Tom1
Cl Hihat2
Mid Tom2
Op Hihat
Mid Tom2
High Tom
CrashCymbal1
High Tom
Ride Cymbal1
China Cymbal
Low Tom3
Low Tom4
Claves
Hi WoodBlock
LowWoodBlock
MuteTriangle
OpenTriangle
Shaker
C5
C6
C7
73
75
TR808 Tom6
Scratch2
Hand Clap1
Hand Clap2
TR808 Clap2
Cabasa
Shaker1
Tambourine2
Shaker2
TR808 Tom6
Scratch2
Hand Clap1
Hand Clap2
TR808 Clap2
Cabasa
Shaker1
Tambourine2
Shaker2
74
76
77
[M4]
[M4]
[M5]
[M5]
[M4]
[M4]
[M5]
[M5]
[M1]
[M1]
[M1]
78
80
82
79
81
83
84
Castanet
Castanet
Castanet
Castanet
High Bongo2
MtHigh Conga
Low Bongo2
Low Bongo3
Low Conga2
Low Tom3
Low Tom4
Mix Kick1
Mix Kick2
Mix Kick3
Mix Kick4
Mix Nz1
Mix Nz2
Mix Nz3
Wind Chime
Hand Clap1
Hand Clap2
-----
High Bongo2
MtHigh Conga
Low Bongo2
Low Bongo3
Low Conga2
Low Tom3
Low Tom4
Mix Kick1
Mix Kick2
Mix Kick3
Mix Kick4
Mix Nz1
Mix Nz2
Mix Nz3
Wind Chime
Hand Clap1
Hand Clap2
-----
High Bongo
MtHigh Conga
Low Bongo1
Low Bongo2
Op Low Conga
Low Tom1
Low Tom2
Mix Kick4
High Bongo
MtHigh Conga
Low Bongo1
Low Bongo2
Op Low Conga
Low Tom1
Low Tom2
Mix Kick7
Mix Kick8
Stream
Bubble
Train
Wind Chime
Syn Back Nz1
Syn Back Nz2
Hand Clap3
Hand Clap4
-----
85
87
86
88
89
90
92
94
91
93
Mix Kick5
TR909 Snare
Syn Burst Nz
Digi Breath
Mix Breath
Wide Shaker
JD Tuba Slap
Hand Clap3
Hand Clap4
Door Creak
Vint.Phone
Polish Kick
[M5]
[M5]
95
96
Castanet
97
99
Wind Chime
Hand Clap 1
Hand Clap 2
-----
-----
-----
98
100
101
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
102
103
117
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Rhythm Set List
Note No. 006 Dance Kit 1
007 Dance Kit 2
-----
008 Dance Kit 3
-----
009 Pop Kit 2
-----
010 Dance Kit 4
-----
-----
27
TR808 Kick
Mix Kick1
Mix Snare1
Mix Kick2
Mix Snare2
Mix Kick3
Thin ClHH
Mix Kick4
Mix Kick5
Mix Rim1
Analog Snare
TR808 Clap
Mix Snare3
Mix Tom1
Mix ClHH1
Mix Tom2
Mix ClHH2
Mix Tom3
Op Hihat
Mix Tom3
Mix Tom4
Crash Cymbal
Mix Tom4
Rock Rd Edge
China Cymbal
Ride Cymbal
Tambourine
Rock Crash
Cowbell
Concert Cym
Vibraslap
TR808 Cym
Bongo1
Bongo2
Bongo&Conga1
Conga
Bongo&Conga2
TR808 Conga
Maracas
Shaker
Triangle1
SH32 Kick1
TR909 Kick1
AnalogSnare1
Analog Kick1
TR808 Snare
SH32 Kick2
Pedal Hihat
TR909 Kick2
Analog Kick2
Synth Rim
TR909 Snare
TR808 Clap1
DistNz Snare
Deep Tom1
TR808 ClHH
Deep Tom1
TR606 OpHH
Deep Tom2
TR808 Cym1
Deep Tom2
Deep Tom3
TR808 OpHH
Deep Tom3
Wide Syn Cym
TR808 Cym2
China Cym1
Castanet
TR808 Cym3
Syn Cowbell
China Cym2
Syn Swt Atk1
TR909 Kick3
Analog Kick3
Syn Stick
AnalogSnare2
TR808 Clap2
AnalogSnare3
Shaker1
TR909 Kick1
SH32 Kick1
Snare Ghost1
Analog Kick
TR909 Snare1
SH32 Kick2
Pedal Hihat
TR909 Kick2
TR909 Kick3
TR808 Rim1
TR909 Snare2
TR808 Clap
TR909 Snare3
TR808 Tom1
Cl Hihat1
-----
-----
-----
Kick1
Snare Ghost1
Kick2
Pedal Hihat
Kick3
Kick4
Side Stick
Snare1
Snare Ghost2
Snare2
Low Tom1
Cl Hihat1
Low Tom2
Cl Hihat2
Mid Tom1
Op Hihat
Mid Tom2
High Tom1
CrashCymbal1
High Tom2
Ride Cymbal1
China Cymbal
Ride Cymbal2
Tambourine
SplashCymbal
Cowbell
TR808 Kick
Mix Kick1
Mix Snare1
Mix Kick2
Mix Snare2
Mix Kick3
Thin ClHH
Mix Kick4
28
29
30
32
34
31
33
[M1]
[M1]
[M1]
35
36
Mix Kick5
Mix Rim1
C2
C3
C4
37
39
Mix Snare3
TR808 Clap
Mix Snare4
Mix Tom1
Mix ClHH1
Mix Tom2
Mix ClHH2
Mix Tom3
Op Hihat
Mix Tom3
Mix Tom4
Crash Cymbal
Mix Tom4
Rock Rd Edge
China Cymbal
Ride Cymbal
Tambourine
Rock Crash
Cowbell
Concert Cym
Vibraslap
TR808 Cym
Bongo1
Bongo2
Bongo&Conga1
Conga
Bongo&Conga2
TR808 Conga
Maracas
Shaker
Triangle1
38
40
41
[M1]
[M1]
[M1]
[M1]
[M1]
[M1]
[M1]
[M1]
[M1]
42
44
46
TR808 Tom2
Cl Hihat2
TR808 Tom3
Op Hihat1
43
45
47
48
TR808 Tom4
TR808 Tom5
CrashCymbal1
TR808 Tom6
Ride Cymbal1
Rock Chash
Ride Cup
Tambourine1
Syn Swt Atk1
Agogo Noise
MG Zap1
Syn Swt Atk2
TR909 Kick4
SH32 Kick3
TR808 Rim2
TR808 Snare1
TR808 Clap1
Analog Snare
Mid Tom1
49
51
50
52
53
54
56
58
55
57
CrashCymbal2
Vibraslap
59
60
Ride Cymbal3
High Bongo1
Low Bongo1
Conga Slap
OpenHi Conga
Low Conga1
High Timbale
Low Timbale
High Agogo
Low Agogo
Cabasa
61
62
63
64
65
Syn ClHH1
Shaker2
Syn ClHH2
Atmosphere1
Syn OpHH
[M1]
[M1]
[M1]
Noise ClHH
Mid Tom2
Cl Hihat3
Mid Tom3
Op Hihat2
[M1]
[M1]
[M1]
66
68
70
67
69
Cabasa
Guiro
Cabasa
Guiro 1
Maracas
71
72
Street OpHH
Scratch
Mix Atk1
Atmosphere2
Atmosphere3
TR808 Cym4
Atmosphere4
Mix Ride
China Cym3
Rock Rd Edge
Syn Slap
MG Zap1
SynVox Noise
MG Zap2
Syn Swt Atk2
MG Zap3
808 Maracas
TR808 Claves
MuteTriangle
OpenTriangle
Mix Hit
Scratch
Easy Gtr
Syn Bel Atk
MG Attack
SynSnareRoll
Syn Burst Nz
White Noise
Polishing Nz
Long Guiro
Light Wood
Light Box
Syn Swt Atk3
Laugh
Office Phone
Polish Kick
Mid Tom4
Mid Tom5
Rock Crash2
Mid Tom6
SplashCymbal
Rock Crash3
Rock Rd Edge
Tambourine2
Syn Swt Atk3
Cowbell1
Syn Swt Atk4
Cowbell2
MG Zap2
Low Bongo
MtHigh Conga
Conga Slap
OpHigh Conga
Op Low Conga
High Timbale
Low Timbale
High Agogo
Low Agogo
Cabasa
ShortWhistle
Long Whistle
Short Guiro
Long Guiro
Claves
Hi WoodBlock
LowWoodBlock
Mute Cuica
Open Cuica
MuteTriangle
OpenTriangle
Shaker
[M2]
[M2]
[M3]
[M3]
Street OpHH
Scratch
Mix Atk1
C5
C6
C7
73
75
MG Zap
MG Zap
74
Syn Swt Atk1
Syn Swt Atk2
Cuica Low
Triangle2
Triangle3
Triangle4
Mix Hit1
Mix Hit2
Mix Hit3
Syn Swt Atk1
Syn Swt Atk2
Cuica Low
Triangle2
Triangle3
Triangle4
Guiro 2
Mix Hit2
Mix Hit3
76
77
[M4]
[M4]
[M5]
[M5]
78
80
82
79
81
83
84
Castanet
Wind Chime
Timpani Roll
Crotale
High Bongo2
MtHigh Conga
Low Bongo2
Low Bongo3
Low Conga2
Low Tom3
Low Tom4
Mix Kick1
Mix Kick2
Mix Kick3
Mix Kick4
Mix Nz1
Mix Nz2
Mix Nz3
Wind Chime
Hand Clap1
Hand Clap2
-----
Wind Chime
Timpani Roll
Crotale
85
87
[M2]
[M2]
86
R8 Click
[M2]
[M2]
R8 Click
[M2]
[M2]
Metro Bell
DR202 Beep 1
DR202 Beep 2
Sweep Down1
Sweep Up
Sweep Down2
Light Wood
Laser
Low Atk
Analog Kick
Old Kick
Mix Kick6
TR909 Snare
TR808 Snare
Mix Snare4
Mix Snare5
Metro Bell
MC500 Beep 1
MC500 Beep 2
Sweep Down1
Sweep Up
Sweep Down2
Light Wood
Laser
88
89
90
92
94
91
93
Maracas
95
96
Short Guiro
Long Guiro
Claves
LowWoodBlock
Hi WoodBlock
MuteTriangle
OpenTriangle
Castanet
[M2]
[M2]
Low Atk
Analog Kick
Old Kick
97
99
98
Mix Kick6
[M3]
[M3]
TR909 Snare
TR808 Snare
Mix Snare5
Mix Snare6
100
101
-----
-----
102
Whistle
103
- - - - -:
[M]:
no sound
will not sound simultaneously with other percussion instruments of the same number
118
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Rhythm Set List
Note No. 011 Ambi Pop 1
012 Ambi Rock
-----
013 Ambi BrushJz
-----
014 Ambi HipHop
-----
015 Ambi R&B
-----
-----
27
-----
-----
-----
Kick1
Snare Ghost1
Kick2
Pedal Hihat
Kick3
Kick4
Side Stick
Snare1
Snare Ghost2
Snare2
Low Tom1
Cl Hihat1
Low Tom2
Cl Hihat2
Mid Tom1
Op Hihat
Mid Tom2
High Tom1
CrashCymbal1
High Tom2
Ride Cymbal1
China Cymbal
Ride Cymbal2
Tambourine
SplashCymbal
Cowbell
-----
-----
-----
Kick1
-----
-----
-----
Kick1
Snare Ghost
Kick2
Pedal Hi-hat
Jazz Kick 1
Jazz Kick 2
Side Stick
Brush Slap1
Jz Brsh Swsh
Brush Slap2
BrushLowTom
Brush ClHH1
BrushMidTom1
Brush ClHH2
BrushMidTom2
Brush OpHH
BrushMidTom2
Brush HiTom
CrashCymbal1
Brush HiTom
Ride Cymbal1
China Cymbal
Ride Cymbal2
Tambourine
SplashCymbal
Cowbell
-----
-----
-----
Analog Kick1
Analog Kick2
Mix Kick1
Mix Kick2
Analog Kick3
Mix Kick3
-----
-----
-----
Mix Kick1
Mix Kick2
Mix Kick3
Mix Kick4
Mix Kick5
28
29
30
32
34
31
33
Snare Ghost1
Kick2
Pedal Hihat
Power Kick1
Power Kick2
Side Stick
Power Snare1
Snare Ghost2
Power Snare2
Low Tom1
Cl Hihat1
[M1]
[M1]
[M1]
35
36
Mix Kick6
Soft Stick
C2
C3
C4
TR808 Rim1
Mix Snare1
Mix Clap1
37
39
Short Snare1
Mix Stick
Short Snare2
Short Snare3
Cl Hihat1
Short Snare4
Cl Hihat2
Mix Snare1
Op Hihat
38
Mix Snare2
Mix Snare3
TR808 ClHH
Mix Snare4
Noise ClHH
Mix Snare5
TR808 OpHH
Mix Snare6
Syn Swt Atk1
TR808 Cym1
MG Attack
TR808 Cym2
China Cymbal
Rock Rd Edge
Tambourine1
Mix Crash1
Mix Hat
Mix Crash2
Syn Swt Atk2
TR808 Kick1
TR808 Kick2
TR808 Rim2
TR808 Snare1
TR808 Clap1
TR808 Snare2
TR808 Tom1
TR808 ClHH
TR808 Tom2
Noise ClHH
TR808 Tom3
TR808 OpHH
TR808 Tom4
TR808 Tom5
Scratch1
40
41
[M1]
[M1]
[M1]
[M1]
[M1]
[M1]
[M1]
[M1]
[M1]
[M1]
[M1]
[M1]
[M1]
[M1]
[M1]
42
44
46
Low Tom2
Cl Hihat2
Mid Tom1
Op Hihat
43
45
47
48
Mid Tom2
High Tom1
CrashCymbal1
High Tom2
Ride Cymbal1
China Cymbal
Ride Cymbal2
Tambourine
SplashCymbal
Cowbell
Mix Snare2
Mix Snare3
TR808 Cym1
Mix Snare4
TR808 Cym2
China Cymbal
Rock Rd Edge
Tambourine1
Mix Crash1
Mix Hat
Mix Crash2
Syn Swt Atk
TR808 Kick1
TR808 Kick2
TR808 Rim
TR808 Snare1
TR808 Clap1
TR808 Snare2
TR808 Tom1
TR808 ClHH
TR808 Tom2
Noise ClHH
TR808 Tom3
TR808 OpHH
TR808 Tom4
TR808 Tom5
Scratch1
49
51
50
52
53
54
56
58
55
57
CrashCymbal2
Vibraslap
CrashCymbal2
Vibraslap
CrashCymbal2
Vibraslap
59
60
Ride Cymbal3
High Bongo1
Low Bongo1
Conga Slap
OpenHi Conga
Low Conga1
High Timbale
Low Timbale
High Agogo
Low Agogo
Cabasa
Ride Cymbal3
High Bongo1
Low Bongo1
Conga Slap
OpenHi Conga
Low Conga1
High Timbale
Low Timbale
High Agogo
Low Agogo
Cabasa
Ride Cymbal3
High Bongo
Low Bongo
MtHigh Conga
OpHigh Conga
Low Conga
High Timbale
Low Timbale
High Agogo
Low Agogo
Cabasa
61
62
63
64
65
[M1]
[M1]
[M1]
[M1]
[M1]
[M1]
66
68
70
67
69
Maracas
Maracas
Maracas
71
72
ShortWhistle
Long Whistle
Short Guiro
Long Guiro
Claves
Hi WoodBlock
LowWoodBlock
Mute Cuica
Open Cuica
MuteTriangle
OpenTriangle
Shaker
[M2]
[M2]
[M3]
[M3]
ShortWhistle
Long Whistle
Short Guiro
Long Guiro
Claves
Hi WoodBlock
LowWoodBlock
Mute Cuica
Open Cuica
MuteTriangle
OpenTriangle
Shaker
[M2]
[M2]
[M3]
[M3]
Jazz Kick 1
Jazz Kick 2
Side Stick
Jazz Snare1
Sft Snr Gst
Jazz Snare2
Low Tom
Cl Hihat1
Mid Tom1
Cl Hihat2
Mid Tom2
Op Hihat
Mid Tom2
High Tom
CrashCymbal1
High Tom
Ride Cymbal1
China Cymbal
Low Tom3
Low Tom4
Claves
Hi WoodBlock
LowWoodBlock
MuteTriangle
OpenTriangle
Shaker
C5
C6
C7
73
75
TR808 Tom6
Scratch2
Hand Clap1
Hand Clap2
TR808 Clap2
Cabasa
Shaker1
Tambourine2
Shaker2
TR808 Tom6
Scratch2
Hand Clap1
Hand Clap2
TR808 Clap2
Cabasa
Shaker1
Tambourine2
Shaker2
74
76
77
[M4]
[M4]
[M5]
[M5]
[M4]
[M4]
[M5]
[M5]
[M1]
[M1]
[M1]
78
80
82
79
81
83
84
Castanet
Castanet
Castanet
Castanet
High Bongo2
MtHigh Conga
Low Bongo2
Low Bongo3
Low Conga2
Low Tom3
Low Tom4
Mix Kick1
Mix Kick2
Mix Kick3
Mix Kick4
Mix Nz1
Mix Nz2
Mix Nz3
Wind Chime
Hand Clap1
Hand Clap2
-----
High Bongo2
MtHigh Conga
Low Bongo2
Low Bongo3
Low Conga2
Low Tom3
Low Tom4
Mix Kick1
Mix Kick2
Mix Kick3
Mix Kick4
Mix Nz1
Mix Nz2
Mix Nz3
Wind Chime
Hand Clap1
Hand Clap2
-----
High Bongo
MtHigh Conga
Low Bongo1
Low Bongo2
Op Low Conga
Low Tom1
Low Tom2
Mix Kick4
High Bongo
MtHigh Conga
Low Bongo1
Low Bongo2
Op Low Conga
Low Tom1
Low Tom2
Mix Kick7
Mix Kick8
Stream
Bubble
Train
Wind Chime
Syn Back Nz1
Syn Back Nz2
Hand Clap3
Hand Clap4
-----
85
87
86
88
89
90
92
94
91
93
Mix Kick5
TR909 Snare
Syn Burst Nz
Digi Breath
Mix Breath
Wide Shaker
JD Tuba Slap
Hand Clap3
Hand Clap4
Door Creak
Vint.Phone
Polish Kick
[M5]
[M5]
95
96
Castanet
97
99
Wind Chime
Hand Clap 1
Hand Clap 2
-----
-----
-----
98
100
101
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
102
103
119
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Rhythm Set List
Note No. 016 Ambi Dance 1
017 Ambi Dance 2
-----
018 Ambi Dance 3
-----
019 Ambi Pop 2
-----
020 Ambi Dance 4
-----
-----
27
TR808 Kick
Mix Kick1
Mix Snare1
Mix Kick2
Mix Snare2
Mix Kick3
Thin ClHH
Mix Kick4
Mix Kick5
Mix Rim1
Analog Snare
TR808 Clap
Mix Snare3
Mix Tom1
Mix ClHH1
Mix Tom2
Mix ClHH2
Mix Tom3
Op Hihat
Mix Tom3
Mix Tom4
Crash Cymbal
Mix Tom4
Rock Rd Edge
China Cymbal
Ride Cymbal
Tambourine
Rock Crash
Cowbell
Concert Cym
Vibraslap
TR808 Cym
Bongo1
Bongo2
Bongo&Conga1
Conga
Bongo&Conga2
TR808 Conga
Maracas
Shaker
Triangle1
SH32 Kick1
TR909 Kick1
AnalogSnare1
Analog Kick1
TR808 Snare
SH32 Kick2
Pedal Hihat
TR909 Kick2
Analog Kick2
Synth Rim
TR909 Snare
TR808 Clap1
DistNz Snare
Deep Tom1
TR808 ClHH
Deep Tom1
TR606 OpHH
Deep Tom2
TR808 Cym1
Deep Tom2
Deep Tom3
TR808 OpHH
Deep Tom3
Wide Syn Cym
TR808 Cym2
China Cym1
Castanet
TR808 Cym3
Syn Cowbell
China Cym2
Syn Swt Atk1
TR909 Kick3
Analog Kick3
Syn Stick
AnalogSnare2
TR808 Clap2
AnalogSnare3
Shaker1
TR909 Kick1
SH32 Kick1
Snare Ghost1
Analog Kick
TR909 Snare1
SH32 Kick2
Pedal Hihat
TR909 Kick2
TR909 Kick3
TR808 Rim1
TR909 Snare2
TR808 Clap
TR909 Snare3
TR808 Tom1
Cl Hihat1
-----
-----
-----
Kick1
Snare Ghost1
Kick2
Pedal Hihat
Kick3
Kick4
Side Stick
Snare1
Snare Ghost2
Snare2
Low Tom1
Cl Hihat1
Low Tom2
Cl Hihat2
Mid Tom1
Op Hihat
Mid Tom2
High Tom1
CrashCymbal1
High Tom2
Ride Cymbal1
China Cymbal
Ride Cymbal2
Tambourine
SplashCymbal
Cowbell
TR808 Kick
Mix Kick1
Mix Snare1
Mix Kick2
Mix Snare2
Mix Kick3
Thin ClHH
Mix Kick4
28
29
30
32
34
31
33
[M1]
[M1]
[M1]
35
36
Mix Kick5
Mix Rim1
C2
C3
C4
37
39
Mix Snare3
TR808 Clap
Mix Snare4
Mix Tom1
Mix ClHH1
Mix Tom2
Mix ClHH2
Mix Tom3
Op Hihat
Mix Tom3
Mix Tom4
Crash Cymbal
Mix Tom4
Rock Rd Edge
China Cymbal
Ride Cymbal
Tambourine
Rock Crash
Cowbell
Concert Cym
Vibraslap
TR808 Cym
Bongo1
Bongo2
Bongo&Conga1
Conga
Bongo&Conga2
TR808 Conga
Maracas
Shaker
Triangle1
38
40
41
[M1]
[M1]
[M1]
[M1]
[M1]
[M1]
[M1]
[M1]
[M1]
42
44
46
TR808 Tom2
Cl Hihat2
TR808 Tom3
Op Hihat1
43
45
47
48
TR808 Tom4
TR808 Tom5
CrashCymbal1
TR808 Tom6
Ride Cymbal1
Rock Chash
Ride Cup
Tambourine1
Syn Swt Atk1
Agogo Noise
MG Zap1
Syn Swt Atk2
TR909 Kick4
SH32 Kick3
TR808 Rim2
TR808 Snare1
TR808 Clap1
Analog Snare
Mid Tom1
49
51
50
52
53
54
56
58
55
57
CrashCymbal2
Vibraslap
59
60
Ride Cymbal3
High Bongo1
Low Bongo1
Conga Slap
OpenHi Conga
Low Conga1
High Timbale
Low Timbale
High Agogo
Low Agogo
Cabasa
61
62
63
64
65
Syn ClHH1
Shaker2
Syn ClHH2
Atmosphere1
Syn OpHH
[M1]
[M1]
[M1]
Noise ClHH
Mid Tom2
Cl Hihat3
Mid Tom3
Op Hihat2
[M1]
[M1]
[M1]
66
68
70
67
69
Cabasa
Guiro
Cabasa
Guiro 1
Maracas
71
72
Street OpHH
Scratch
Mix Atk1
Atmosphere2
Atmosphere3
TR808 Cym4
Atmosphere4
Mix Ride
China Cym3
Rock Rd Edge
Syn Slap
MG Zap1
SynVox Noise
MG Zap2
Syn Swt Atk2
MG Zap3
808 Maracas
TR808 Claves
MuteTriangle
OpenTriangle
Mix Hit
Scratch
Easy Gtr
Syn Bel Atk
MG Attack
SynSnareRoll
Syn Burst Nz
White Noise
Polishing Nz
Long Guiro
Light Wood
Light Box
Syn Swt Atk3
Laugh
Office Phone
Polish Kick
Mid Tom4
Mid Tom5
Rock Crash2
Mid Tom6
SplashCymbal
Rock Crash3
Rock Rd Edge
Tambourine2
Syn Swt Atk3
Cowbell1
Syn Swt Atk4
Cowbell2
MG Zap2
Low Bongo
MtHigh Conga
Conga Slap
OpHigh Conga
Op Low Conga
High Timbale
Low Timbale
High Agogo
Low Agogo
Cabasa
ShortWhistle
Long Whistle
Short Guiro
Long Guiro
Claves
Hi WoodBlock
LowWoodBlock
Mute Cuica
Open Cuica
MuteTriangle
OpenTriangle
Shaker
[M2]
[M2]
[M3]
[M3]
Street OpHH
Scratch
Mix Atk1
C5
C6
C7
73
75
MG Zap
MG Zap
74
Syn Swt Atk1
Syn Swt Atk2
Cuica Low
Triangle2
Triangle3
Triangle4
Mix Hit1
Mix Hit2
Mix Hit3
Syn Swt Atk1
Syn Swt Atk2
Cuica Low
Triangle2
Triangle3
Triangle4
Guiro 2
Mix Hit2
Mix Hit3
76
77
[M4]
[M4]
[M5]
[M5]
78
80
82
79
81
83
84
Castanet
Wind Chime
Timpani Roll
Crotale
High Bongo2
MtHigh Conga
Low Bongo2
Low Bongo3
Low Conga2
Low Tom3
Low Tom4
Mix Kick1
Mix Kick2
Mix Kick3
Mix Kick4
Mix Nz1
Mix Nz2
Mix Nz3
Wind Chime
Hand Clap1
Hand Clap2
-----
Wind Chime
Timpani Roll
Crotale
85
87
[M2]
[M2]
86
R8 Click
[M2]
[M2]
R8 Click
[M2]
[M2]
Metro Bell
DR202 Beep 1
DR202 Beep 2
Sweep Down1
Sweep Up
Sweep Down2
Light Wood
Laser
Low Atk
Analog Kick
Old Kick
Mix Kick6
TR909 Snare
TR808 Snare
Mix Snare4
Mix Snare5
Metro Bell
MC500 Beep 1
MC500 Beep 2
Sweep Down1
Sweep Up
Sweep Down2
Light Wood
Laser
88
89
90
92
94
91
93
Maracas
95
96
Short Guiro
Long Guiro
Claves
LowWoodBlock
Hi WoodBlock
MuteTriangle
OpenTriangle
Castanet
[M2]
[M2]
Low Atk
Analog Kick
Old Kick
97
99
98
Mix Kick6
[M3]
[M3]
TR909 Snare
TR808 Snare
Mix Snare5
Mix Snare6
100
101
-----
-----
102
Whistle
103
- - - - -:
[M]:
no sound
will not sound simultaneously with other percussion instruments of the same number
120
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Rhythm Set List
Note No. 021 GM2 STANDARD
022 GM2 ROOM
High Q
023 GM2 POWER
High Q
024 GM2 ELECTRIC
High Q
025 GM2 ANALOG
High Q
High Q
27
Slap
Slap
Slap
Slap
Slap
28
29
Scratch Push
Scratch Pull
Sticks
[M7]
[M7]
Scratch Push
Scratch Pull
Sticks
[M7]
[M7]
Scratch Push
Scratch Pull
Sticks
[M7]
[M7]
Scratch Push
Scratch Pull
Sticks
[M7]
[M7]
Scratch Push
Scratch Pull
Sticks
[M7]
[M7]
30
32
34
31
33
Square Click
Metron Click
Metron Bell
Kick Drum 2
Kick Drum 1
Side Stick
Aco.Snare
Hand Clap
Elec.Snare
Low Tom 2
ClosedHi-hat
Low Tom 1
Pedal Hi-hat
Mid Tom 2
Open Hi-hat
Mid Tom 1
High Tom 2
CrashCymbal1
High Tom 1
Ride Cymbal1
China Cymbal
Ride Bell
Square Click
Metron Click
Metron Bell
Kick Drum 2
Kick Drum 1
Side Stick
Aco.Snare
Hand Clap
Elec.Snare
Room LowTom2
ClosedHi-hat
Room LowTom1
Pedal Hi-hat
Room MidTom2
Open Hi-hat
Room MidTom1
Room Hi Tom2
CrashCymbal1
Room Hi Tom1
Ride Cymbal1
China Cymbal
Ride Bell
Square Click
Metron Click
Metron Bell
Power Kick 2
Power Kick 1
Side Stick
PowerSnareDr
Hand Clap
Elec.Snare
PowerLowTom2
ClosedHi-hat
PowerLowTom1
Pedal Hi-hat
PowerMidTom2
Open Hi-hat
PowerMidTom1
Power HiTom2
CrashCymbal1
Power HiTom1
Ride Cymbal1
China Cymbal
Ride Bell
Square Click
Metron Click
Metron Bell
Kick Drum 2
Elec.Kick 1
Side Stick
E.SnareDrum1
Hand Clap
E.SnareDrum2
E.Low Tom 2
ClosedHi-hat
E.Low Tom 1
Pedal Hi-hat
E.Mid Tom 2
Open Hi-hat
E.Mid Tom 1
E.Hi Tom 2
CrashCymbal1
E.Hi Tom 1
Ride Cymbal1
Reverse Cym.
Ride Bell
Square Click
Metron Click
Metron Bell
Kick Drum 2
Ana.Kick 1
Ana.Rim Sho
Ana.Snare 1
Hand Clap
Elec.Snare
Ana.Low Tom2
Ana.ClosedHH
Ana.Low Tom1
Ana.ClosedHH
Ana.Mid Tom2
Ana.Open HH
Ana.Mid Tom1
Ana.Hi Tom2
Ana.Cymbal
Ana.Hi Tom1
Ride Cymbal1
China Cymbal
Ride Bell
Tambourine
SplashCymbal
Ana.Cowbell
CrashCymbal2
Vibra-slap
Ride Cymbal2
High Bongo
Low Bongo
Ana.Hi Conga
Ana.MidConga
Ana.LowConga
High Timbale
Low Timbale
High Agogo
Low Agogo
Cabasa
35
36
C2
C3
C4
37
39
38
40
41
[M1]
[M1]
[M1]
[M1]
[M1]
[M1]
[M1]
[M1]
[M1]
[M1]
[M1]
[M1]
[M1]
[M1]
[M1]
42
44
46
43
45
47
48
49
51
50
52
53
Tambourine
SplashCymbal
Cowbell
Tambourine
SplashCymbal
Cowbell
Tambourine
SplashCymbal
Cowbell
Tambourine
SplashCymbal
Cowbell
54
56
58
55
57
CrashCymbal2
Vibra-slap
Ride Cymbal2
High Bongo
Low Bongo
MuteHi Conga
OpenHi Conga
Low Conga
High Timbale
Low Timbale
High Agogo
Low Agogo
Cabasa
CrashCymbal2
Vibra-slap
Ride Cymbal2
High Bongo
Low Bongo
MuteHi Conga
OpenHi Conga
Low Conga
High Timbale
Low Timbale
High Agogo
Low Agogo
Cabasa
CrashCymbal2
Vibra-slap
Ride Cymbal2
High Bongo
Low Bongo
MuteHi Conga
OpenHi Conga
Low Conga
High Timbale
Low Timbale
High Agogo
Low Agogo
Cabasa
CrashCymbal2
Vibra-slap
Ride Cymbal2
High Bongo
Low Bongo
MuteHi Conga
OpenHi Conga
Low Conga
High Timbale
Low Timbale
High Agogo
Low Agogo
Cabasa
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
68
70
67
69
Maracas
Maracas
Maracas
Maracas
Ana.Maracas
ShortWhistle
Long Whistle
Short Guiro
Long Guiro
Ana.Claves
Hi WoodBlock
LowWoodBlock
Mute Cuica
Open Cuica
MuteTriangle
OpenTriangle
Shaker
71
72
ShortWhistle
Long Whistle
Short Guiro
Long Guiro
Claves
Hi WoodBlock
LowWoodBlock
Mute Cuica
Open Cuica
MuteTriangle
OpenTriangle
Shaker
[M2]
[M2]
[M3]
[M3]
ShortWhistle
Long Whistle
Short Guiro
Long Guiro
Claves
Hi WoodBlock
LowWoodBlock
Mute Cuica
Open Cuica
MuteTriangle
OpenTriangle
Shaker
[M2]
[M2]
[M3]
[M3]
ShortWhistle
Long Whistle
Short Guiro
Long Guiro
Claves
Hi WoodBlock
LowWoodBlock
Mute Cuica
Open Cuica
MuteTriangle
OpenTriangle
Shaker
[M2]
[M2]
[M3]
[M3]
ShortWhistle
Long Whistle
Short Guiro
Long Guiro
Claves
Hi WoodBlock
LowWoodBlock
Mute Cuica
Open Cuica
MuteTriangle
OpenTriangle
Shaker
[M2]
[M2]
[M3]
[M3]
[M2]
[M2]
[M3]
[M3]
C5
C6
C7
73
75
74
76
77
[M4]
[M4]
[M5]
[M5]
[M4]
[M4]
[M5]
[M5]
[M4]
[M4]
[M5]
[M5]
[M4]
[M4]
[M5]
[M5]
[M4]
[M4]
[M5]
[M5]
78
80
82
79
81
83
84
Jingle Bell
Bell Tree
Jingle Bell
Bell Tree
Jingle Bell
Bell Tree
Jingle Bell
Bell Tree
Jingle Bell
Bell Tree
Castanets
Mute Surdo
Open Surdo
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
Castanets
Mute Surdo
Open Surdo
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
Castanets
Mute Surdo
Open Surdo
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
Castanets
Mute Surdo
Open Surdo
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
Castanets
Mute Surdo
Open Surdo
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
85
87
[M6]
[M6]
[M6]
[M6]
[M6]
[M6]
[M6]
[M6]
[M6]
[M6]
86
88
89
90
92
94
91
93
95
96
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
97
99
98
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
100
101
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
102
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
103
121
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Rhythm Set List
Note No. 026 GM2 JAZZ
027 GM2 BRUSH
High Q
Slap
Scratch Push
Scratch Pull
Sticks
028 GM2 ORCHSTRA
ClosedHi-hat
Pedal Hi-hat
Open Hi-hat
Ride Cymbal1
Sticks
029 GM2 SFX
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
High Q
Slap
Scratch Push
Scratch Pull
Sticks
Square Click
Metron Click
Metron Bell
GtFret Noise
Cut Noise Up
Cut Noise Dw
Slap_St.Bass
Fl.Key Click
Laughing
Scream
Punch
Heart Beat
Footsteps 1
Footsteps 2
Applause
Door Creak
Door
Scratch
Wind Chimes
Car-Engine
Car-Stop
Car-Pass
Car-Crash
Siren
High Q
[M1]
[M1]
[M1]
27
Slap
28
29
Scratch Push
Scratch Pull
Sticks
[M7]
[M7]
[M7]
[M7]
30
32
34
31
33
Square Click
Metron Click
Metron Bell
Jazz Kick 2
Jazz Kick 1
Side Stick
Aco.Snare
Hand Clap
Elec.Snare
Low Tom 2
ClosedHi-hat
Low Tom 1
Pedal Hi-hat
Mid Tom 2
Open Hi-hat
Mid Tom 1
High Tom 2
CrashCymbal1
High Tom 1
Ride Cymbal1
China Cymbal
Ride Bell
Square Click
Metron Click
Metron Bell
Jazz Kick 2
Jazz Kick 1
Side Stick
Brush Tap
Brush Slap
Brush Swirl
BrushLowTom2
ClosedHi-hat
BrushLowTom1
Pedal Hi-hat
BrushMidTom2
Open Hi-hat
BrushMidTom1
Brush HiTom2
CrashCymbal1
Brush HiTom1
Ride Cymbal1
China Cymbal
Ride Bell
Square Click
Metron Click
Metron Bell
Concert BD 2
Concert BD 1
Side Stick
Concert SD
Castanets
Concert SD
Timpani F
Timpani F#
Timpani G
Timpani G#
Timpani A
Timpani A#
Timpani B
Timpani c
Timpani c#
Timpani d
Timpani d#
Timpani e
Timpani f
Tambourine
SplashCymbal
Cowbell
Concert Cym2
Vibra-slap
Concert Cym1
High Bongo
Low Bongo
MuteHi Conga
OpenHi Conga
Low Conga
High Timbale
Low Timbale
High Agogo
Low Agogo
Cabasa
35
36
C2
C3
C4
37
39
38
40
41
[M7]
[M7]
[M1]
[M1]
[M1]
[M1]
[M1]
[M1]
42
44
46
43
45
47
48
49
51
50
52
53
Tambourine
SplashCymbal
Cowbell
Tambourine
SplashCymbal
Cowbell
54
56
58
55
57
CrashCymbal2
Vibra-slap
Ride Cymbal2
High Bongo
Low Bongo
MuteHi Conga
OpenHi Conga
Low Conga
High Timbale
Low Timbale
High Agogo
Low Agogo
Cabasa
CrashCymbal2
Vibra-slap
Ride Cymbal2
High Bongo
Low Bongo
MuteHi Conga
OpenHi Conga
Low Conga
High Timbale
Low Timbale
High Agogo
Low Agogo
Cabasa
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
68
70
67
69
Train
Jetplane
Helicopter
Starship
Gun Shot
Machine Gun
Lasergun
Explosion
Dog
Horse-Gallop
Birds
Rain
Thunder
Wind
Seashore
Stream
Bubble
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
Maracas
Maracas
Maracas
71
72
ShortWhistle
Long Whistle
Short Guiro
Long Guiro
Claves
[M2]
[M2]
[M3]
[M3]
ShortWhistle
Long Whistle
Short Guiro
Long Guiro
Claves
Hi WoodBlock
LowWoodBlock
Mute Cuica
Open Cuica
MuteTriangle
OpenTriangle
Shaker
Jingle Bell
Bell Tree
Castanets
Mute Surdo
Open Surdo
-----
[M2]
[M2]
[M3]
[M3]
ShortWhistle
Long Whistle
Short Guiro
Long Guiro
Claves
Hi WoodBlock
LowWoodBlock
Mute Cuica
Open Cuica
MuteTriangle
OpenTriangle
Shaker
[M2]
[M2]
[M3]
[M3]
C5
C6
C7
73
75
74
76
77
Hi WoodBlock
LowWoodBlock
Mute Cuica
Open Cuica
MuteTriangle
OpenTriangle
Shaker
[M4]
[M4]
[M5]
[M5]
[M4]
[M4]
[M5]
[M5]
[M4]
[M4]
[M5]
[M5]
78
80
82
79
81
83
84
Jingle Bell
Bell Tree
Jingle Bell
Bell Tree
Castanets
Mute Surdo
Open Surdo
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
Castanets
Mute Surdo
Open Surdo
Applause
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
85
87
[M6]
[M6]
[M6]
[M6]
[M6]
[M6]
86
88
89
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
90
92
94
91
93
-----
-----
95
96
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
97
99
98
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
100
101
-----
-----
-----
-----
102
-----
-----
-----
-----
103
- - - - -:
[M]:
no sound
will not sound simultaneously with other percussion instruments of the same number
122
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Performance List
No
Name
No
33
Name
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Bass / Piano
Piano & Str
Big & Proud
Whale Pad
Dual Rotary
Mission Di
Eden Gardens
Space Tale
SeqBs/Sft Ld
Gtr Heaven
Concert Str
Dual D-50
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
JUNO Di Lead
Choir Orche
Delicate
Wstmin Abbey
Choir & Orch
World Lead
CrystalGrand
Orchestral
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
Asian Temple
The Leader
SolarEclipse
Proud Brass
Air Garden
Winter Bell
D-50Memories
Ambi Lead
Rock Organ
Notre-Dame
SuperSawStk
SatelliteGtr
Bright Pad
80s Stack
Grand Ocean
Baby’s Hand
Leading D/A
Horizon
TripTo 80s
Blizzard
WoodyFlt Ld
3AM
Synchronize
Additive Pad
The Pipes
Pad/Sine Ld
Rock Unison
Super SynBrs
St Echo Lead
Flux Pad
Space Walk
Tibet Pad
XyloSaw Ld
Jupiters
Sweet Tekno
Twilight Pad
SonicVoyager
St Oct Lead
Personal Pad
VOCODER+Bass
VOCODER+Orgn
VOCODER+Pad
Seq:Template
GM2 Template
123
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Rhythm Pattern Group List
No.
1
Name
Pop 1
Recommended Rhythm Set
Pop Kit 2
2
Pop 2
Pop Kit 2
3
Pop 3
Pop Kit 1
4
Pop 4
Pop Kit 1
5
Pop 5
Pop Kit 1
6
Pop 6
Pop Kit 1
7
Pop 7
Pop Kit 1
8
Pop 8
Pop Kit 1
9
Pop 9
Pop Kit 2
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
Rock 1
Rock 2
Funk
Rock Kit
Rock Kit
Pop Kit 1
Fusion
Jazz
Pop Kit 1
Brush Jz Kit
Pop Kit 1
Bossa
Hip Hop
R&B
HipHop Kit
R&B Kit
Reggae
Trance 1
Trance 2
House 1
House 2
Drum’n Bs
Disco
Dance Kit 1
Dance Kit 2
Dance Kit 4
Dance Kit 3
Dance Kit 1
Dance Kit 1
Dance Kit 1
124
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chord Memory List
001. Pop 1
006. Blues
Assign Key
C
Chord Name
Cadd9
Constituent Notes of Chord Forms
C3, G3, D4, E4
Assign Key
C
Chord Name
C7(9)
Constituent Notes of Chord Forms
C3, A#3, D4, E4
C#
D
C#maj9
D-7
C#3, C4, D#4, F4
D3, F4, A3, C4
C#
D
C#7(9)
D7(9)
C#3, F3, B3, D#4
D3, F#3, C4, E4
D#
E
F
D#maj7
Cadd9 (on E)
Fmaj9
D#3, A#3, D4, G4
E3, C4, D4, G4
F2, A3, E4, G4
D#
E
F
D#7(9)
E7(#9)
F7(9)
D#3, G3, C#4, F4
E3, G#3, D4, G4
F2, A3, D#4, G4
F#
G
G#
A
A#
B
Dadd9 (on F#)
Cadd9 (on G)
F-6 (on Ab)
F (on A)
G- (on Bb)
G (on B)
F#2, A3, D4, E4
G2, D4, E4, G4
G#2, C4, D4, F4
A2, A3, C4, F4
A#2, A#3, D4, G4
B2, B3, D4, G4
F#
G
G#
A
A#
B
F#dim7
G7(13)
G#dim7
A7(b13)
Bb7(13)
B-7(b5)
F#2, A3, C4, D#4
G2, F3, B3, E4
G#2, B3, D4, F4
A2, G3, C#4, F4
A#2, G#3, D4, G4
B2, A3, D4, F4
002. Pop 2
007. Trad Maj
Assign Key
C
Chord Name
Cmaj9
Constituent Notes of Chord Forms
C3, E3, B3, D4
Assign Key
C
Chord Name
C
Constituent Notes of Chord Forms
C3, E4, G4, C5
C#
D
C#dim7
D-9
C#3, G3, A#3, E4
D3, F3, C4, E4
C#
D
C#dim7
D-
C#3, E4, G4, A#4
D3, D4, F4, A4
D#
E
D#dim7
E-7
D#3, A3, C4, F#4
E3, B3, D4, G4
D#
E
D#dim7
E-
D#3, F#4, A4, C5
E3, E4, G4, B4
F
Fmaj9
F3, A3, E4, G4
F
F
F3, F4, A4, C5
F#
G
G#
A
F#-7 (b5)
G7sus4 (9 13)
G#dim7
A-9
F#3, A3, C4, E4
G2, A3, C4, F4
G#2, B3, D4, F4
A2, B3, C4, G4
F#
G
G#
A
F#-7(b5)
G
G#dim7
A-
F#3, E4, A4, C5
G3, D4, G4, B4
G#3, D4, F4, B4
A2, E4, A4, C5
A#
B
C7(on Bb)
B-7(b5)
A#2, G3, C4, E4
B2, A3, D4, F4
A#
B
Bb
Bdim
A#2, D4, F4, A#4
B2, D4, F4, B4
003. Jazz 1
008. Trad Min 1
Assign Key
C
Chord Name
C6 9
Constituent Notes of Chord Forms
C3, E3, A3, D4
Assign Key
C
Chord Name
C-
Constituent Notes of Chord Forms
C3, D#4, G4, C5
C#
D
D#
E
C#7(#9)
D-9
D#7(#9)
E#7(#9)
Fmaj9
C#3, F3, B3, E4
D3, F3, C4, E4
D#3, G3, C#4, F#4
E3, G#3, D4, G4
F3, A3, E4, G4
C#
D
D#
E
Db
Ddim
Eb
Edim7
F-
C#3, C#4, F4, G#4
D3, D4, F4, G#4
D#3, D#4, G4, A#4
E3, C#4, G4, A#4
F2, C4, F4, G#4
F
F
F#
G
G#
A
A#
B
F#7(#9)
G7(13)
G#7(13)
A-7(11)
Bb9
F#3, A#3, E4, A4
G2, F3, B3, E4
G#2, F#3, C4, F4
A2, G3, C4, D4
A#2, G#3, C4, D4
B2, A3, D4, E4
F#
G
G#
A
A#
B
Gbdim7
G-
Ab
A-7(b5)
Bb
Bdim7
F#2, C4, D#4, A4
G2, A#3, D4, G4
G#2, C4, D#4, G#4
A2, C4, D#4, G4
A#2, D4, F4, A#4
B2, D4, F4, G#4
B-7(11)
004. Jazz 2
009. Trad Min 2
Assign Key
C
Chord Name
C6 9
Constituent Notes of Chord Forms
C3, E3, A3, D4
Assign Key
C
Chord Name
C-
Constituent Notes of Chord Forms
C3, D#4, G4, C5
C#
D
D#
E
C#9
D-9
D#9
E-9
C#3, F3, B3, D#4
D3, F3, C4, E4
D#3, G3, C#4, F4
E3, G3, D4, F#4
C#
D
D#
E
Db
C#3, C#4, F4, G#4
D3, D4, F4, G#4
D#3, D#4, G4, B4
E3, E4, G4, B4
Ddim
Eaug
E-
F
F#
G
G#
A
A#
B
F-9
F2, G#3, D#4, G4
F#2, A3, C4, E4
G2, F3, B3, D#4
G#2, F#3, C4, F4
A2, G3, C#4, F4
A#2, G#3, D4, G4
B2, A3, D4, E4
F
F#
G
G#
A
A#
B
F-
F2, C4, F4, G#4
F#2, C4, D#4, A4
G2, B3, D4, G4
G#2, G#4, D#4, C4
A2, C4, D#4, G4
A#2, D4, F4, A#4
B2, D4, F4, B4
F#-7(b5)
G7(b13)
G#7(13)
A7(b13)
Bb7(13)
B-7(11)
Gbdim7
G
Ab
A-7(b5)
Bb
Bdim
005. Jazz 3
010. Pop Min 1
Assign Key
C
C#
D
D#
E
F
F#
G
Chord Name
Cmaj9
Dbmaj7
Dmaj9
Ebmaj9
Emaj9
Fmaj9
Constituent Notes of Chord Forms
C3, E3, G3, B3, D4
Assign Key
C
C#
D
D#
E
F
F#
G
Chord Name
Constituent Notes of Chord Forms
C3, D4, D#4, G4
C#3, G#3, C4, F4
D3, C4, F4, G#4
D#3, A#3, D4, G4
E3, A#3, C#4, G4
F2, G#3, D#4, G4
F#2, A3, C4, D#4
G2, A#3, D4, F4
C-add9
Dbmaj7
D-7(b5)
Ebmaj7
Edim7
F-7(9)
Gbdim7
G-7
C#3, F3, G#3, C4, D#4
D3, F#3, A3, C#4, E4
D#3, G3, A#3, D4, F4
E3, G#3, B3, D#4, F#4
F3, A3, C4, E4, G4
Gbmaj9
Gmaj9
F#3, A#3, C#4, F4, G#4
G3, B3, D4, F#4, A4
G#
A
A#
B
Abmaj9
Amaj9
Bbmaj9
Bmaj9
G#3, C4, D#4, G4, A#4
A3, C#4, E4, G#4, B4
A#3, D4, F4, A4, C5
G#
A
A#
B
Abmaj7
A-7(b5)
Bb7sus4(9 13)
Bdim7
G#2, C4, D#4, G4
A2, C4, D#4, G4
A#2, G#3, C4, D#4
B2, G#3, D4, F4
B3, D#4, F#4, A#4, C#5
125
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chord Memory List
011. Pop Min 2
016. 5th Stack
Assign Key
C
C#
D
D#
E
F
F#
G
G#
A
A#
B
Chord Name
C-add9
Eb7(on Db)
D-7(b5)
Ebmaj7
Emaj7(9)
F-7(9)
Gbdim7
G7(b13)
Abmaj7
A-7(b5)
Constituent Notes of Chord Forms
C3, D4, D#4, G4
C#3, A#3, D#4, G4
D3, G#3, C4, F4
D#3, A#3, D4, G4
E3, G#3, D#4, F#4
F2, G#3, D#4, G4
F#2, A3, C4, D#4
G2, F3, B3, D#4
G#2, C4, D#4, G4
A2, C4, D#4, G4
A#2, C4, D#4, G4
B2, D4, D#4, G4
Assign Key
C
C#
D
D#
E
F
F#
G
G#
A
A#
B
Chord Name
Constituent Notes of Chord Forms
C4, G4
C#4, G#4
D4, A4
D#4, A#4
E4, B4
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
F4, C5
F#4, C#5
G4, D5
G#4, D#5
A4, E5
A#4, F5
B4, F#5
C-7(on Bb)
C-maj7(B)
012. Jazz Min 1
017. Scale Set
Assign Key
C
C#
D
D#
E
F
F#
G
G#
A
A#
B
Chord Name
Constituent Notes of Chord Forms
C3, A#3, D#4, F4
C#3, F3, B3, E4
D3, C4, F4, G#4
D#3, B3, D4, G4
E2, G#3, D4, F#4
F2, A3, D#4, G4
F#2, A3, C4, D#4
G2, B3, F4, A#4
G#2, C4, D4, G4
A2, C4, D#4, G4
Assign Key
C
C#
D
D#
E
F
F#
G
G#
A
A#
B
Chord Name
Major Scale
Major Pentatonic Scale
Minor Scale
Harmonic Minor Scale
Melodic Minor Scale
Whole Tone Scale
Blue note Scale
Japanese Minor
Ryukyu Scale
Constituent Notes of Chord Forms
C4, D4, E4, F4, G4, A4, B4
C4, D4, E4, G4, A4,
C4, D4, D#4, F4, G4, G#4, A#4
C4, D4, D#4, F4, G4, G#4, B4
C4, D4, D#4, F4, G4, A4, B4
C4, D#4, F4, F#4, G4, A#4
C4, C#4, F4, G4, A#4
C4, E4, F4, G4, B4
C4, C#4, D#4, G4, G#4
C4, C#4, E4, F4, G4, G#4, A#4
C4, C#4, E4, F4, G4, G#4, B4
C-7(11)
Db7(#9)
D-7(b5)
Ebaug maj7
E7(9)
F7(9)
Gbdim7
G7(#9)
Abmaj7(#11)
A-7(b5)
Bb-7
Bari Scale
Spanish Scale
Gypsy Scale
A#2, G#3, C#4, F4
B2, G#3, D4, F4
Bdim7
013. Jazz Min 2
*
To change the key of a chord set, change the value for “KEY” in the
“CHORD MEMORY” screen (p. 69).
Assign Key
Chord Name
Constituent Notes of Chord Forms
C3, D#3, A#3, D4
C#3, F3, B3, D#4
D3, F3, C4, E4
D#3, G3, C#4, F4
E2, G#3, D#4, F#4
F2, G#3, D#4, G4
F#2, A3, C4, D#4
G2, F3, B3, E4
G#2, B3, D#4, F4
A2, C4, D#4, G4
A#2, G#3, C#4, F4
B2, A3, D4, F4
C
C#
D
D#
E
F
C-7(9)
Db7(9)
D-7(9)
Eb7(9)
Emaj7(9)
F-7(9)
The illustration below shows how to determine the key of the song
from the key signature (the number of and symbols).
fig.KEY.eps
F#
G
G#
A
A#
B
Gbdim7
G7(13)
Ab-6
A-7(b5)
Bb-7
B-7(b5)
014. Oct Stack
Assign Key
Chord Name
Constituent Notes of Chord Forms
C
C#
D
D#
E
F
F#
G
G#
A
A#
B
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
C4, C5
C#4, C#5
D4, D5
D#4, D#5
E4, E5
F4, F5
F#4, F#5
G4, G5
G#4, G#5
A4, A5
A#4, A#5
B4, B5
015. 4th Stack
Assign Key
Chord Name
Constituent Notes of Chord Forms
C
C#
D
D#
E
F
F#
G
G#
A
A#
B
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
C4, F4
C#4, F#4
D4, G4
D#4, G#4
E4, A4
F4, A#4
F#4, B4
G4, C5
G#4, C#5
A4, D5
A#4, D#5
B4, E5
126
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
MIDI Implementation Chart
Date : April 1, 2009
Version : 1.00
Model JUNO-Di
MIDI Implementation Chart
Function...
Transmitted
Recognized
Remarks
Basic
Channel Changed
Default
1–16
1–16
1–16
1–16
Memorized
Default
Messages
Altered
Mode 3
Mono, Poly
Mode 3
Mode 3, 4 (M = 1)
* 2
Mode
**************
Note
Number :
0–127
**************
0–127
0–127
True Voice
Note On
Note Off
O
O
O
O
Velocity
After
Touch
Key’s
Channel’s
X
O
O
O
*1
*1
Pitch Bend
O
O
*1
0, 32
1
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
X
O
*1
*1
Bank select
O
Modulation
2
O
Breath type
4
5
O
Foot type
O
Portamento time
Data entry
6, 38
7
O
O
*1
Volume
8
X
Balance
10
O
*1
*1
Panpot
11
O
Expression
16
X
General purpose controller 1
General purpose controller 2
General purpose controller 3
General purpose controller 4
Hold 1
17
X
18
X
Control
Change
19
X
64
O
*1
65
O
Portamento
66
O
Sostenuto
67
O
Soft
68
O
Legato foot switch
Hold 2
69
O
70
X
Sound variation
Resonance
71
O
72
O
Release time
73
O
Attack time
74
O
Cutoff
75
O
Decay time
76
O
Vibrato rate
77
O
Vibrato depth
78
O
Vibrato delay
80
O (Tone 1 Level)
General purpose controller 5
General purpose controller 6
General purpose controller 7
General purpose controller 8
Portamento control
General purpose effects 1
Tremolo
81
O (Tone 2 Level)
82
O (Tone 3 Level)
83
O (Tone 4 Level)
84
O
91
O (Reverb)
92
X
93
O (Chorus)
General purpose effects 3
Celeste
94
X
X
X
O
95
Phaser
98, 99
100, 101
NRPN LSB, MSB
RPN LSB, MSB
X
Program
Change
O
O
0–127
*1
**************
: True Number
Program No. 1–128
System Exclusive
O
O
: Song Position
: Song Select
: Tune Request
X
X
X
X
X
X
System
Common
System
Real Time : Commands
: Clock
X
X
O
O
O
X
X
X
O
X
O
: All Sound Off
O
: Reset All Controllers
Aux
Messages
X
: Local On/Off
: All Notes Off
: Active Sensing
: System Reset
O (123–127)
O
X
* 1 Switchable between O and X when using “JUNO-Di Editor.”
* 2 Recognized as M=1 even if M≠1.
Notes
Mode 1 : OMNI ON, POLY
Mode 3 : OMNI OFF, POLY
Mode 2 : OMNI ON, MONO
Mode 4 : OMNI OFF, MONO
O : Yes
X : No
127
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Specifications
JUNO-Di: Synthesizer Keyboard (Conforms to General MIDI 2 System)
Owner’s Manual
Keyboard
CD-ROM (Sound Editor, Librarian, Playlist Editor,
USB Driver)
61 keys (with velocity)
Accessories
Sound Generator Section
USB Memory Protector
AC Adaptor (PSB-1U)
Power Cord
Maximum
128 voices
Polyphony
Parts
16 parts
*
In the interest of product improvement, the specifications and/or
appearance of this unit are subject to change without prior notice.
Wave Memory
64 M bytes (16-bit linear equivalent)
Patches: 1082 + 256 (GM2)
Rhythm Sets: 20 + 9 (GM2)
Performances: 64
Preset Memory
User Memory
JUNO-Di Editor System Requirements
Patches: 128
Rhythm Sets: 8
Performances: 64
Favorites: 100
Microsoft® Windows® XP Home Edition/
Professional
Microsoft® Windows Vista®
Multi-Effects: 3 systems, 79 types
Chorus: 3 types
Operating System
*
This does not work with the 64-bit Edition
Effects
of Windows®.
Reverb: 5 types
*
This does not work with the Windows® XP
Mic Input Reverb: 8 types
Media Center Edition.
SMF/Audio File Player Section
TM
Intel® Core , Pentium® processor 1.5 GHz or
higher
CPU
Standard MIDI File: format-0/1
File Format
Audio File: WAV, AIFF, MP3
RAM
512 MB or more
Others
Hard Disk
200 MB or more of free space
Rhythm Pattern
Arpeggiator
Chord Memory
Preset: 24 groups x 6
Preset: 128
1024 x 768 dots or higher/24 bit Full Color or
more
Display/Colors
Others
Preset: 17
CD-ROM Drive
USB port
D Beam Controller
Controllers
Pitch Bend/Modulation Lever
Sound Modify Knob x 5
Operating System
Mac OS X v10.4.3 or later
18 characters 1 line + 20 characters 2 lines
custom LCD (with backlit)
TM
TM
Display
CPU
Intel® Core /Xeon , PowerPC G5
512 MB or more
External Storage
Device
USB Memory
RAM
*
For Mac OS X v10.5 or later, 1GB or more.
(supports USB 2.0 Hi-Speed Flash Memory)
Hard Disk
Display/Colors
200 MB or more of free space
Output Jacks (L/MONO, R): 1/4 inch phone type
Headphone Jack: Stereo 1/4 inch phone type
Mic Input Jack: 1/4 inch phone type
EXT INPUT Jack: Stereo miniature phone type
Hold Pedal Jack
1024 x 768 dots or higher/16.7 million colors
or more
CD-ROM Drive
USB port
Connectors
Others
MIDI Connectors (IN, OUT)
USB COMPUTER Connector (supports USB MIDI)
*
Although Roland has tested numerous configurations, and has
DC 9 V: AC Adaptor or Ni-MH AA SIZE
Rechargeable Battery (optional) x 8
determined that on average, a computer system similar to that
described above will permit normal operation of the JUNO-Di
Applications, Roland cannot guarantee that a given computer can
be used satisfactorily with the JUNO-Di Applications based solely on
the fact that it meets the above requirements. This is because there
are too many other variables that may influence the processing
environment, including differences in motherboard design and the
particular combination of other devices involved.
Power Supply
600 mA
*
Battery life for continuous use
(differs depending on the conditions of use)
Rechargeable nickel metal hydride batteries:
approximately 5 hours
Current Draw
(approximately 4 hours if USB memory is
connected)
*
Carbon-zinc or alkaline batteries cannot be
used
1008 (W) x 300 (D) x 104 (H) mm
Dimensions
Weight
39-11/16 (W) x 11-13/16 (D) x 4-1/8 (H) inches
5.2 kg / 11 lbs 8 oz (excluding AC Adaptor)
128
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Numerics
2 BAND FLANGER ................................................................... 98
2 BAND STEP FLANGER ........................................................ 98
2VOICE PITCH SHIFTER ...................................................... 102
3D CHORUS .............................................................................. 98
3D DELAY ............................................................................... 100
3D FLANGER ............................................................................ 98
3D STEP FLANGER .................................................................. 98
3TAP PAN DELAY ................................................................ 100
4TAP PAN DELAY ................................................................ 100
DEMO PLAY .............................................................................. 79
Demo Songs ............................................................................ 21
Dial .............................................................................................. 57
Display ............................................................................... 20–21
DISTORTION ............................................................................. 98
Drums ......................................................................................... 40
[DUAL] Button ......................................................................... 31
DUAL ............................................................................. 31, 55, 66
Duration .................................................................................... 68
Level ........................................................................................... 64
LOFI COMPRESS ................................................................... 101
LOFI NOISE ............................................................................. 101
LOFI RADIO ............................................................................ 101
LONG DELAY ........................................................................... 99
LOW BOOST ............................................................................. 94
LOWER ................................................................................ 32, 66
Lower Level ............................................................................. 60
LSB .............................................................................................. 81
A
Arpeggio Style ........................................................................ 67
Assign ................................................................................. 75–76
[ASSIGNABLE] Button ........................................................... 63
[ATTACK] knob ........................................................................ 65
Attack time ............................................................................... 65
Audio Files ................................................................................ 71
Audio Level .............................................................................. 75
AUTO PAN ................................................................................ 96
AUTO WAH ............................................................................... 95
MIDI ............................................................................................ 76
Modulation Lever .................................................................. 29
Motif ........................................................................................... 68
MULTI STAGE PHASER ......................................................... 96
MULTI TAP DELAY ............................................................... 100
Echo ............................................................................................ 43
Effect ............................................................................. 25, 27, 55
Effect Edit .................................................................................. 61
Effects List ................................................................................. 93
ENHANCER ................................................................................ 95
EQUALIZER ............................................................................... 94
Error Messages ........................................................................ 92
[EXPRESSION] Button ........................................................... 63
FACTORY RESET ...................................................................... 78
Factory Settings ...................................................................... 78
FAVORITE ........................................................................... 46, 55
Favorite
B
Backlight ................................................................................... 21
Basic Operation ...................................................................... 57
Batteries .................................................................................... 17
Battery compartment ........................................................... 17
BATTERY Indicator ................................................................. 18
Battery Low! ............................................................................. 18
Bend Range .............................................................................. 59
Bend Range Up ....................................................................... 59
Banks ................................................................................. 46
Viewing/Removing a .................................................. 69
FAVORITE [BANK] Button .................................................... 46
FAVORITE [ON/OFF] Button ............................................... 46
FLANGER ................................................................................... 97
C
GATED REVERB ..................................................................... 102
Grid .............................................................................................. 67
CHORD MEMORY ................................................................... 37
Chorus Parameters ............................................................. 104
Connecting
HOLD PEDAL jack ............................................................ 19, 24
N
[NUMERIC] button ......................................................... 49, 57
OVERDRIVE .............................................................................. 98
Microphone .................................................................... 19
Pedal ................................................................................. 19
Portable Audio Device ............................................... 19
Speaker ............................................................................ 18
Continuous Hold .................................................................... 76
Controller section .................................................................. 54
Cursor ......................................................................................... 57
Cursor button .......................................................................... 57
[CUTOFF] knob ................................................................. 39, 66
JUNO-Di Editor ........................................................................ 85
P
K
Page ........................................................................................... 57
Part ...................................................................................... 67, 82
Volume ............................................................................ 60
Part 1 Level .............................................................................. 60
Part 2 Level .............................................................................. 60
Part Edit .................................................................................... 60
Parts to Mute .......................................................................... 76
KEY ............................................................................................... 69
Keyboard Settings for Playing ........................................... 54
KEYBOARD TOUCH ................................................................ 75
Knob ........................................................................................... 81
Knob Assign ............................................................................. 81
129
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Index
Patch ........................................................................................... 55
Patches ...................................................................................... 55
[PERFORM] Button ................................................................. 31
PHASER ............................................................................... 27, 95
Pitch
Volume ............................................................................. 60
Rhythm Set List .................................................................... 116
RHYTHM WRITE ....................................................................... 62
RING MODULATOR ................................................................ 96
ROTARY ............................................................................... 29, 97
Transmit Channel .................................................................. 81
[TRANSPOSE] Button ............................................................ 44
TREMOLO CHORUS ............................................................... 97
Tx Channel ............................................................................... 70
Tx Edit Data ............................................................................. 76
Type ........................................................................................... 64
USB MEMORY FORMAT ....................................................... 78
Pitch Bend Effect .................................................................... 29
Playing
SMF .............................................................................................. 71
Song Player section ............................................................... 54
[SUPER LAYER] Button .......................................................... 41
System settings ....................................................................... 75
Playlist ........................................................................................ 71
Portamento .............................................................................. 59
Portamento Sw ....................................................................... 59
Portamento Time ................................................................... 59
[POWER] switch ...................................................................... 20
Power ......................................................................................... 20
Power cord ............................................................................... 17
POWER SAVE MODE .............................................................. 76
Preset memory ....................................................................... 56
[PREVIEW] Button ................................................................... 25
Rhythm Pattern ............................................................ 74
Song Player .................................................................... 72
VS DISTORTION ...................................................................... 99
R
Registering
[RESONANCE] knob ........................................................ 39, 66
REVERB ............................................................................. 61, 102
Reverb .......................................................................... 25, 55, 61
Reverb Parameters ............................................................. 104
Reverb switch .......................................................................... 61
Reverb Type ............................................................................. 61
REVERSE DELAY ................................................................... 100
Rhythm Edit ............................................................................. 60
Rhythm Level ........................................................................... 60
[RHYTHM PATTERN] Button ........................................ 34, 74
T
TAPE ECHO ............................................................................ 101
TELEPHONE ........................................................................... 101
Tempo ........................................................................................ 58
SMF .................................................................................... 72
Temporary area ...................................................................... 56
Tone
PREVIEW .......................................................................... 25
Selecting .......................................................................... 25
Volume ............................................................................. 59
130
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Shortcut List
You can access various editing screens by holding down the [SHIFT] button and pressing one of the buttons listed below.
What to do
Button
Screen
Page
[SHIFT]+[SOLO SYNTH]
[SHIFT]+[EXPRESSION]
[SHIFT]+[ASSIGNABLE]
[SHIFT]+MIC IN [REVERB]
[SHIFT]+[SPLIT]
D BEAM SOLO SYNTH screen
D BEAM EXPRESSION screen
D BEAM ASSIGNABLE screen
MIC IN SETTINGS screen (System settings)
SPLIT POINT screen
Edit the settings without changing the D Beam
controller’s on/off status
P.63
Specify the effect applied to the microphone
Specify the split point (when Split is on)
P.76
P.66
Edit the arpeggio settings without changing the
arpeggiator’s on/off status
[SHIFT]+[ARPEGGIO]
ARPEGGIO screen
P.67
P.69
Edit the chord memory settings without changing
the chord memory’s on/off status
[SHIFT]+[CHORD MEMORY]
CHORD MEMORY screen
Edit the tone settings (Patch edit)
PATCH EDIT screen
P.59
P.60
[SHIFT]+[RHYTHM (0)]
[SHIFT]+[PIANO (1)]
Adjust the volume of the rhythm set (Rhythm edit)
RHYTHM EDIT screen
Edit the MFX settings of the currently selected part
when playing multiple tones (Effect edit)
MFX setting screen
P.61
Edit the chorus settings (Effect edit)
Edit the reverb settings (Effect edit)
Adjust the volume of each part (Part edit)
View or delete favorites
[SHIFT]+[KEYBOARD/ORGAN (2)]
[SHIFT]+[GUITAR/BASS (3)]
[SHIFT]+[PERFORM (9)]
CHORUS setting screen
REVERB setting screen
PART EDIT screen
P.60
P.69
P.76
P.75
P.75
P.75
[SHIFT]+FAVORITE [ON/OFF]
[SHIFT]+[C.CANCEL/MINUS ONE]
[SHIFT]+[TAP TEMPO]
FAVORITE UTILITY screen
MINUS ONE screen (System settings)
SOUND screen “System Tempo” (System settings)
SOUND screen “SMF Level” (System settings)
SOUND screen “Audio Level” (System settings)
–
Make minus-one settings for SMF song playback
Set the tempo
Adjust the song volume (when an SMF is selected)
Adjust the song volume
[SHIFT]+[LEVEL]
Turn off the display backlight
[SHIFT]+[EXIT]
P.21
Turn on the display backlight
[SHIFT]+[ENTER]
–
131
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
For EU Countries
For China
(
)
For C.A. US Proposition 65
WARNING
This product contains chemicals known to cause cancer, birth defects and other reproductive harm, including lead.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
For the U.K.
IMPORTANT: THE WIRES IN THIS MAINS LEAD ARE COLOURED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING CODE.
BLUE:
NEUTRAL
BROWN: LIVE
As the colours of the wires in the mains lead of this apparatus may not correspond with the coloured markings identifying
the terminals in your plug, proceed as follows:
The wire which is coloured BLUE must be connected to the terminal which is marked with the letter N or coloured BLACK.
The wire which is coloured BROWN must be connected to the terminal which is marked with the letter L or coloured RED.
Under no circumstances must either of the above wires be connected to the earth terminal of a three pin plug.
For EU Countries
This product complies with the requirements of EMC Directive 2004/108/EC.
For the USA
FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION
RADIO FREQUENCY INTERFERENCE STATEMENT
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the
FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential
installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in
accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee
that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or
television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the
interference by one or more of the following measures:
–
–
–
–
Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected.
Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
(1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and
(2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
Unauthorized changes or modification to this system can void the users authority to operate this equipment.
This equipment requires shielded interface cables in order to meet FCC class B Limit.
For Canada
NOTICE
This Class B digital apparatus meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference-Causing Equipment Regulations.
AVIS
Cet appareil numérique de la classe B respecte toutes les exigences du Règlement sur le matériel brouilleur du Canada.
(
)
For C.A. US Proposition 65
WARNING
This product contains chemicals known to cause cancer, birth defects and other reproductive harm, including lead.
For the USA
DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY
Compliance Information Statement
Model Name : JUNO-Di
Type of Equipment : Synthesizer
Responsible Party : Roland Corporation U.S.
5100 S.Eastern Avenue, Los Angeles, CA 90040-2938
(323) 890-3700
Address :
Telephone :
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Information
When you need repair service, call your nearest Roland Service Center or authorized Roland
distributor in your country as shown below.
PHILIPPINES
CURACAO
URUGUAY
NORWAY
JORDAN
AFRICA
G.A. Yupangco & Co. Inc.
339 Gil J. Puyat Avenue
Makati, Metro Manila 1200,
PHILIPPINES
Zeelandia Music Center Inc.
Orionweg 30
Todo Musica S.A.
Francisco Acuna de Figueroa
1771
Roland Scandinavia Avd.
MUSIC HOUSE CO. LTD.
Kontor Norge
FREDDY FOR MUSIC
P. O. Box 922846
Amman 11192 JORDAN
TEL: (06) 5692696
EGYPT
Al Fanny Trading Office
9, EBN Hagar Al Askalany
Street,
ARD E1 Golf, Heliopolis,
Cairo 11341, EGYPT
TEL: (022)-417-1828
Curacao, Netherland Antilles
TEL:(305)5926866
Lilleakerveien 2 Postboks 95
Lilleaker N-0216 Oslo
NORWAY
C.P.: 11.800
Montevideo, URUGUAY
TEL: (02) 924-2335
TEL: (02) 899 9801
DOMINICAN REPUBLIC
Instrumentos Fernando Giraldez
Calle Proyecto Central No.3
Ens.La Esperilla
Santo Domingo,
Dominican Republic
TEL:(809) 683 0305
TEL: 2273 0074
KUWAIT
EASA HUSAIN AL-YOUSIFI
& SONS CO.
Al-Yousifi Service Center
P.O.Box 126 (Safat) 13002
KUWAIT
SINGAPORE
SWEE LEE MUSIC
COMPANY PTE. LTD.
150 Sims Drive,
SINGAPORE 387381
TEL: 6846-3676
VENEZUELA
Instrumentos Musicales
Allegro,C.A.
Av.las industrias edf.Guitar
POLAND
ROLAND POLSKA SP. Z O.O.
ul. Kty Grodziskie 16B
03-289 Warszawa, POLAND
TEL: (022) 678 9512
REUNION
Maison FO - YAM Marcel
25 Rue Jules Hermann,
Chaudron - BP79 97 491
Ste Clotilde Cedex,
import
#7 zona Industrial de Turumo
Caracas, Venezuela
TEL: (212) 244-1122
TEL: 00 965 802929
ECUADOR
Mas Musika
Rumichaca 822 y Zaruma
Guayaquil - Ecuador
PORTUGAL
Roland Iberia, S.L.
Portugal Office
Cais das Pedras, 8/9-1 Dto
4050-465, Porto, PORTUGAL
TEL: 22 608 00 60
TAIWAN
ROLAND TAIWAN
ENTERPRISE CO., LTD.
Room 5, 9fl. No. 112 Chung
Shan N.Road Sec.2, Taipei,
TAIWAN, R.O.C.
LEBANON
Chahine S.A.L.
George Zeidan St., Chahine
Bldg., Achrafieh, P.O.Box: 16-
5857
Beirut, LEBANON
TEL: (01) 20-1441
REUNION ISLAND
TEL: (0262) 218-429
TEL:(593-4)2302364
SOUTH AFRICA
T.O.M.S. Sound & Music
(Pty)Ltd.
2 ASTRON ROAD DENVER
JOHANNESBURG ZA 2195,
SOUTH AFRICA
EUROPE
EL SALVADOR
OMNI MUSIC
75 Avenida Norte y Final
Alameda Juan Pablo II,
Edificio No.4010 San Salvador,
EL SALVADOR
TEL: (02) 2561 3339
AUSTRIA
Roland Elektronische
Musikinstrumente HmbH.
ROMANIA
FBS LINES
Piata Libertatii 1,
535500 Gheorgheni,
ROMANIA
THAILAND
Theera Music Co. , Ltd.
100-108 Soi Verng
OMAN
Austrian Office
TALENTZ CENTRE L.L.C.
Malatan House No.1
Al Noor Street, Ruwi
SULTANATE OF OMAN
TEL: 2478 3443
TEL: (011)417 3400
Eduard-Bodem-Gasse 8,
A-6020 Innsbruck, AUSTRIA
TEL: (0512) 26 44 260
Nakornkasem, New
TEL: (266) 364 609
TEL: 262-0788
Road,Sumpantawongse,
Bangkok 10100 THAILAND
TEL: (02) 224-8821
Paul Bothner(PTY)Ltd.
Royal Cape Park, Unit 24
Londonderry Road, Ottery 7800
Cape Town, SOUTH AFRICA
TEL: (021) 799 4900
RUSSIA
MuTek
Dorozhnaya ul.3,korp.6
117 545 Moscow, RUSSIA
TEL: (095) 981-4967
GUATEMALA
BELGIUM/FRANCE/
HOLLAND/
LUXEMBOURG
Roland Central Europe N.V.
Houtstraat 3, B-2260, Oevel
(Westerlo) BELGIUM
Casa Instrumental
Calzada Roosevelt 34-01,zona 11
Ciudad de Guatemala
Guatemala
QATAR
Al Emadi Co. (Badie Studio &
Stores)
P.O. Box 62, Doha, QATAR
TEL:(502) 599-2888
OCEANIA
SLOVAKIA
ASIA
CHINA
Roland Shanghai Electronics
TEL: 4423-554
DAN Acoustic s.r.o.
Povazská 18.
HONDURAS
Almacen Pajaro Azul S.A. de C.V.
BO.Paz Barahona
3 Ave.11 Calle S.O
San Pedro Sula, Honduras
TEL: (504) 553-2029
TEL: (014) 575811
AUSTRALIA/
NEW ZEALAND
Roland Corporation
Australia Pty.,Ltd.
38 Campbell Avenue
Dee Why West. NSW 2099
AUSTRALIA
SAUDI ARABIA
aDawliah Universal
SK - 940 01 Nové Zámky
TEL: (035) 6424 330
CROATIA
ART-CENTAR
Degenova 3.
HR - 10000 Zagreb
TEL: (1) 466 8493
Electronics APL
Behind Pizza Inn
Prince Turkey Street
aDawliah Building,
PO BOX 2154,
Alkhobar 31952
SAUDI ARABIA
TEL: (03) 8643601
Co.,Ltd.
5F. No.1500 Pingliang Road
Shanghai 200090, CHINA
TEL: (021) 5580-0800
SPAIN
Roland Iberia, S.L.
Paseo García Faria, 33-35
08005 Barcelona SPAIN
TEL: 93 493 91 00
MARTINIQUE
Musique & Son
Z.I.Les Mangle
97232 Le Lamantin
Martinique F.W.I.
TEL: 596 596 426860
CZECH REP.
CZECH REPUBLIC
DISTRIBUTOR s.r.o
Voctárova 247/16
CZ - 180 00 PRAHA 8,
CZECH REP.
Roland Shanghai Electronics
Co.,Ltd.
(BEIJING OFFICE)
10F. No.18 3 Section Anhuaxili
Chaoyang District Beijing
100011 CHINA
For Australia
SWEDEN
Roland Scandinavia A/S
SWEDISH SALES OFFICE
Danvik Center 28, 2 tr.
S-131 30 Nacka SWEDEN
TEL: (0)8 702 00 20
Tel: (02) 9982 8266
For New Zealand
Tel: (09) 3098 715
SYRIA
Technical Light & Sound
Center
PO BOX 13520 BLDG No.17
ABDUL WAHAB
KANAWATI.ST RAWDA
DAMASCUS, SYRIA
TEL: (011) 223-5384
Gigamusic SARL
10 Rte De La Folie
97200 Fort De France
Martinique F.W.I.
TEL: 596 596 715222
TEL: (2) 830 20270
TEL: (010) 6426-5050
CENTRAL/LATIN
AMERICA
DENMARK
HONG KONG
Tom Lee Music Co., Ltd.
Service Division
22-32 Pun Shan Street, Tsuen
Wan, New Territories,
HONG KONG
Roland Scandinavia A/S
Nordhavnsvej 7, Postbox 880,
DK-2100 Copenhagen
DENMARK
SWITZERLAND
Roland (Switzerland) AG
Landstrasse 5, Postfach,
CH-4452 Itingen,
SWITZERLAND
TEL:(061)975-9987
MEXICO
ARGENTINA
Instrumentos Musicales S.A.
Av.Santa Fe 2055
(1123) Buenos Aires
ARGENTINA
TEL: (011) 4508-2700
Casa Veerkamp, s.a. de c.v.
Av. Toluca No. 323, Col. Olivar
de los Padres 01780 Mexico
D.F. MEXICO
TURKEY
ZUHAL DIS TICARET A.S.
Galip Dede Cad. No.37
Beyoglu - Istanbul / TURKEY
TEL: (0212) 249 85 10
TEL: 3916 6200
TEL: 2415 0911
FINLAND
Roland Scandinavia As, Filial
Finland
Elannontie 5
FIN-01510 Vantaa, FINLAND
TEL: (0)9 68 24 020
UKRAINE
EURHYTHMICS Ltd.
P.O.Box: 37-a.
Nedecey Str. 30
UA - 89600 Mukachevo,
UKRAINE
Parsons Music Ltd.
TEL: (55) 5668-6699
8th Floor, Railway Plaza, 39
Chatham Road South, T.S.T,
Kowloon, HONG KONG
TEL: 2333 1863
NICARAGUA
Bansbach Instrumentos
Musicales Nicaragua
Altamira D'Este Calle Principal
de la Farmacia 5ta.Avenida
1 Cuadra al Lago.#503
Managua, Nicaragua
BARBADOS
U.A.E.
Zak Electronics & Musical
Instruments Co. L.L.C.
Zabeel Road, Al Sherooq Bldg.,
No. 14, Ground Floor, Dubai,
U.A.E.
A&B Music Supplies LTD
12 Webster Industrial Park
Wildey, St.Michael, Barbados
TEL: (246)430-1100
GERMANY
Roland Elektronische
Musikinstrumente HmbH.
Oststrasse 96, 22844
Norderstedt, GERMANY
TEL: (040) 52 60090
TEL: (03131) 414-40
INDIA
Rivera Digitec (India) Pvt. Ltd.
411, Nirman Kendra
Mahalaxmi Flats Compound
Off. Dr. Edwin Moses Road,
Mumbai-400011, INDIA
TEL: (022) 2493 9051
UNITED KINGDOM
BRAZIL
Roland Brasil Ltda.
Rua San Jose, 211
Parque Industrial San Jose
Cotia - Sao Paulo - SP, BRAZIL
TEL: (011) 4615 5666
Roland (U.K.) Ltd.
Atlantic Close, Swansea
Enterprise Park, SWANSEA
SA7 9FJ,
TEL: (04) 3360715
TEL: (505)277-2557
PANAMA
SUPRO MUNDIAL, S.A.
Boulevard Andrews, Albrook,
Panama City, REP. DE
PANAMA
GREECE/CYPRUS
STOLLAS S.A.
Music Sound Light
155, New National Road
Patras 26442, GREECE
TEL: 2610 435400
UNITED KINGDOM
TEL: (01792) 702701
NORTH AMERICA
INDONESIA
PT Citra IntiRama
Jl. Cideng Timur No. 15J-15O
Jakarta Pusat
INDONESIA
TEL: (021) 6324170
CANADA
Roland Canada Ltd.
(Head Office)
5480 Parkwood Way
Richmond B. C., V6V 2M4
CANADA
CHILE
Comercial Fancy II S.A.
Rut.: 96.919.420-1
Nataniel Cox #739, 4th Floor
Santiago - Centro, CHILE
TEL: (02) 688-9540
TEL: 315-0101
MIDDLE EAST
PARAGUAY
Distribuidora De
Instrumentos Musicales
J.E. Olear y ESQ. Manduvira
Asuncion PARAGUAY
TEL: (595) 21 492147
HUNGARY
BAHRAIN
Moon Stores
No.1231&1249 Rumaytha
Building Road 3931, Manama
339 BAHRAIN
KOREA
Roland East Europe Ltd.
Warehouse Area ‘DEPO’ Pf.83
H-2046 Torokbalint,
HUNGARY
TEL: (604) 270 6626
Cosmos Corporation
1461-9, Seocho-Dong,
Seocho Ku, Seoul, KOREA
TEL: (02) 3486-8855
COLOMBIA
Centro Musical Ltda.
Cra 43 B No 25 A 41 Bododega 9
Medellin, Colombia
Roland Canada Ltd.
(Toronto Office)
170 Admiral Boulevard
Mississauga On L5T 2N6
CANADA
TEL: (23) 511011
PERU
Audionet
Distribuciones Musicales SAC
Juan Fanning 530
Miraflores
TEL: 17 813 942
TEL: (574)3812529
IRELAND
Roland Ireland
G2 Calmount Park, Calmount
Avenue, Dublin 12
Republic of IRELAND
TEL: (01) 4294444
MALAYSIA
IRAN
MOCO INC.
No.41 Nike St., Dr.Shariyati Ave.,
Roberoye Cerahe Mirdamad
Tehran, IRAN
Roland Asia Pacific Sdn. Bhd.
45-1, Block C2, Jalan PJU 1/39,
Dataran Prima, 47301 Petaling
Jaya, Selangor, MALAYSIA
TEL: (03) 7805-3263
COSTA RICA
JUAN Bansbach Instrumentos
Musicales
Ave.1. Calle 11, Apartado
10237,
San Jose, COSTA RICA
TEL: 258-0211
TEL: (905) 362 9707
Lima - Peru
TEL: (511) 4461388
U. S. A.
Roland Corporation U.S.
5100 S. Eastern Avenue
Los Angeles, CA 90040-2938,
U. S. A.
TEL: (021)-2285-4169
TRINIDAD
AMR Ltd
Ground Floor
Maritime Plaza
Barataria Trinidad W.I.
TEL: (868) 638 6385
ITALY
Roland Italy S. p. A.
Viale delle Industrie 8,
20020 Arese, Milano, ITALY
TEL: (02) 937-78300
VIET NAM
VIET THUONG
CORPORATION
386 CACH MANG THANG
TAM ST. DIST.3,
HO CHI MINH CITY
VIET NAM
ISRAEL
Halilit P. Greenspoon & Sons
Ltd.
8 Retzif Ha'alia Hashnia St.
Tel-Aviv-Yafo ISRAEL
TEL: (03) 6823666
TEL: (323) 890 3700
TEL: 9316540
As of Jan. 1, 2009 (ROLAND)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
*
5
1
0
0
0
0
4
7
3
2
-
0
2
*
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
|
